24A-222 #!
t
>.
�,.
<>
r==
--
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
48" above finished floor, unless otherwise noted. The Electrical Subcontractor shall
check with the Architectural and Structural Plans for interferences.
B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to the weather and wet locations, shall be
of the threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket.
C. Pull boxes shall be adequate size to accommodate the conductors installed therein
without excessive bending of the conductors, which would damage the conductor
insulation.
D. All outlet boxes installed in masonry shall be so set that their outer edges are 1/4" back
of finished surface.
E. Outlet boxes shall not be supported by the conduit. Suitable means shall be provided
to support the outlet box to take the weight of the fixture.
F. Fixture outlet boxes used as junction boxes or outlets not used, shall be provided with
covers. ,.
3.06 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its
manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the drawings or
not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by this •�
Subcontractor and be included in his bid.
Electrical 16100-16
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
D. Conduit connections to motor frames shall have minimum of 18" of flexible steel
conduit to eliminate vibrations and noise being transferred to other parts of the
building, with cable jumper across greenfield and fittings. This flexible conduit shall
also be installed at ceiling mounted lighting fixtures to facilitate alignment of fixtures.
E. All empty conduits shall be left with a 14-gauge soft iron fish wire or equivalent.
00 3.04 LIGHTING FIXTURES
o
A. Installation of all lighting fixtures shall be done by experienced mechanics. Lighting
fixtures shall not be installed where finished coat of paint has been applied to ceiling
and walls until paint is thoroughly dry.
B. Lighting fixtures in equipment rooms shall not be installed until after all piping and
ductwork is in place. Lighting fixtures layout shown on the drawings is typical
layout, but may be modified to provide adequate lighting of the equipment space
according to final construction conditions. Any relocation of fixtures due to duct or
piping interference shall be as directed by the Architect, at no expense to the Owner.
C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for proper co-ordination of all
lighting fixture locations. Provide support for all fixtures mounted on or recessed in
hung ceiling. He shall confer with Ceiling Contractor and HVAC Contractor to co-
ordinate lighting system with other trades.
D. Provide and install suitable cover plate or canopy for each fixture outlet box where the
fixture does not provide a suitable cover.
E. Fixtures located on exterior of building shall be installed with cadmium-plated brass
screws and gasketed.
F. All pendant type fixtures in the same room shall be installed at a uniform height from
the floor and shall hang plumb.
G. Upon completion of the installation of the lighting fixtures and lighting equipment,
they must be in first-class operating order and in perfect condition as to finish, etc.
Check for proper operation and appearance, alignment of fixtures and proper
placement of lenses, louvers, lamps, and other light controlling or modifying
appurtenances.
3.05 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Receptacle boxes,unless otherwise noted, shall be approximately 18" above finished
floor or above back splash at counters and at 4'-0" in toilets. Switch outlets shall be
Electrical 16100-15
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911 ,
3.02 GROU DE G
A. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed non-current carrying
metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor
in non-metallic raceways and neutral conductor of the wiring system shall be
grounded. The ground connection shall be made at the main service equipment.
B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all material required for the
grounding and/or bonding in the building of all equipment, power and lighting
systems installed under this Contract.
C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall make tight and proper all metallic components and
equipment to one another and to ground, using a positive foolproof system of connect- ,
ions. Provide and install bonding and grounding conductors with approved
termination where required, conforming with the latest National Electrical Code and
other applicable specification standards. .,
D. A #12 AWG insulated equipment ground conductor shall be installed in each length
of flexible metallic conduit connection to motors, recessed lighting fixtures and other .®
equipment components for continuity. Positive ground connections with the ground
wire shall be made at each outlet box, lighting fixture, motor and other equipment
components by means of positively secured ground clamp in each.
E. Provide an insulated ground wire and an isolated grounding system to all equipment
and devices marked as isolated ground (I.G.). No other grounding connection shall
be made to this system. Final connection for the isolated grounding system shall be
made at the UPS panelboard ground bus.
3.03 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. All conduit shall be installed so as to provide the straightest possible run with not
more than the equivalent of three 90°bends in a single run. Where more bends are
necessary, the Electrical Subcontractor shall provide suitable pull boxes.
B. Conduit shall be fished and cleaned and dry before pulling wires and shall be suitably
protected against entrance of dirt and moisture during construction.
C. Ends of all conduits shall be reamed and all joints made waterproof. Connections to
junction boxes shall be double locknut and bushing, using insulated bushings on "
conduit 1-1/4" or larger. Grounding bushings shall be provided at all panel
connections.
Electrical 16100-14 �.
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2.12 OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A. Occupancy sensors for lighting control shall consist of a dual technology (PIR &
ultrasonic) sensor, Watt Stopper Cat. No. DT-205, or equal, with Cat. No. A120E-p
power pack.
2.13 MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLY (PLUGN'IOLD)
A. Multi-outlet assembly shall consist of surface metal raceway with single receptacles
12' o.c., wired alternately, with lengths as shown on the Drawings. To be Wiremold
"Plugmold", or equal, V20GBA12 "Snapicoil" with No. 2000 B base No. 2000c
holecut cover, wire clips, couplings, and all other required hardware.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
3.01 GENERAL
A. This Contractor shall endeavor to layout and perform his work in such a manner as to
cause no delay in the construction by other trades.
B. This Contractor shall verify all measurements and shall be responsible for the
correctness of same. No. allowance will be made for differences between actual
measurements and those shown on plans.
C. If, in laying out his work, this Contractor finds that the work of other trades might
interfere with his, the Architect shall be notified.
D. The locations of outlets,apparatus,and equipment are approximate only and the runs
of feeders, mains, and branches are not necessarily to be made exactly as shown on
the plans. The exact locations of such work shall be determined after full
consideration has been given to work of other trades and without changes in the
design of the systems. The entire installation shall conform to the latest issue of the
National Electrical Code and local inspection authorities.
E. Electrical equipment, such as junction and pull boxes, control,and apparatus, shall be
made accessible.
F. All wiring shall be concealed in finished spaces.
Electrical 16100-13
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
H. Panelboards shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories and bear the UL label.
Panelboards shall be Square D, Type NQOB for 120/208 volts, or equal by General
Electric or Siemens.
I. When called for on the Panelboard Schedule, panelboards shall be furnished with *•
200 0,1'o neutral and insulated ground bar, Square D Type NQOD-NL.
2.10 TELEPHONE/DATA SYSTEM
A. Furnish and install complete system of conduits, boxes, and all other facilities for
telephone/data system as shown on Plans.
B. Each wall mounted outlet shown on the Plans shall consist of a 4" square box with
single gang plaster ring with 3/4" minimum size EMT run into ceiling space.
C. Provide face plates, telephone, and data jacks as shown on Drawings. ,
D. Leave conduits fished and ready for use.
E. All work shall be performed and all materials used shall meet requirements of Owner's
telephone/data system supplier/installer.
F. The Owner will furnish and install a data equipment rack with equipment, and will
install and terminate all telephone and data cabling.
2.11 SECURITY AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEMS
A. Furnish and install complete system of conduits, plywood backboard, single gang
boxes and all other facilities for system as shown on Plans.
B. All cables will be furnished and installed by Owner's vendor with final connections
by the vendor.
C. Each wall mounted outlet shown on the Plans shall consist of a 4" square box with
single gang plaster ring box with 3/4" minimum size EMT run into ceiling space.
Each outlet shall have 1" EMT run into ceiling space. ..
D. Leave conduits fished and ready for use.
E All work shall be performed and all materials used shall meet the requirements of the
Owner's vendor.
Electrical 16100-12 „�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. A control transformer shall be furnished and installed in each starter,
fused, with 24-volt secondary. Starter coils shall be 24 volt.
E. Equivalent equipment by Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, Westinghouse or Siemans
will be considered.
F. Existing fixtures being reused shall have their lamp compartments and refractors
thoroughly cleaned.
2.09 PANELBOARDS
A. Furnish and install circuit breaker lighting panelboards as indicated on the panelboard
schedule and where shown on the plans..Panelboards shall be equipped with thermal-
magnetic molded case circuit breakers with frame and trip ratings as shown on the
schedule.
B. Circuit breakers shall be quick-make, quick-break, thermal-magnetic, trip indicating,
and have common trip on all multi-pole breakers. Trip indication shall be clearly
shown by the breaker handle taking position between "ON" and "OFF" when the
breaker is tripped. Connections to the bus shall be bolt-on.
C. Bus bar connections to the branch circuit breaker shall be the "distributed phase" or
"phase sequence" type. All current-carrying parts of the bus assembly shall be plated.
Main ratings shall be as shown on the panelboard schedule.
D. Terminals for feeder conductors to the panelboard mains and neutral shall be UL listed
as suitable for the type of conductor specified. Terminals for branch circuit wiring,
both breaker and neutral, shall be UL listed as suitable for the type of conductor
specified.
w
E. Panelboard circuit numbering shall be such that starting at the top,odd numbers shall
be used in sequence down the left-hand side and even numbers shall be used in
sequence down the right-hand side.
F. A circuit directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on
the inside of the door. The directory card shall provide a space at least 1/4" high by
3"long or equivalent for each circuit. The directory shall be typed to identify the load
fed by each circuit.
G. Each panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have a short circuit current rating equal to
or greater than the rating shown on the panelboard schedule on the plans.
Electrical 16100-11
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911 �^
being restrained by the operating handle after the closing or opening action of
the contacts has started. The handle and mechanism shall be an integral part
of the box, not the cover, with positive pad-locking provisions in the "OFF"
position.
A
3. Switches shall be furnished in NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures unless
NEMA 3R (rainproof) is specified on the plans. Enclosures shall have gray
enamel, electro-deposited on cleaned phosphatized steel.
4. Switches shall be horsepower rated for 240 volts AC, as shown.
5. Fuses shall be as indicated on the drawings.
6. Switches shall be Square D Heavy-Duty type in NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R
enclosures, or equal.
C. Disconnect switches for 120 volt, single phase motors shall be single pole toggle
switches as specified, unless shown otherwise on the drawings.
D. Motor starters shall be across-the-line magnetic type rated in accordance with NEMA
Standards, sizes and horsepower ratings. Starters shall be mounted in general-purpose
enclosures unless otherwise indicated on the Plans.
1. Across-the-line magnetic starters shall be equipped with double break silver
alloy contacts. All contacts shall be replaceable without removing power
wiring or removing starter from panel.
Oft
2. Coils shall be of molded construction, replaceable from the front without
removing the starter from the panel.
3. Overload relays shall be the melting alloy type with a replaceable control
circuit module. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and inter-
changeable. The starter shall be inoperative if the thermal unit is removed. -•
a., All three phase magnetic starters shall have "Hand-Off-Auto" selector
switch, Square D, Class 8536, Form C, three-pole, three-phase of
NEMA size applicable, with three melting alloy overload relays and
three-position H-O-A switch in cover of general purpose enclosure.
b. All single phase magnetic starters shall be single pole magnetic
contactor without overload protection,with"Hand-Off-Auto" selector
switch in cover of general purpose enclosure, Square D, Class 8502.
Electrical 16100-10 "'
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
Type "D" - 30 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire, Arrow Hart Cat. No.
5744NS.
10. Wall plates shall be smooth Lexan, ivory unless noted otherwise with
matching screws.
2.07 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Furnish and install light fixtures on all light outlets shown on plans. All lighting
fixtures to have label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Fixtures to be complete in
all respects with all required glassware and lamps. All lamps to be new. Furnish and
install all required hardware to-fit in all type ceilings. Fixtures are to be cleaned after
lamps and diffusers are installed. Any chipped, cracked or otherwise defective
material shall be replaced.
B. Low harmonic (>10%) electronic ballasts shall be furnished for all fixture/lamp
combinations for which they are available, and shall be selected from Massachusetts
Electric Company's list of eligible ballasts. All other fluorescent and HID ballasts
shall be high power factor types.
C. All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of the stated type and size.
Fluorescent lamps shall be 3,500°K.
D. All fixtures to be independently supported from building structure.
E. Fixtures are identified by letter on the fixture schedule and by corresponding letter on
drawings. Manufacturers' names and catalogue numbers are listed at the end of the
specifications to show type and standard of quality. Complete schedule of lighting
fixtures shall be submitted to and approved by the Architect.
2.08 MOTOR STARTERS AND SWITCHES
A. Furnish and install motor starting, protecting, and controlling devices for motors
where shown on the drawings.
B. Furnish and install fused safety switches as indicated on plans and specifications.
1. All switches shall have switch blades which are fully visible in the "OFF"
position with the door open. All current-carrying parts shall be plated to resist
corrosion and promote cool operation.
2. Switches shall be quick-made and quick-break such that, during normal
operation of the switch, the operation of the contacts shall not be capable of
Electrical 16100-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2.05 NAMEPLATES
A. Furnish and install nameplates identifying all apparatus, controls, panels and switches.
The nameplates shall be Seton style 2060 engraved plastic, or equal, screw attached.
2.06 WIRING DEVICES „
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall install devices where shown on the plans. Where
two or more devices occur at one location, they shall be provided with a gang plate.
All unused boxes to be furnished with blank plates.
1. Duplex Receptacles - 20 amp, 125 volt with grounding screw, side and back
wired. To be Arrow Hart Cat. No. 5352-I, or equal.
2. Ground fault interrupting receptacles shall be Arrow Hart No. GF8300I, or
equal.
3. Weatherproof cover for receptacles shall be lockable, vertical, UL Listed, with
Lexan base and lid, 4-screw attachment,Tay Mac Cat. No. 20-3-5-0, or equal.
4. Duplex receptacles, isolated ground - 20A, 125V, side and back wired, Arrow
Hart Cat. No. IG5362, or equal. Must have full orange face, and orange Lexan
plate labeled"computer only"
5. Clock receptacle - 15 amp, 125 volt single grounding receptacle, recessed,
brass finish. To be Arrow Hart Cat. No. 5797, or equal. .w
6. Light switches, Single Pole - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, side wired, Arrow Hart
No. 1991I, or equal.
7. Light switches, 3 Way - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, side wired, Arrow Hart No.
1993I, or equal.
8. Switch and pilot light- 20 amp, 120 volt, side wired,red handle,Arrow Hart
No. 19911 PL, or equal.
9. Power receptacles shall be flush type,of NEMA configuration shown on plans,
with matching cord and cap, Arrow Hart or equal, as follows:
Type"R" - 50 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole,4 wire,Arrow Hart.Cat.No. .�
5754N9.
Electrical 16100-8 "'
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
B. Electrical metallic tubing may be used for all raceways run in walls or partitions, run
exposed inside the building, or run concealed in or above furred spaces unless
otherwise specified above. Electrical metallic tubing shall comply with the latest
applicable requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers' Association.
Couplings, connectors, and fittings for electrical metallic tubing may be of the set
screw type.
w
C. Flexible steel conduit shall be used for final connections to motors or other removable
equipment to facilitate removal and connections.
2.02 WIREWAYS
A. Wireways shall be made to accommodate conductors as required in accordance with
applicable rules of the National Electrical Code. To be of code gauge steel and
supported as required by Code.
2.03 CONDUCTORS
A. Conductors shall be 98% conductivity copper, with 600-volt insulation, and shall be
of types indicated below unless otherwise shown on the plans. Aluminum conductors
shall not be used.
B. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller, Type THHN, THHW, or THWN-2, solid.
C. Conductors#4 AWG through#8 AWG,Type THHN,THHW,or THWN-2,stranded.
D. Conductors#3 AWG and larger, Type THW, stranded.
E. At Subcontractor's option, branch circuit wiring may be type MC Cable, above
accessible ceilings, in'stud'walls, and fished in existing construction.
F. Wire and Cable to be by Carol,American,AFC, or equal.
2.04 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Junction and outlet boxes,where exposed to weather and wet locations, shall be of the
cast aluminum, threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and
gasket.
B. Outlet boxes and covers shall be galvanized or sheradized pressed steel as
manufactured by Steel City Electrical Co., General Electric Co., Raco, or approved
equal.
Electrical 16100-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be
removed by the individual Subcontractor. Removal of said items shall be done at the
end of each work day to ensure debris free "workmanlike conditions" at all times.
1.14 WORK CONCEALED
A. All piping, ductwork, cable, and raceway (except surface metal raceway) shall be
installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or
electrical equipment rooms.
1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. Prior to final acceptance, each Subcontractor shall furnish three(3) sets of complete
instructions for the repair, maintenance, and operation of all systems installed under
his Subcontract. These instructions shall be typed or printed, and each set bound
separately with durable covers.
B. Each Subcontractor shall instruct and fully demonstrate to such person or persons as
the Architect and/or Owner may designate, regarding the care and use of all systems
and all apparatus pertaining thereto.
1.16 GUARANTEE
A. Each Subcontractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all
parts for a period of one (1) year after date of final acceptance, and shall agree to
promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective
during this period. .R
B. Each Subcontractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects
in his work and for repair to plaster,wood, and other materials or equipment caused #*
by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect.
C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance
shall be considered as being defective.
PART 2 -MATERIALS
2.01 RACEWAYS
A. Rigid galvanized steel or intermediate steel conduit shall be used for all raceway runs .s
concealed in concrete, run under slabs, or installed outdoors. Conduit shall comply
with the latest applicable federal specifications.
Electrical 16100-6 "�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install temporary light and power as
directed by the General Contractor.
1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. Each Subcontractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans,
elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are
intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and
any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the
Subcontract requirements.
B. The Plans and Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or
reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be
considered as called for or reasonably implied in both.
C. Each Subcontractor shall assume all responsibility in scaling measurements from the
drawings.
D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets,
fittings and accessories that may be required. Each Subcontractor shall carefully
investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange
such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, offsets, and accessories as may be
required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost.
1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Each Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to
the building site when required, so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid
delaying his work and that of other trades.
1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his
Subcontract shall be provided by the individual Subcontractor.
B. Each Subcontractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt,
60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his
machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs,plugs, sockets,etc.
Electrical 16100-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
2l Locust Street
9911 �*
Electrical materials and equipment' of ,types for which there are Lnderwriters
Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their
requirements and be so labeled.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, each Subcontractor shall submit to the
Architect eight (8) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop
Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be
furnished. .�.
B. Each Subcontractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with
the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, ..
making any and all changes, which may be required.
C. The review of shop drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from �*
any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings
and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with
the Subcontractor.
D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop
Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with
the Specifications, the Subcontractor will be required to remove such materials and
substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect.
1.08 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS
A. Each Subcontractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He
shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges
incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility
regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part
of the work.
B. Each Subcontractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work.
1. 09 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of
water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in
Section 0 15 00.
Electrical 16100-4 -
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
them in place. In case of failure on the,part of the Subcontractor to give proper
information, as above, he will be required to bear the extra expense involved due to
such failure.
W E. The arrangement of all piping, ductwork, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the
Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this
work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs,
bends, offsets, etc. Each Subcontractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible
for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for
all measurements.
MR
F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and
patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable
runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items.
G. Each Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and
materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or
injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall
be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be
protected by suitable means.
H. Each Subcontractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed
under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner.
I. Each Subcontractor shall check the Architectural Plans and Specifications before
ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called
to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section
will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements.
B. Each Subcontractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a
qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the General Requirements.
1.06 PRODUCTS
A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials used shall be
U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and
designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended,
and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment.
�,,, Electrical 16100-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911 •A
12. All existing electrical systems and equipment, which are to remain in
operation, and which interfere with new construction shall be relocated and
reconnected as required.
1.03 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the
Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code
and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of
the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall
govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or
regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise.
B. Each Subcontractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials'
instructions at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.04 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Each Subcontractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a
regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also
exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious
laying out of his work.
B. Each Subcontractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project
who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the
Subcontractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be .�
removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction
work begins.
C. Each Subcontractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the
building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors'work resulting from
the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute �.
arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Subcontractor, it is
agreed between the Owner and the Subcontractor that such liability and extent of
damage shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and -�
binding on both parties to the Contract for the work in question.
D. Each Subcontractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order
to expedite the progress of the work. He shall famish all information pertaining to his
materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support,to all other trades requiring such
information. Each Subcontractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams,
supports, inserts, etc.,hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build
Electrical 16100-2 **
Expansion of Easthampton Say inks Bank
1 Locust Street
w
DIVISION 16100 - ELECTRICAL
N„ PART 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, includin, Invitation to Bid. Instruction;
to Bidders, General and Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions. and other Div ision
I Specification Sections, apply to the work of this Section.
B. Refer especially to Subsection 0 10 10 for description of the work, phasing and Ova ner
�! furnished equipment.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The principal items of electrical work include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Branch circuit wiring and conduit.
?. Panelboards and feeders.
3. Lighting fixtures and lamps.
4. Data system.
5. Telephone system.
6. Security and surveillance system.
7. Wiring devices and plates.
8. Power wiring to motors and equipment furnished by other trades or Owner
including final connections to equipment.
9. Inspections.
10. Operating and Maintenance Instructions.
11. Demolition, removal from site, 'and legal disposal of all existing electrical
systems and equipment made obsolete by new construefion. It should be
assumed that all light fixture ballasts contain PCBs.
Electrical 16100-1
1
1
1
1
1
7
1
1
1
1
7
7
1
1
DIVISION 16—ELECTRICAL
Electircal
Y
4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with
sealing compound.
W HVAC 15600-21
No
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
IM
9911
C. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked for
painting damage, and any factory finished paint that has been damaged shall be
repaired to match the adjacent areas.
D. Any metal or especially covered areas that have been deformed shall be replaced
with new material and repainted to match the adjacent areas.
3.09 FIRE SAFING
..A
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the
work including, but not limited to the following:
1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers.
2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers. ,.
3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings.
4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway
walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen,
machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms.
B. Safing Insulation
1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG
Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness
by the required full length and width,or as indicated on the Drawings. ..
2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors.
C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as
manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire
safing. "®
D. Preparation
1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for ducts, pipes, and fire
dampers.
E. Application
1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids.
Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where
necessary.
HVAC 15600-20 .�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
G. Balancing Subcontractor shall provide all motor sheaves and belts as required to
meet design airflow requirements.
3.06 INSULATION
A. All pipe and duct insulation shall be installed by an independent insulation contractor
regularly engaged in that business.
B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls nor on branches running through
radiator covers. Longitudinal seams on jackets shall be located so that they are not
visible from the floor. Remove all stickers from covering.
C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and
sealed with butt strips. Insulation shall run through all hangers, sleeves, and have an
18-gauge sheet metal saddle equal to three times the pipe diameter in length. All
pipes over 2" in diameter shall be supported through insulation by fitting a protection
saddle to the thickness of the insulation inside the vapor barrier jacket.
D. All fittings, valves, etc. shall be insulated with the proper factory pre-cut insulation.
The ends of the insulation shall be tucked snugly into the throat of the fitting and the
edge adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked into fully insulated pipefitting.
The one piece PVC fitting cover shall then be secured by taping the ends of the
adjacent pipe covering.
3.07 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. All equipment famished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its
manufacturer's printed installation instructions,whether so shown on the drawings or
not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be finished by the
HVAC Subcontractor and be included in his bid.
3.08 SYSTEM TESTS AND CLEAN-UP
A. The entire HVAC system shall be tested at completion of the building, and it shall be
established that all controls are calibrated accurately and performing satisfactorily
and that all units are HVAC satisfactorily. . The systems shall be checked for
vibration and excessive noise and all such conditions corrected.
B. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked and
thoroughly cleaned including coils, plenums, under equipment and any and all other
! ' areas around or in equipment provided under this Section. Any filters used during
construction shall be replaced with new filters during final clean-up.
HVAC 15600-19
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..
9911
we
3.04 PIPING SYSTEM TESTS
A. All piping installed on the project, unless specifically shown otherwise, shall be
hydraulically tested as specified herein. The HVAC Subcontractor shall provide all
equipment required to make the tests specified herein.
B. After system has been determined to be leak-free, the Architect shall be notified, and
the test shall be repeated in his or his representative's presence.
C. When delicate control mechanisms are installed in the piping system, they shall be
removed during the tests to prevent shock damage.
D. Leaks developing subsequent to these tests shall not be repaired by mastic or other
temporary means. All leaks shall be repaired by removal of the valve, fitting, joint, .�
or section that is leaking and reinstalling new material with joints as specified herein
before.
3.05 AIR FLOW BALANCE AND TESTS
A. After completion of the installation of the heating, ventilating, and exhaust systems,
and prior to acceptance by the Owner, all systems and appurtenances applicable to
the above systems shall be adjusted and balanced to deliver the air quantities as
specified, indicated on the drawings, or as directed.
B. Balancing shall be performed by an independent contractor affiliated with a national
testing and balancing agency,using methods recommended by the national agency.
C. Total air quantities both supply and exhaust/return, shall be obtained by adjustment
of fan speeds and outdoor air/return air dampers, including building static pressure.
Branch duct air quantities shall be adjusted by volume or splitter dampers, and by
adjustment of flow controls on VAV boxes (set maximum and minimum positions).
Dampers shall be permanently marked after air balance is complete so that they can
be restored to their correct position if disturbed at any time.
D. Volume adjusters may be used to balance air quantities at outlets and inlets providing
final adjustments do not produce objectionable sound levels or objectionable drafts.
E. The HVAC Subcontractor shall record and submit to the Architect for evaluation and 4"
approval six(6)copies of the complete air balance report. Replacement of adjustable
pulleys, addition of balancing dampers or pressure taps required to effect proper air
balance shall be furnished and installed by the HVAC Subcontractor at no additional
cost to the Owner.
HVAC 15600-18 'o
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
otherwise without filters in place.
B. Upon completion of construction and before testing, the interior of all air handling
units and plenums shall be vacuum cleaned to remove all construction dirt, dust, etc.
before the units are turned on, and clean filters shall be installed.
3.02 CUTTING, PATCHING AND DRILLING
A. Drilling of all holes 4" diameter and smaller required for the installation of HVAC
piping and equipment shall be performed by the HVAC Subcontractor. Cutting and
patching shall be performed by the General Contractor in accordance with the
General Conditions. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and
at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Location for chases,
openings, etc. shall be checked by the HVAC Subcontractor, and error due to failure
to co-ordinate work with other Divisions shall be the responsibility of the HVAC
Subcontractor, who shall make the corrections as his own expense.
B. Work shall include furnishing and locating inserts required before the floors and
walls are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for
pipes where sleeves and inserts were not installed, or where incorrectly located. The
HVAC Subcontractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers.
Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment shall be performed by
the General Contractor.
3.03 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. All piping shall be run true and straight-at proper pitch without strain and shall be
firmly supported throughout. Provision for expansion and contraction shall be made
with offsets or expansion loops. All pipe shall be cut off clean and threaded with
sharp dies,reamed and burrs removed.
B. All piping shall be run concealed throughout finished spaces either in furred spaces,
shafts,chases,or above hung ceilings.
C. Special care must be taken throughout the equipment rooms, vertical pipe shafts,
above hung ceilings, and elsewhere throughout all floors to maintain maximum
headroom and clearances for access to other equipment and to avoid conflict with
electrical conduits, lighting fixtures, other piping, ducts, and equipment of other
trades.
D. Before any part of the various piping systems is placed in operation,blow.out piping
'! with compressed air and/or water to remove all chips, scale and flush and drain until
all traces of dirt, scale and other foreign matter have disappeared. Refer to other
sections for additional requirements.
HVAC 15600-17
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..
9911
unoccupied mode, the fresh air damper shall be closed, and the AHU
shall cycle only on a call for heating.
On an initial switch over to occupied from unoccupied (via time
clock), the AHU shall run continuously with fresh air damper closed,
and heating through second stage until room temperature is at w•
occupied setting (warm-up cycle). After warm-up cycle is complete,
the fresh air damper shall open to its minimum setting, and
heating/cooling shall be accomplished according to the following
schedule:
1) On a request for heating (Htg. - Stage 2), the three way-
mixing valve shall energize the duct coil.
2) When temperature is satisfied or reaches setpoint(Htg. - Stage
1), the duct heater shall. be de-energized. No heating or
cooling shall be activated during Htg. - Stage 1.
3) As room temperature increases above setpoint (Clg. - Stage
1), the economizer cycle shall be energized. The fresh air
damper shall be modulated beyond its minimum setpoint in
reverse proportion with its associated return air damper, until
the fresh air damper has reached its 100% open position.
4) If the room temperature continues to rise (Clg. - Stage 2), the
fresh air damper shall return to its minimum setting and the
DX cooling system shall be energized. ..
5) The reverse cycle shall occur on a decrease in room
temperature.
b. Provide electric "zone control' for zones with variable air volume
boxes.Zoning shall be switched by individual AHU control via relays
for the cooling/heating operations of the variable air volume boxes.
E. Provide Tekmar Controller Model No. 12 for sequencing boilers based on outside
temperature.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
3.01 CLEANING AIR SYSTEM
A. No air handling units shall be run for temporary heating, ventilating, testing, or
RVAC 15600-16
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2.14 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and services
required to provide a complete temperature control system as specified.
B. Installation Instructions
1. Prior to the installation of any work, this Subcontractor shall prepare
0 submittals which shall be approved by the Architect. These submittals shall
include a complete control diagram and sequence of operation of the entire
system, prepared by the equipment manufacturer, plus engineering data on all
devices used.
2. Wiring in connection with the automatic temperature control system shall be
furnished and installed by the HVAC Subcontractor as recommended by the
equipment manufacturer.
0 3. Upon completion of the work, this Subcontractor shall instruct operating
personnel in the operation of the control system. A control diagram and
sequence of operation shall be framed and mounted under glass where
directed.
4. Provide the services of a factory trained technician to set-up and check out
the control system with computerized instruments.
C. All equipment, unless specified to the contrary, shall be fully proportioning. The
control system shall consist of all room thermostats, dampers, damper operators,
relays,wiring and other accessory equipment to fill the intent of the Specification.
D. The air handling systems shall be controlled by electronic programmable
thermostats.
1. Air handling units will be furnished with controls as specified. Furnish
wiring system as recommended by the unit manufacturer.
2. Room Control - provide electronic control systems as required. Each unit to
include one microcomputer based electronic thermostat and motorized
damper assemblies as indicated on the drawings.
a. AHU-1: Provide two-stage cooling control and multi-stage heating
control to perform the following sequence: Air handling unit (AHU)
shall run continuously during the occupied cycle. During occupied
mode, the minimum fresh air damper setting shall be "open". During
HVAC 15600-15
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
5. Soldering Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide soldering
materials as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements.
6. Brazing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide brazing materials
as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Comply
with SFA-5.8, Section II, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for
brazing tiller metal materials.
2.12 FINNED RADIATION
A. Furnish and install floor mounted "Pedestal Style" finned tube radiators as shown on
Drawings. Radiator assemblies shall be I=B=R rated, Ted Reed Thermal, Sterling,
Vulcan, or equal. .�
B. Type "A" shall be Sterling Style "VB-ARPM"with C45 4-1/4" square fins, .020 thick,
50 per foot, 1" copper pipe element, single tier element, rated at 990 Btuh per foot at *�
170°F A.W.T., with ball bearing hanger bracket with cradle.
C. Enclosures shall be manufactured of 16 gauge cold rolled steel enamel finish, with
color selected by the Architect. A"Full"range of color selection shall be provided.
D. Pedestals shall be formed for rigidity and must be designed to support both the
element and enclosure. Ball bearing cradles shall be provided for movement of
element during expansion and contraction. Pedestals to be furnished at a maximum of
Y-0" on centers,with a minimum of two for each radiator. Roller bearing pipe hangers
shall be used to support supply or return piping under covers.
2.13 CIRCULATING PUMPS (In Line Type)
A. The pumps (P-1) shall be of the centrifugal in-line coupled type, especially designed
and constructed for quiet operation. Capacity shall be as shown on the Drawings.
Pumps shall be cast iron,bronze fitted.
B. Pumps shall be of the vertically split case type making possible complete servicing "
without breaking piping connections. The pump shall use a mechanical rotating type
carbon seal and shall face against a ceramic seat.
C. Motor shall be drip proof, 1,750 rpm and shall be especially selected for quiet
operation. The horsepower of the motor shall be of such a size as to insure non-
overloading of the motor throughout the pump curve without the use of motor service
factor. Pump motors shall be premium efficiency.
D. Pumps shall be Bell& Gossett Series 60,or equal by Armstrong or Taco.
HVAC 15600-14 '"
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
joints taped. All piping shall also have mastic applied to all overlapping surfaces to
form a vapor barrier. Jackets shall be Certainteed "Snap-On" or equal.
C. Insulation and fitting jackets shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations. Any gaps or fishmouths shall be remade.
D. All air supply ducts shall be insulated. Insulation shall be 2" thick, 1.0 pound density
Manville, "Microlite" glass fiber (Flexible) duct insulation with factory applied FSK
J acket, or equal. Lap jacket 2" at all seams and secure flaps with staples and
adhesives to provide complete vapor barrier. In addition, duct insulation shall be
mechanically fastened at 18" centers on the bottom of the duct where ducts exceed
24" in width.
2.11 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. General
1. Reference is made to specifications of recognized authorities to establish
quality. Latest editions of their publications at time of bidding shall be in
force.
2. All piping shall have manufacturer's name or trademark rolled into each and
every length of pipe.
3. All threads for screwed joints shall be National Taper Pipe Thread
conforming to ANSI B2.1-1968.
B. Application
1. Refrigerant: Type ACR copper, wrought copper fittings, AWS class Bagl
silver solder.
2. Hot Water & Condensate Piping: Type L copper, wrought copper fittings,
AWS Class 1 Bag silver solder.
C. Materials
1. ACR Copper Tube: ASTM B280.
2. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI B 16.22.
3. Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B 16.23.
4. Wrought Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B 16.29.
„ , HVAC 15600-13
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
B. Enclosures shall be constructed of 16 gauge steel finished with high gloss baked
enamel in neutral beige. Grilles shall be of pencil proof design and fabricated from
16-gauge die formed steel.
C. Motor - Blower Deck: Deck shall be a separately removable assembly with one or
more motors and blowers as required and designated in the Specifications. Blowers
shall be quiet operating forward curved centrifugal type. Housing and fan scroll shall
have a drawn venturi intake and painted for corrosion protection.
2.08 PIPE SLEEVES
A. Standard IPS steel or schedule 40 PVC sleeves shall be provided wherever exposed
pipes pass through masonry walls or partitions. Pipe sleeves are to be two pipe sizes
larger than line size. Insulated piping sleeves shall be sized to allow insulation to
pass through the sleeve without gouging. .
2.09 HANGERS
A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter & Paterson, Fee
& Mason, or equal.
B. For all pipe 2-1/2" and larger- Grinnell Figure No. 60, at 10' intervals.
C. For all other suspended piping - Grinnell Figure 70 at 6' intervals for tubing 1-1/4" or �*
less, 10' intervals for piping at 1-1/2" and larger.
D. All hangers directly in contact with non-ferrous pipe or tubing shall be copper plated
or plastic coated.
E. Hangers or supports shall be placed within 1' of each horizontal elbow. Vertical runs
of pipe not over 5' in length shall be supported on hangers placed not over 12" from
the elbow on the connecting horizontal run.
F. Vertical risers shall be supported with Grinnell Figure CT-121C plastic coated riser
clamp;to be installed immediately below a coupling.
2.10 INSULATION
A. All hot water distribution piping and refrigerant piping shall be insulated with heavy
density fiberglass pipe insulation with self-sealing lap, 1-1/2" thick. Insulation shall
be one piece snap-on type, Certainteed "500° Snap-On" or equal by Knauf, Manville,
or Owens-Corning.
B. Fittings shall be insulated with PVC jackets applied over fiberglass blanket with
.A
HVAC 15600-12 e.
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
E. Compressors shall be a single serviceable hennetic designed for R-22 operation.
Compressors shall be mounted on vibration isolators and have forced feed
" lubrication, hot gas muffler in the discharge line, and immersion type crankcase
heaters. The compressors shall have also spring loaded valve heads for protection
against liquid "slugging" and automatic oil pressure actuated internal cylinder
unloaders. Unloaders shall be arranged for unloaded start and shall allow unloading
down to 33% capacity. Compressors shall be enclosed in a sound attenuating
compartment.
O
F. Controls shall be factory wired and mounted in a control panel in exterior of the
casing. Control panel shall be wired complete with magnetic contactor for both
compressor and condenser fan. Provide low ambient temperature kit to allow
operation down to 0°F.
G. Condensing units shall be Carrier Model CKB or AK Series, or equal, with capacities
as scheduled.
H. Furnish and install a refrigerant piping system sized as recommended by the
manufacturer, complete with hot gas by-pass.
2.05 EXTRUDED ALUMINUM LOUVERS
A. Furnish and install stationary extruded aluminum louvers, as manufactured by
Airolite Co., Air Balance, Inc., Airline Products Co., or approved equal. Size as
shown on the Drawings.
B. Provide insect screens, attached to inside face of all louvers.
C. Louvers shall be installed straight and plumb and caulked (or sealed) around
perimeter to assure adequate sealing to adjacent surfaces.
D. Wall Louvers: Airolite Type T6382, 2", No. 12 gauge frame, No. 14 gauge blades,
bronze color anodized finish, approximately 44% free area. Submit color charts for
color selection by the Architect. Provide extended frames where indicated on
Drawings. '
2.06 CABINET HEATERS AND RADIATION
A. Furnish and install where shown on the Plans, heavy duty hydronic cabinet heaters
equal to model numbers as listed on the equipment schedule on the Plans. Heaters
+! shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and
applicable national and local codes.
�, HVAC 15600-11
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
w
L Fan motor shall be factory supplied and installed of the size and electrical
characteristics specified on the equipment schedule.
F. Special Features:
1. Evaporator Defrost Thermostat - Package containing thermostat with
enclosure, wiring and hardware shall be furnished to prevent freeze-up of the
cooling coil. Package shall be factory supplied for field installation. ..�
2. Remote Control Transformer Relay Package - Controls shall consist of
transformer, relays for the fan and liquid line, and a terminal board all
installed within an enclosure. Package shall be factory supplied for field
installation.
3. Fan Motor Contactor - A fan motor contactor with a holding coil for the
voltage specified or the equipment schedule shall be factory supplied for field
nstallation. �*
4. Thermostats - Electronic programmable thermostat assemblies shall provide
multi-stage heating, two-stage cooling, and outdoor ventilation control with
remote communication ability, and shall be factory supplied for field
installation.
2.04 CONDENSING UNITS
A. The air cooled condensing units shall have all operating components assembled on
one common base. These shall include: compressor, condenser coil, condenser fan
and motor, charging valves, moisture indicating sight glass, back seating refrigerant
valves,hot gas muffler, all controls, and a holding charge of R-22. The units shall be
designed for outdoor installation.
B. Casing shall be of 14-gauge zinc coated steel with all exterior surfaces painted with
enamel for weather protection. Drain holes shall be provided for elimination of rain.
Provide removable panels for access to components.
C. Condenser Fan(s) shall have permanently lubricated ball bearings, direct drive and
driven by permanently lubricated ball bearing heavy-duty motors with built-in
thermal overload protection.
D. Condenser Coil shall have copper tubing with heavy-duty aluminum fins. The coil
shall be factory tested at 425 psi and dehydrated. A factory or field installed sub-
cooling circuit shall be provided to sub-cool refrigerant a minimum of 20°F below
saturation temperatures.
HVAC 15600-10
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
"
9911
for horizontal configuration. Unit shall consist of an insulated fan section complete
with
* centrifugal fans and motor mounting bracket, a coil section complete with direct
expansion cooling coil, drain pan, and filter tracks, and a filter mixing box.
! " B. Unit Cabinet:
I. Cabinet shall be constructed of double wall, seamless galvanized steel
painted with a corrosion resistant enamel finish.
2. Cabinet shall be fully insulated with a fire retardant material.
C. Fan Section:
1. Double inlet fan wheels with forward-curved blades shall be selected to
operate at least 25% below the first critical speed and shall be designed for
continuous operation at maximum rated fan speed. Fan wheels and scrolls
shall be constructed of mill galvanized steel. The fan shaft shall be steel,
coated with a hydrocarbon rust inhibitor. Fan wheels shall be statically and
dynamically balanced at the factory and shall run on permanently lubricated
bearings.
2. Blower compartment shall be acoustically insulated to reduce air and motor
noise for quiet operation.
0 D. DX Coil Section:
1. The cooling coil section shall consist of a condensate pan, metering device,
with a fully insulated casing.
2. Condensate drain pan shall be fully insulated and shall extend under the
entire coil area. Condensate drain connection shall be threaded with size as
shown on Drawings.
3. Direct expansion coil shall have copper tubes with aluminum plate fins and
galvanized steel casing. Fins with belled collars shall be bonded to tubes by
mechanical expansion. Coil shall have supply and discharge connections at
the same end.
4. Refrigerant distributors complete with nozzles shall be installed on the
cooling coil. Distributor nozzles shall be sized for use with R-22.
E. Motor:
HVAC 15600-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
be equal to Buensod-Stacey Type S-2 of rigid construction with cast type rotary �.
latches. Where space limitations do not allow for full swing of the access door, two
rotary type latches shall be used. Doors located in insulated ducts shall be furnished
�,.
with extended frames to serve as a stop for insulation. Insulate doors located in
insulated duct work. All doors shall be gasketed. Door shall be 12" by 12"
minimum except where limited by duct width and shall be larger where necessary for
access to fire damper fusible links or other devices.
E. Duct joint sealing, reinforcing, flanges, etc. for rectangular sheet metal ducts shall be
based on maintaining airtight ducts at 3" WG Maximum static pressure with
maximum of 5% leakage of total fan capacity; 1/2 of 1% for round and oval ducts.
All joints in duct work shall be sealed with U.L. classified United Duct Sealer.
F. Duct system shall have sufficient volume dampers to control and adjust the total
volume of each system, each zone, in each branch and at each diffuser or grille.
G. Provide where required fire dampers with a UL label for not less than 1-1/2 hour fire
protection rating in accordance with UL-555 continuing inspection service. .,
H. Final connections to diffusers and registers shall be made with flexible duct work,
UL listed, Class 1. To be Thermaflex S-LP-10 for exhaust/return, M-KA for supply, •*
or equal. All joints shall be sealed with Class C sealant equal to Hardcast and
Thermaflex duct straps. Connection from flex duct to rigid shall be made with
bellmouth fitting, Buckley Type BM, or equal. Maximum length of flexible duct �»
shall be six(6) feet.
I. Install duct-type smoke detectors furnished by Electrical Subcontractor, one to be ..
installed in the supply duct of each air handling unit.
2.02 REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS
A. Registers and diffusers shall be Titus, or equal by Barbara-Colman or Tuttle and
Bailey, equal to those specified in the following paragraphs. Volume dampers shall
be allen key operated. Wall mounted registers shall have sponge rubber gasket at
perimeter of frame.
B. Return and Exhaust Register (CER) - Titus Model 30-RUAG-15 steel deflected
blade register, off white finish.
C. Open-end ducts shall have volume dampers of the opposed blade type.
2.03 AIR HANDLING UNITS
A. Units shall be indoor mounted, draw-through, packaged air handling unit arranged
HVAC 15600-8
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
7. List of recommended spare parts.
S. Copies of all service contracts.
9. Performance curves for pumps, etc.
10. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Subcontractors as well
as the local representative for each item of equipment.
1.16 GUARANTEE
A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts
for a period of one (1) year after date of substantial completion, and shall agree to
promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective
during this period.
B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by
defects in his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment
caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect.
OR C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance
shall be considered as being defective.
1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1.
PART 2-MATERIALS
2.01 SHEET METALWORK `
A. All duct runs shall be checked for clearances before installation of any duct work.
Above hung ceilings, duct locations and elevations must be co-ordinated with work
of other trades to avoid conflicts with structure,piping,conduit and light fixtures.
B. All sheet metal ducts shall be constructed of galvanized steel sheet of bend forming
quality.
C. Duct construction shall be in accordance with best practices and latest ASHRAE or
SMACNA requirements for metal gauges, joints, reinforcing and supports. All
exposed duct work shall be constructed and hung to provide a neat, smooth, finished
appearance. Cadmium plated sheet metal screws shall be used on all exposed duct
work. Ducts shall be free from thumping or rattling when fans are turned on or off.
D. Provide hinged galvanized steel access and inspection doors opposite each manual
damper, at each fire damper, and at every duct mounted control device. Doors shall
HVAC 15600-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain
120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric power from the General Contractor to drive
his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs,
sockets, etc.
C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be
removed by the HVAC Subcontractor.
1.14 WORK CONCEALED
A. All piping, duct work, cable, and raceway (except surface metal raceway) shall be
installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or
electrical equipment rooms, unless specifically noted otherwise on the Drawings.
B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior
exposure above grade.
1.15 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper
Owner's representative in all details of operation of equipment installed. Supply
qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that
Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance ..,
procedures.
B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and .�
Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words,
"Operation and Maintenance Manual",the name and location of the equipment or the
building, the name of the Subcontractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall
have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions
shall be legible and easily read,with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manuals
shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent. -�
C. The Manual shall include the following information:
1. Description of systems.
2. Description of start-up,operation, and shutdown.
3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of
equipment.
4. Lubrication chart.
5. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and
control of each item of equipment.
6. Valve chart.
HVAC 15600-6 «�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
1.09 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of
water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in
Division 1.
1.10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER
A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install temporary light and power as
specified in Division 1.
1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior
details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These
documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and
Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be
considered a part of the Subcontract requirements.
B. The Specifications and Plans are complementary and anything called for, or
reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be
considered as called for or reasonably implied in both.
C. The HVAC Subcontractor shall not scale the Drawings.
D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets,
fittings and, accessories that may be required. The HVAC Subcontractor shall
carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and
shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves,
a and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions,at no additional cost.
1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. The HVAC; Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and
fixtures to the building site when required, so as to carry on his work efficiently and
to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades.
1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. All necessary tools, machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his
Subcontract shall be provided by the HVAC Subcontractor.
HVAC 15600-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
1.06 PRODUCTS
A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials shall be U.S.
made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed
to function properly'in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with
the same brand of manufacturer for each class or category of material or equipment.
Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters
Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their
requirements and be so labeled. ,
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the HVAC Subcontractor shall submit
to the Architect eight (8) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop
Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be
furnished on the project.
B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance
with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review,
making any and all changes which may be required.
C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor from
any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings
and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with
the HVAC Subcontractor.
D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which
Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in
accordance with the Specifications, the Subcontractor will be required to remove
such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed "!
by the Architect.
1.08 PERMITS,FEES AND INSPECTIONS
A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his
work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and
charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all
responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they
relate to his part of the work.
B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his
work.
HVAC 156004 ""
OR
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
PR 9911
D. The HVAC Subcontractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades
in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information
pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other
trades requiring such information. The HVAC Subcontractor shall also furnish all
sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the
General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the
HVAC Subcontractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear
the extra expense involved due to such failure.
E. The arrangement of all piping, duct work, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the
Drawings is, diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this
work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs,
bends, offsets, etc. The HVAC Subcontractor shall lay out all his work at the site
and be responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the
determining factor for all measurements.
F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting
and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, duct,
conduit, and cable runs shall be performed by the HVAC Subcontractor.
G. The HVAC Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work
and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss
or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work
shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall
be protected:by suitable means.
H. The HVAC; Subcontractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials
installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner.
I. The HVAC Subcontractor shall check the Architectural Plans and Specifications
" before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall
"M be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section
will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements,
except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or
equal" appear in product specification, and as approved by the Architect and Owner.
M B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by
a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the General Requirements.
HVAC 15600-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
11. Instructions,
12. Record Drawings.
13. The disconnecting and removal of all existing systems and equipment made
obsolete by new construction. „
14. All existing HVAC systems and equipment which are to remain in operation
and which interfere with new construction shall be relocated and reconnected
as required.
1.03 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the
Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Plumbing Code and local laws, .»
rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract
Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern.
Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or
regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise.
B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' *k
instructions at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.04 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at
a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also
exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious
laying out of his work.
B. The HVAC Subcontractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the
Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as
if the HVAC Subcontractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent
shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after
construction work begins.
C. The HVAC Subcontractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done
to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors' work resulting
from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of
dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the HVAC
Subcontractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the HVAC Subcontractor that
such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect
whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the work
in question.
HVAC 15600-2 ..
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
M 9911
SECTION 15600 - HEAT'ING, VENTILATING,AIR CONDITIONING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
! ► A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable parts
of Division 1, as part of this Section.
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work
under this Section whether or not, such work is specifically mentioned in this
Section.
C. Co-ordinate; work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of
this section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under
the Contract.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and
reasonably incidental to the complete installation of all HVAC work specified herein
and/or indicated on the Drawings, including,but not limited to, the following:
1. Cabinet heaters and radiation.
2. Refrigerant piping and systems including all valves, fittings, equipment, etc.
3. Duct systems for supply, return, and exhaust, including fire dampers,
registers,diffusers, and louvers.
4. Split system air handling units and condensing units.
5. Exhaust fans.
6. Insulation for piping and duct work.
7. Automatic temperature control system.
8. Installation of and connection to equipment furnished by others.
9. Air and water balance,tests,start-up.
10. Guarantee.
HVAC 15600-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street .,
9911
mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, and ••'
machine rooms.
B. Sating Insulation
1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG
Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness *�
by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings.
2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors.
C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as
manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire
sating.
D. Preparation
1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for ducts, pipes, and fire
dampers.
E. Application
1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids.
Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where neces-
sary.
2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with
sealing compound.
W*
W
4W
Plumbing 15400-20 .�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
part in peri:ect condition and ready for use.
3.09 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
go
A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its
manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the drawings or
not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the
Plumbing Subcontractor and be included in his bid.
3.10 ACCESS PANELS
A. Furnish access panels for access to valves, shock arrestors, trap primers, etc., Panels
shall be installed by the General Contractor.
3.11 STERILIZATION
A. Each unit of domestic water service line and distribution system shall be sterilized
with chlorine before acceptance of domestic operation. The amount of chlorine
applied shall be such as to provide a dosage of not less than 50 parts per million. The
chlorinating material shall be introduced to the water lines and distributing systems
in a manner approved by the Water Department. If possible to do so, the lines shall
be thoroughly flushed before introduction of the chlorinating material. After a
contact period of not less than eight (8) hours, the system shall be flushed with clean
water until the residual chlorine content is not greater than 1.0 parts per million. All
valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during
the contact period.
3.12 ISOLATION VALVES
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish and install isolation valves on the entire
domestic water distribution system,on mains,branches,and at each fixture.
3.13 FIRE SAFING
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the
work including,but not limited to the following:
1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers.
2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers.
3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings.
4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, walls, stairway walls,
Plumbing 15400-19
MW
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street -°
9911
3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Drilling of all holes 4" diameter and smaller required for the installation of plumbing
shall be performed by the Plumbing Subcontractor. All work and materials shall be
installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a
minimum.
B. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by
the General Contractor.
No
3.05 INSULATION
A. Insulation shall be applied by an independent insulation contractor regularly engaged '"
in that business.
B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls. Covering shall be applied before
masonry proceeds.
C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and
sealed.
3.06 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish and set all sleeves required. All water
piping passing through masonry walls shall be provided with standard weight steel
pipe,or Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeves, inside diameter to be slightly larger than pipe
and insulation passing through same. Center pipe in sleeve.
B. Provide chromium plated escutcheons where un-insulated pipes pass through walls.
3.07 INSPECTION AND TESTS
A. Tests for Plumbing Systems: Soil, waste, vent and water piping shall be tested by ..
the Plumbing Subcontractor and approved before acceptance. Underground piping
shall be tested prior to backfilling. Equipment required for tests shall be furnished by
the Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner. All tests shall be witnessed and
approved by the Local Plumbing Inspector, and shall be performed as required by the
Plumbing Code.
3.08 CLEANING UP
A. After all the fixtures have been set and ready for use, and before leaving the job,
thoroughly clean all fixtures installed under this Contract, removing all plaster,
stickers, rust stains, and any foreign matter or discoloration of fixtures, leaving every
Plumbing 15400-18 '"�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
variance with name as shown or specified.
3. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows:
a. Near each valve and control device.
go b. Near each branch in mains.
C. Fear locations where pipes pass through walls or floorsiceilings, or
enter non-accessible enclosures.
d. At access doors, manholes and similar access points, which pen-nit
view of, concealed piping.
e. Spaced intermittently at maximum spacing of 20' along each piping
run, except reduce spacing to 20' in congested areas of piping and
equipment.
! " C. Provide rnanufacturer's standard brass valve tags with printed enamel lettering, with
piping system abbreviation in approximately 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve
numbers approximately 1/2" high, and with 5/32" hole for fastener. Provide tags on
ON all valves and control devices.
1. Provide 1-1/2" round by 19 gage tags with lettering as selected by Architect.
2. Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type),
or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to
valves,and manufactured specifically for that purpose.
3. Submit valve schedule for piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-
1/2" x 11"bond-paper. Tabulate valve number,piping system, system abbre-
viation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations
for identification (if any). Mark valves, which are intended for emergency
shut-off and similar special uses,by special "flags",in margin of schedule. In
addition to mounted copies, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals as
specified in Division I.
4. For each page of valve schedule, provide glazed display frame, with screws
for removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of finished
hardwood or extruded aluminum,with SSB-grade sheet glass.
5. Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in Machine Rooms where
indicated or,if not otherwise indicated,where directed by Architect.
„�, Plumbing 15400-17
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
B. Joints: Installation of pipe and fittings shall be made in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Mitering of joints for elbows and notching of
straight runs of pipe for tees will not be permitted. Threaded joints shall have
American National taper pipe threads conforming to National Bureau of Standards
Handbook H28, with graphite or inert filler and oil, with an approved graphite
compound, or with polytetrafluorethylene tape applied to the male threads.
3.02 WATER PIPE, FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS
A. Mains, Branches, and Runoffs: Piping shall be installed as indicated. Pipe shall be
cut accurately to measurements established at the building by the Plumbing
Subcontractor and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Care
shall be taken not to weaken structural portions of the building. Above ground
piping shall be run parallel with the lines of the building unless otherwise indicated.
Branch pipes from service lines may be taken from top, bottom, or side of main,
using such crossover fittings as may be required by structural or installation
conditions. Supply pipes, valves and fittings shall be kept a sufficient distance from
other work and other services to permit not less than 1/2" between finished covering
on the different services.
B. Expansion and Contraction of Pipe: Allowance shall be made throughout for
expansion and contraction of pipe.
3.03 BASIC IDENTIFICATION
A. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide mechanical identification materials
of one of the following:
Allen Systems,Inc.
Brady(W. H. )Co.; Sigmark Div. ..
Industrial Safety Supply Co., Inc.
Seton Name Plate Corp.
Emed Co.,Inc. .�
B. Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi-rigid, snap-on, color-coded pipe
markers,complying with ANSI A13.1.
1. For external diameters less than 6", provide full-band pipe markers,
extending 3600 around pipe at each location, fastened as follows: ■-
a. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned, semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.
2. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best
describes piping system in each instance, as selected by Architect in cases of
Plumbing 15400-16 "'
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2.13 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Make final hot water, cold water and waste connections to all equipment.
2.14 VACUUM BREAKERS
A. Furnish and install vacuum breakers as manufactured by Watts or approved equal.
B. Atmospheric type, Model 288A chrome plated, when supply is not under constant
pressure.
2.15 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A. Furnish and install the following backflow preventers, as manufactured by Watts
Regulator:
1. On cold water feed to heating boilers: No. 909-SQT-3/4" complete with
bronze strainer; full port, bronze ball valve shut-offs, and No. 909-AG-C,
1" air gap and drain piping.
go
PART 3 - INSTALLAT'ON
! ' 3.01 SOIL,WASTE,DRAIN AND VENT PIPING
A. Installation:
1. Drainage and Vent Pipes: Horizontal soil and waste pipes shall have a
minimum grade of 1/4" per foot for piping 3" and less and 1/8" per foot for
piping larger than 3". All openings of the system shall be protected by a 2"
(rmn.)water seal and vent piping installed to allow a maximum internal pres-
sure fluctuation of+/- 1" of water column.
2. Fittings: Changes in pipe size on soil, waste, and drain lines shall be made
with reducing fittings. Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate
use of 45°wyes,long or short sweep 1/4 bends, 1/6, 1/8, or 1/16 bends, or by
a combination of those or equivalent fittings. Single and double sanitary tees
and 1/4 bends may be used in drainage lines only where the direction of flow
is from horizontal to vertical.
3. Union Connections: Slip joints will be permitted only in trap seals or on the
inlet side of the traps. Use of bushings will not be permitted.
Plumbing 15400-15
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
E. Single Bowl Sink (P-3)
1. Sink - 17" x 19" self-rimming single bowl 18 ga. stainless steel with sound
deadening undercoat, punched for three (3) holes on ledge, Elkay "Dayton",
:Model D-11719.
2. Faucet - Double lever swing spout faucet with 8" centers and heavy chrome
plating, Delta No. 2476-SHP
3. Stainless steel cup strainer, 1-1/2" tailpiece and P-trap with cleanout nipple.
Chrome plated supplies with wheel handle stops and chrome plated
escutcheon plates.
F. Floor Drain(P-4) Mechanical Room
1. Heavy duty cast iron deep sump body with seepage pan, combination
membrane flashing clamp, suspended sediment bucket and heavy duty cast
iron gate, Zurn Model No. Z-541, or equal, with trap primer.
2.10 TRAP PRIMER
A. Furnish and install all brass automatic trap primers where required by Code.
Primer shall include automatic pressure activated brass valve with vacuum breaker,
and copper duplex manifold distribution reservoir as indicated on the drawings.
Valve shall conform with A.S.S.E. Standard 1018.
B. Valve shall be Precision Plumbing Products,Inc., or equal.
2.11 SHOCK ABSORBERS
A. Shock absorbers shall be installed on each branch feeding fixtures with flush valves
and at top of risers shall be Precision Plumbing Products Model PPP, line size, or
equal,by Zurn,Josam, Smith,or Wade.
2.12 ACCESS PANELS
.w
A. Furnish access panels for all locations where cleanouts, valves, or other items
requiring operation or maintenance are located in finish walls. Access panels will be
installed by other trades.
B. Access panels shall be Boico Style C,or equal, size 8" x 8" or larger. „
Plumbing 15400-14
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
connected to the rough piping systems at the wall. Wall escutcheons shall be
chromium plated on nickel-plated brass with polished, bright surfaces. Vitreous
china and acid-resisting enameled cast iron fixtures shall be American Standard,
Kohler, or Eljer; toilet seats to be Church or Olsonite; stainless steel sinks shall be
Just or Elkay.
0 B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish all supports, brackets, bolts, etc. for proper
installation of all fixtures requiring supports. They shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and, if necessary, shall be built into place as the
building progresses. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall be held responsible for the
stability and proper support of all plumbing fixtures.
C. Water Closet(P-1) Handicapped
1. Closet — American Standard "Cadet" 17H Elongated Pressure-Assisted
toilet, Model No. 2168.100, vitreous china floor mounted, 1.6 gpf., elongated
bowl, tank type toilet with close couple tank.
2. Seat - Olsonite #95-SS white solid plastic, extra heavy, open front seat, less
cover,with self-sustaining hinge.
!* 3. Mounting - Standard roughing floor flange with bees' wax seal.
D. Lavatory (P-2) Handicapped
1. Basin— American Standard "Munro" Universal Design Wall Hung Lavatory
Model No. 0954.000, vitreous china, and rear overflow, recessed self-
"" draining deck and concealed arm support.
2. Supply Fitting - 5-60-G-H Symmons Scot metering faucet, 4" center, self-
'"' closing with temperature adjustment, temperature limit stops, time limit stop
with flow,blade handle, and grid strainer, Brass Craft No. CS400A stops and
riisers.
3. Drain - Kohler No. K-13885 tailpiece offset 4-1/2" for wheelchair, chrome
plated.
4. Trap - Sanitary Dash No. R370-17 polished chrome plated with cleanout
plug.
5. Support - Zurn ZR-1231 dura coated cast iron "Rigid System" carrier with
rectangular steel uprights,concealed arms and sleeves mounted on adjustable
headers, 2" cast bronze chrome plated escutcheons. Complete with cast iron
feet, alignment truss and mounting fasteners.
Plumbing 15400-13
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ••
9911
Knauf, Manville, or Ones-Corning. --
B. Fittings shall be insulated with PVC jackets applied over fiberglass blanket with
J oints taped. Cold water piping shall also have mastic applied to all overlapping
surfaces to form a vapor barrier. Jackets shall be Certainteed "Snap-On" or equal.
C. Insulation and fitting jackets shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations. Any gaps or fishmouths shall be remade.
D. Install an 18" length of rigid (load bearing) insulation at each hanger; insulation shall
run continuous through the hanger. To be calcium silicate, or equal.
E. All exposed drain and water piping at handicapped lavatories shall be insulated with
Truebro "Handi Lav-Guard" insulation system, Model 102 w/105 offset, or equal.
F. Insulate all vertical and horizontal rain conductor piping and fittings the same as for
cold water piping.
2.07 THERMOMETERS
A. Thermometers shall be Jay, Moeller, Palmer, Taylor, Trerice, or Weiss, equal to
Taylor 30EJ31009 with aluminum case, industrial glass, red reading mercury, 9"
scale length, 2°F subdivisions. Stem length shall be sufficient to assure accurate and
fast response, but in no case less than 3-1/2" nor less than one-third of pipe diameter
in which installed. Each thermometer shall be provided with a brass, monel, or stain-
less steel separable socket of matching length, and with lagging extensions when in-
stalled in insulated pipe. Thermometers shall be adjustable angle type, positioned as
required to be easily seen and read from normal operator's position.
B. Ranges shall be manufacturer's standard closest to the following: no
1. Hot water: 25°F-240°F.
.w
2. Coldwater: 0°F- 100°F
2.08 PRESSURE GAUGES .»
A. 4-1/2" dial,double-spring with soft copper tubing loop and petcock. Operating range
shall be in the center of the scale. To be U. S. Gage Co.,or an approved equal. ..
2.09 PLUMBING FIXTURES
A. General Requirements: References made herein are to establish type and quality of
materials. Exposed traps and supply pipes for all fixtures shall be chrome plated and
Plumbing 15400-12 .w
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
� with access covers and plates.
C. Furnish and install traps as required for all items of equipment furnished under other
Sections of these Specifications, and/or by the Owner.
2.05 CLEANOUTS AND ACCESS PANELS
A. Floor cleanout shall be Zum 1400 Series Level-trol Supreme cleanouts and Type
ZN-1400-Z in terrazzo floors, Type ZN-1400-X in tiled floors, Type ZN-1400-CM
in carpeted floors, and Type ZN-1400-2 in all other locations. Cleanouts shall be set
flush and, level with top of finished floor surface except in carpeted areas where they
shall be flush with concrete.
B. Wall cleanouts shall be brass, recessed head plugs with Zum ZN-1440-1 access
frame and cover.
C. Access covers shall be flush with finished floors and walls. Where floor cleanouts
occur above finish floors above grade, they shall be provided with flange, clamping
collar and 24" x 24", 16 oz. copper flashing. Copper flashing shall be furnished and
installed by the Plumbing Subcontractor.
"! D. Access panel doors for all concealed inaccessible valves, balancing fittings,
cleanouts, shock absorbers, and trap primers in masonry walls, plastered walls,
plastered or gypsum wallboard ceilings. Access panels shall be furnished by the
Plumbing Subcontractor and installed by tradesmen of wall or ceiling finish. Access
panels in,plaster shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL (12" x 12" min.); in walls shall be
Karp Type DSC-214M "Universal' (12" x 12"). For drywall ceilings shall be Karp
Sesame Slim Trim Access Hatches,Type KSTDW/CAD(12" x 12" min.).
E. Floor Cleanout - A (F.D.A.) shall be Zuzn Model ZN-1400 with NEO-LOC gasket,
ABS C.O.plug,nickel bronze scoriated round cover.
F. Cleanouls shall be Zum Industries, Inc., Wade Division, Josam Mfg. Co., Jay R.
Smith Co.,or equal.
G. Access panels shall be Karp Associates, Inc., Inryco, Inc., Milcor Division,
Bimlingiham Ornamental Iron,or equal.
2.06 INSULATION
A. All water piping new and existing shall be insulated with heavy density fiberglass
pipe insulation with self-sealing lap, 1" thick for hot water and return hot water up to
1-1/2" and 1-1/2" thick insulation on piping 2" and larger, 1/2" thick for cold water.
Insulation shall be one piece snap-on type, Certainteed "500° Snap-On" or equal by
, , Plumbing 15400-11
w
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street *�
9911
B. For cast iron and galvanized steel piping - Grinnell Company's Figure No. 260, one
to each length of cast iron pipe, at 12 ft. intervals for threaded piping; for copper
tubing •.
Grinnell Co.'s figure CT-65 at S ft. intervals for tubing up to 2"; 10 ft. intervals for
tubing 2-1/2" and above. **
C. For hot and cold water piping - Grinnell Company's figure No. CT-99 heavily copper
plated at 6 ft. intervals for copper tubing 1-1/4" or less, 10 ft. intervals for piping 1-
1/2" and larger. Provision shall be made to allow for expansion and contraction of
all piping.
D. Hangers or supports shall be placed within 1 ft. of each horizontal elbow. Vertical
runs of pipe not over 5 ft. in length shall be supported on hangers placed not over 12"
from the elbow on the connecting horizontal run.
E. All vertical piping shall be supported at each story height, with a support at the base
of vertical cast iron pipe.
F. Perforated strap iron hanger or Milford type copper plated steel hangers are not
acceptable.
G. Where piping is supported from ceiling beams, support parallel pipes from different
beams.
H. Support pipes sufficiently clear of all part of structure to allow for full thickness of
insulation.
I. Hangers to be adequate size to include insulation. Furnish and install galvanized
steel insulation protection shields outside of insulation on pipe sizes 2" and larger to
prevent crushing or indenting of insulation of hangers.
J. Provide plastic coated steel hangers to support acid waste and vent piping at 6 ft.
intervals.
Ow
2.04 TRAPS
A. Traps at fixtures shall be as listed in the Fixture Schedule. Exposed traps shall be
chrome plated.
B. Traps and running traps shall be extra heavy cast iron where buried in floors or •»
serving floor drains. Where traps are not connected directly under the drain they
serve in the floor, they shall be fitted with top cleanouts and extensions to the floor
Plumbing 15400-10
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2. Check: 125 lb. WSP, all bronze horizontal swing type, screwed caps, bronze
disc designed to permit regrinding of seat without removal of body, Lunken-
heimer Cat. No. 2145, or equal.
B. In lieu of gate valves on water lines, the Plumbing Subcontractor has the option of
installing, "Apollo" or equal brass or bronze solder end ball valves, with teflon seats
and full line size ports, unless specifically noted otherwise.
1. On water lines inside building; ball valves 3" and smaller shall be as
manufactured by Conbraco Industries, Inc.'s "Apollo", Series 95-200 stop and
drain, with 1-1/4" extended stems for piping 1/2" to 1" size; Series 70-
100/200 with 1-1/4" extended stems for piping 1-1/4" to 3" size. Valves shall
be provided with stainless steel ball, reinforced Teflon seats and seals bronze
body, 400 psi WOG, positive 100% shutoff.
2. Drain valves at all low points shall be "Apollo" 78-100 or 78-200 Series, 1/2"
or 3/4" solder by 3/4" hose end with attached cap and chain.
3. Ball valves shall be of one manufacturer, Conbraco Industries, Inc., "Apollo,"
Watts Regulator,NibcoScott, or approved equal.
C. Check Valves
1. Check valves shall be furnished and installed where indicated on the
drawings. Valves up to 3" shall be Class 125, solder ends, bronze body,
swing type disc, Stockham Figure B-309.
2. Check valves 4" and larger shall be iron body, bronze mounted with body
and cap conforming to ASTM A 126 Class B cast-iron, flanged, swing type
disc, Stockham Figure G-931.
3. Check valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham,Jenkins, Lunkenheimer,
or equal.
D. Plug Valves: Furnish and install cast iron plug valves on all gas piping 2" and larger,
with flanged ends,Model 133 as manufactured by Serek Audco,with 100%free
area,rated at 125 psi working pressure,or approved equal.
2.03 HANGERS
A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter & Paterson, or
Fee&Mason.
Plumbing 15400-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2133, or equal. an
Plumbing 15400-8
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
ter ment caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect.
C. Any part: of the work installed under this contract requiring excessive maintenance
shall be considered as being defective.
1.16 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PIPING MATERIALS
A. All soil, waste and vent, in accessible areas 2" and larger shall be cast iron "no-hub,"
ASA group 022 pipe and fittings joined with cast iron clamps as manufactured by
"MG" coupling or "Clamp-All"; on pipe sizes 3" and larger use four(4) band clamps,
two (2) band clamps will only be allowed on 2" pipe. All buried soil, waste, vent,
and stonn lines shall be service weight cast iron pipe with all fittings carefully fitted
and caulked together with oakum and lead, sealed gas and water tight. Minimum
size of piping below ground shall be 2". Where it is impractical to install cast iron
pipe, as in tight partition work or where the sizes of lines are smaller than 2", Type
"L" copper tubing shall be used conforming to ASTM Specification with sweat type
fitting using lead free solder and non-corrosive flux, "Non-Korrode", or approved
equal conforming to ASTM Specification B 32 alloy 50A. In lieu of oakum and lead
joints, "push-on type" resilient gasket fittings may be used on buried pipe only.
B. All vent lines 2" and smaller shall be Type "L" copper, or DWV, except minimum
size below ground shall be 2".
C. All hot and cold water piping within the building shall be hard copper Type "L"
seamless drawn tubing assembled with sweat fittings. All solder used shall be lead
free, cadmium free, "Silverbrite - 100" or equal, complying with the latest issue of
ANSI A-5.8 publication. All exposed runs to all toilet fixtures and sinks shall be
chrome iplated. All below slab trap primer feed piping shall be Type "K" copper soft
rolled with silver solder joints. (No joints below floor)
2.02 VALVES
A. Valves shall be manufactured by Fairbanks, Jenkins, Lunkenheimer, Hammond,
Crane,Powell,or Stockham. (Federal Specifications: WW-V-54c,Class A,Type 1).
1. elate: 125 lb. WSP, all bronze, non-rising stem, screwed bonnet, one piece
wedge,designed to permit re-packing under pressure, Lunkenheimer Cat.No.
,�, Plumbing 15400-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
insulation.
1.14 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE :MANUALS
A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper
Owner's representative in all details of operation of equipment installed. Supply
qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that
Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance
procedures.
B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, WA
"Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or the
building, the name of the Subcontractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall
have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions
shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in. The manuals
shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent.
C. The Manual shall include the following information:
1. Description of systems.
2. Description of start-up, operation, and shutdown.
3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of
equipment.
4. Lubrication chart.
5. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and
control of each item of equipment.
6. Valve chart.
7. List of recommended spare parts. am
8. Copies of all service contracts.
9. Performance curves for pumps,etc.
10. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Subcontractors as well ,.
as the local representative for each item of equipment.
1.15 GUARANTEE' ..
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work
in all parts for a period of one(1)year after date of substantial completion, and .w
shall agree to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to
be detective during this period.
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused
by defects in his work and for repair to plaster,wood, and other materials or equip-
Plumbing 15400-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
documents are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and
Specifications and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be
considered a part of the Subcontract requirements.
B. The Plans and Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or
reasonably implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be
considered as called for or reasonably implied in both.
C. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall assume all responsibility in scaling measurements
from the drawings.
D. Because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets,
fittings and accessories that may be required. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall
carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and
shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves,
and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost.
1.11 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and
fixtures to the building site when required, so as to carry on his work efficiently and
to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades.
1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his
Subcontract shall be provided by the Plumbing Subcontractor.
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor.shall provide his own portable extension lines and
obtain 120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to
drive his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs,
sockets, etc.
C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be
removed by the Plumbing Subcontractor.
1.13 WORK CONCEALED
A. All piping, ductwork, cable, and raceway shall be installed concealed in all areas
except mechanical or electrical equipment rooms, except that horizontal runs at the
ceiling in rooms that have exposed structure may be exposed.
B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior
exposure above grade, except where installed on the room side of continuous wall
Plumbing 15400-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street *�
9911
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Plumbing Subcontractor shall
submit to the Architect eight (8) clean and legible sets of catalogue cuts,
manufacturers' data sheets, or shop drawings, giving all specific details, dimensions,
capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished.
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall check the shop drawings thoroughly for
compliance with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect
for review, making any and all changes which may be required.
C. The review of shop drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Plumbing
Subcontractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with
the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in shop
drawings shall remain with the Plumbing Subcontractor.
D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which
shop drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in
accordance with the Specifications, the Plumbing Subcontractor will be required to
remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and as
directed by the Architect.
1.08 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his
work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and
charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all
responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they
relate to his part of the work.
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his
work. am
1.09 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide any temporary hook-ups required for the
use of water or sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as
specified in Division 1. ••
1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior
details, plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These
4W
Plumbing 15400-4 *'
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
r bear the extra expense involved due to such failure.
E. The arrangement of all piping, ductwork, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the
drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this
work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs,
bends, offsets, etc. Existing systems and piping are shown in their approximate
locations, but shall be worked on or connected to where found. The Plumbing Sub-
contractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for the accuracy thereof.
Conditions at the building shall be the detennining factor for all measurements.
F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting
and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and
cable runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items.
0
G. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his
work and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good
such loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the
work shall be capped or plugged at all times. All fixtures and operating apparatus
shall be arotected by suitable means.
H. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials
installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner.
I. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall check the Architectural Plans and Specifications
before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall
be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section
will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements.
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured
by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the General Requirements.
1.06 PRODUCTS
A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials used shall be
U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and
designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended,
and with the same brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment.
Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters
Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their
requirements and be so labeled.
Plumbing 15400-3
4W
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street 4W
9911
8. Guarantee and instructions. as
1.03 CODES, ORDINANCES, AND INSPECTIONS
A. All materials, and the installation thereof, shall conform to the requirements of the
:Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Massachusetts Fuel Gas and
Plumbing Code and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. "
Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or
regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of
applicable codes, rules, or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless
the Architect rules otherwise.
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement
Officials' instructions at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.04 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall employ only competent and experienced
workmen at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He
shall also exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and
expeditious laying out of his work.
B. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the
Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as ..
if the Plumbing Subcontractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent
shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after
construction work begins.
C. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage
done to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Subcontractors' work
resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in
case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the
Plumbing Subcontractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Plumbing
Subcontractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by
the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the
Contract for the work in question.
D. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other
trades in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information ...
pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other
trades requiring such information. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall also furnish all
sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the •
General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the
Plumbing Subcontractor to give proper information, as above, he will be required to
will
Plumbing 15400-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 15100- PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, applicable parts of
Division. 1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section.
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work
under this, Section whether or not, such work is specifically mentioned in this
+ ► Section.
C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of
this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under
the Contract.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, appurtenances and services necessary for, and reasonably
incidental to, the complete installation of all plumbing work specified herein and/or
indicated on the drawings, including,but not limited to, the following:
1. Water service and sanitary sewer connection to existing lines within the
building. Provide valves, boxes, fittings, and all required components for
complete installation.
2. Plumbing fixtures,trim,and supports.
3. Connections to fixtures and equipment furnished and installed by others
requiring water, gas,drains, and waste.
4. ]Furnish access panels.
5. .Arrange for inspections and perform cleaning and testing.
6. The disconnecting and removal of all existing piping systems, fixtures, and
equipment made obsolete by new construction.
7. All existing plumbing systems and equipment which are to remain in
operation and which interfere with new construction shall be relocated and
reconnected as required.
Plumbing 15400-1
t
i
1
1
DIVISION 15—MECHANICAL
Plumbing
Heating,Venting, Air Conditioning
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Strcct
9911
PART 3 - EXEC11ION .X
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for
installation, as applicable to project conditions.
B. Installation tolerances: Shim and align units within installed tolerance.
3.02 CLEANING, PROTECTION AND PREPARATION
A. Damaged Units: Replace components of the work which have been damaged or
have deteriorated beyond successful repair by means of finish touch-up or similar
minor repair procedures.
B. Cleaning: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films. Upon
completion, clean finished surfaces as recommended by manufacturer and maintain
in a clean condition during construction.
C. All equipment to be connected and ready for use at end of installation.
3.03 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 10846
Kitchenette 10846-2 '"
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 10846— KITC'HENETTE EQ1IIPMF.NT
PART 1 - GENERA1.
1.01 RELATED DOCLI, IENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section.
B. Section 01010—Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
this section.
1.02 INTENT
A. The Contractor under this section shall furnish all labor, materials, appliances,
temporary protection, tools and equipment required for kitchenette, complete in
accordance with this section of the specifications and applicable drawings and
subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, and in accordance with good
roofing practice.
1.03 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish and install kitchenette equipment, as indicated on the plans.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, standard details,
certified product test results,installation instructions and general recommendations,
as applicable to materials and finishes for each component.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCTS
A. Refrigerators:
1. GE TAX 4S NY WH 3.7 Cu.Ft. 34 %:"high x 18 7/8"wide x 20 3/4"deep.
Install in cabinet work.
B. Microwaves with exhaust fans
1. G.E. JVM1339 WW with under cabinet mounting and 3 1/4"x 10"exhaust-
duct:.
Kitchenette 10846-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Accessory Locations: Coordinate accessory locations with other work to avoid
interference and to ensure proper operation and servicing of accessories. Notify the
architect in writi rig of any conflicts concerning product placement, for resolution. Do
not proceed without resolution.
B. Correct unsatisfactory substrate conditions before start of accessory installation.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces to receive accessories. Protect surrounding elements from damage during
accessory installation.
3.03 INSTALLATION
W A. Perform installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, except where more
stringent requirements are shown or specified, and except where project conditions
require extra precautions or provisions to ensure satisfactory performance of the work.
B. Provide plumb, level accessory installations.
C. Securely attach accessories to substrate.
D. Accessories instilled for use by Handicapped Persons: Install as indicated on drawings.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust accessories as required to provide smooth operation and trouble free servicing.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean and polish exposed surfaces of accessories using accessory manufacturer's
recommended procedures and cleaning agents.
.3.06. PROTECTION'
A. Provide coverings as required to protect installed accessories.
3.07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 10810
Toilet Accessories 10810-5
Expansion of Easthampton Sa%,ings Bank
21 Locust Strut
1)x)1 1
b. Tapers from 4" depth at top to l" at bottom
C. Stainless steel satin finish frame with welded courners
H. Paper towel dispenser
1. Basis of Design: Bobrick model B2620
a. Surface mounted
b. 22-gauge stainless steel with satin Finish, all welded construction
C. Door 22-gauge stainless steel with a full-length stainless steel piano hinge
ith k-nob lock
1. Facial tissue dispenser
1. Basis of design: Bobrick Model B8397
a. 24-gauge stainless steel satin finish, all welded construction
b. Stainless steel wall plate 22-gauge
C. Holds 100 two-ply facial tissue
J. Stainless Steel Shelf:
1. Basis of design: Bobrick Model No. B-295 x 16.
a. Surface mounted, 18 gage, satin finish stainless steel.
b. 16 gage stainless steel mounting brackets welded to shelf.
K. Clothes Hooks:
1. Basis of design: Bobrick Model No. B-2116
a. One piece brass casting satin nickel plated finish
b. Concealed wall plate, 12 gauge case hardened steel
2.03 MATERIALS
A. Mounting Devices and Fasteners: Provide toilet accessory manufacturer's recommended
items for substrates and conditions indicated.
2.04 FABRICATION
low
A. Manufacturer's Name and Model Number: For each accessory provide manufacturer's
name and accessory model number on stamped plate or waterproof label securely affixed
to unexposed surface of accessory.
B. Surface Mounted Accessories: Where possible, design accessory to provide concealed ,
anchorage when installed. Precisely-fit seams and joints. Roll exposed edges unless
indicated otherwise. Use full-length stainless steel piano-type hinges for access doors
and panels.
C. Recess Mounted Accessories: Design accessories to provide concealed anchorage when
closed. Weld all joints. Precisely miter corners where indicated. Use full-length
stainless steel piano-type hinges for access doors and panels.
Toilet Accessories 10810-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
+! B. Waste Receptacle: surface mounted
1. Basis of design: Model No. B-279
a. 22-gauge stainless steel satin finish, front and side.
! ! b. Back and bottom 26 gauge stainless steel, all welded construction
a. 6.5 gallon, vinyl liner
C. Grab Bar:
1. Basis of design: Model No. B-6806.99.
a. 18 gage stainless steel 1 1/2" diameter bar, satin finish with peened gripping
surface.
b. All joints shall be contour cut and heliarc welded.
C. Concealed mounting plates shall be 1/8" stainless steel plate with 22 gage
stainless steel covers, secured with four vandal-resistant stainless steel set
screws.
d. Grab bar length shall be as indicated on the drawings.
e. Where grab bars are mounted to metal stud wall partitions, provide Series
2562 concealed anchor plate for stud wall construction.
f. 1 %"clearance between wall.
D. Sanitary Napkin Disposal Unit:
1. Basis of design: Model No. B-4353.
a. Recessed 22 gage stainless steel cabinet, all welded construction, satin
finished self closing door, full length stainless steel piano hinge at bottom
b. Unit:shall include one leak proof molded polyethylene liner and 36 No. 353-
12 disposable liners.
E. Soap Dispenser:
1. Basis of design: Model No. B-4112. `
a. Surface mount 20 gage stainless steel liquid soap dispenser with 40 fl.oz.
capacity.
b. Vandal resistant,concealed wall fasteners, locked hinged filler top, and
unbreakable refill window.
r
C. Push-in valve operation shall require less than 5 lbs. of force.
F. Combination Utility Shelf/Mop and Broom Holder:'
1. Basis of design: Model No. B-224
a. 18 gage satin finish stainless steel shelf with mop/broom holders and rag
hooks.
b. Spring loaded mop holders shall grip handles from 7/8" to 11/4" diameter.
C. Mounted on north wall,to one side,so that an attached mop will clear the
baseboard heater.
d. Locations: Provide one Lav 117.
G. Mirror: Tilt
1. Basis of design: Bobrick model 293 24 x 36
a. Surface mounted
Toilet Accessories 10810-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savirn`,s Back-
21 Locust Str, t
991 1
specified in this section, whose products have been in satisfactory use, under similar
service conditions, for not less than 5 years.
1.05 DELIVER', STORAGE, AND HANDLING no
A. Execute product manufacturer's special it to prevent damage to products. MW
Store products in manufacturer's original shipping containers.
1.06 COORDINATION am
A. Use manufacturer's instructions and data to determine anchorage requirements for
products specified. In a timely manner, distribute the following to affected installers of a,„
related work:
1. Components and anchorage devices provided by toilet accessory manufacturer for
incorporation into other work. ON
2. Coordination data including setting drawings, templates, instructions, etc., for
cutouts and installations.
VW
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
..
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. For each distinct type of toilet accessory, provide accessories fabricated by a single
manufacturer.
B. Except where otherwise noted,model numbers specified are products of Bobrick
Washroom Equipment, Inc.
1. Model numbers specified for toilet paper dispensers are products of Georgia
Pacific. Substitutions will not be considered for that item. "
C. Substitutions will not be considered for specific items listed above. For all other product
models listed in this section, equivalent products of the following other manufacturers,
provided they comply with requirements of the contract documents,will be among those
considered acceptable:
1. Bradley Corporation.
2. McKinney/Parker,Inc., a Subsidiary of Essex Industries, Inc.
2.02 TOILET ACCESSORIES
A. Toilet Paper Dispenser: ..
1. Basis of design: Bobrick Model No. B-2840
a. Surface mounted, with shelf
b. Shelf 20 gauge stainless steel satin finish
C. Bracket 18 gauge stainless steel satin finish welded to shelf
Toilet Accessories 10810-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 1 0810 - TOTL FT ACCESSORtE.S
PART 1 - GE.NE.RA(.
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General & Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Paper towel dispensers.
2. Toilet paper dispensers.
3. Waste receptacles.
4. Grab bars.
5. Sanitary napkin disposal units.
6. Soap dispensers.
7. Combination utility shelfi'mop and broom holders.
B. Related Sections:
1. Wood anchor reinforcement in walls: Division 6.
2. Toilet compartments: Elsewhere in Division 10.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Written technical information for each accessory specified.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit rough-in drawings. Include the following details and all other information
necessary to demonstrate compliance with contract documents:
a. Dimensions.
b. Rough-in requirements.
C. Required clearances.
d. Methods of assembling components.
e. Anchorages.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit for each product specified in this section.
1. Include installation instructions and instructions for examination,preparation, and
± . protection of adjacent work.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: A company regularly engaged in manufacture of products
,,,,, Toilet Accessories 10810-1
Expansion of Easthampton Sa%ings Bank
1 Locust Str.;�t
91)1 1
anchors, adhesives, etc.
3. Anchor securely to wall surfaces using concealed anchoring devices
specitied or otherwise required. Used fasteners recommended for the
substrate and specific condition.
4. All v%riting boards and tack boards shall be anchored and adhered to the ��,all
surface.
5. Join parts forming neatly fitted hairlmejoints.
3.03 PROTECTION
A. Cover completed work with building paper or other covering recommended by
manufacturer.
B. Protect boards from damage until substantial completion.
3.04 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section. ,.
END OF SECTION 10100 M*
No
w.
Visual Display Boards 10100-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1. Use adhesive behind all wall mounted writing boards and tack boards.
2.03 MANUFACTURED UNITS
so
A. Writing boards. Construct as follows:
1. "Series 3" LCS Marker board;Claridge Products.
2. Writing surface: Porcelain-enamel marker board.
3. Trim: Aluminum alloy.
B. Tack boards. Construct as follows:
1. "Series 3" Tack board; Claridge Products.
2. Tack board: Natural cork.
'40 3. Trim: Aluminum alloy.
C. Combination Writing board/Tack board Units. Construct as follows:
1. "Series 3" Combination LCS Marker board and Tack board; Claridge
Products.
2. Writing surface: Porcelain-enamel marker board.
3. Tack board: Natural cork.
4. Trim: Aluminum alloy.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. Shop Assembly- Porcelain-Enamel Boards:
1. Fabricate each board from a single panel of material. Panel joints will not be
permitted.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
*, A. Verify that substrate surfaces to receive units are true and plumb. Correct
inadequate surfaces before installation of boards.
B. Verify that moisture and temperature levels of substrate and environment have
stabilized.
C. Where necessary, take field measurements before fabrication of units.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Install units as instructed by manufacturer.
2. Provide any necessary installation accessories, including blocking,_backing,
Visual Display Boards 10100-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
o0l 1
b. Minimum thickness: 24 gage.
C. Marker board cover coat:
1. Manufacturer's standard doss finish.
3. Core: 3%8-inch minimum thickness particleboard, ANSI A208.1, Grade .�
M-1.
4. Backing sheet: 0.015-inch minimum thickness aluminum foil.
C. Natural Cork Tack Boards:
1. No.150 FR (tire rated) "Nucork"; Claridge Products.
2. Seamless, 14-inch-thick cork sheet, laminated to 1/4-inch-thick hardboard.
D. Aluminum Alloy Trim, Writing boards and Tack boards:
L "Series 3", with 1-1/4" wide face and concealed clip angle hangers; Claridge
Products.
2. 2-518" deep chalk trough.
3. Map rail: Integral with frame.
4. Concealed hangers: Maximum spacing, 2'-0" on center at top and bottom of
frame. .�
5. Factory assembled to finished panels.
6. Minimum thickness: 0.062 inch.
7. Single-length units without joints except as approved otherwise. ..
8. Mitered comers with hairline joints.
E Writing board Accessories: .�
1. Map rail: Aluminum alloy.
a. Standard 1 inch map rail, integral with"Series 3" frame.
b. Display rail: Continuous cork insert, integral with map rail.
2. Map rail accessories:
a. End stops: Aluminum alloy,two per each map rail.
b. Combination map hook and paper holders: Aluminum alloy.
(1) No. 51 M; Claridge Products.
(2) Quantity: 1 per 2 feet of rail.
C. Flag holder: Aluminum alloy.
(1) No. 51 FH; Claridge Products.
(2) Quantity: Provide one per room.
F. Aluminum Alloy Finish:
1. Clear anodized finishes: Satin finish, AA-A31 (clear, architectural Class H
anodic coating 0.4-0.7 mil thick).
G. Colors of boards and trim: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full
range of standard colors.
H. Adhesives: As recommended by manufacturer for the materials and substrates to be
joined.
Visual Display Boards 10100-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
PART ) - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products of the manufacturer listed below form the basis of the contract documents.
1. Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc.
B. Products complying with the requirements of this specifications section and the
contract documents and made only by one of the following will be considered
acceptable as substitutes:
1. Greensteel Division/Information Display Technology, Inc.
2. Lemco, Inc.
3. Nelson Adams/A. Lawer Corporation.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Interior Finish Classification:
1. The following materials shall be classified as. to their surface-burning
characteristics:
a. Marker boards.
�r
b. Tack boards.
2. Surface-burning characteristics shall not exceed the following values when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 84:
a. Flame spread: 75.
b. Smoke developed: 450.
B. Porcelain-Enamel Marker Boards: High-pressure-laminated composite
construction.
1. "LCS"Marker board; Claridge Products.
2. Facing sheet:
a. Manufacturer's option of enameling processes listed:
(1) Steel: Special quality enameling iron or steel, low metalloid
and copper content for temperature over 1,400 degrees
suitable for coating porcelain on steel for architectural
purposes; chemically bathed and rinsed before enameling.
Porcelain writing surface: Nickel Cobalt primer 0.002 inches
minimum thickness, writing surface 0.0025 inches minimum
thickness. Opposite surface: Nickel cobalt ground coat
0.002 inches minimum thickness for silica spray coat for
lamination adhesion. Total finish thickness 0.004 inches
minimum thickness. Panel edges at butt joints porcelain
coated.
(2) Proprietary process using Type 1 stretcher-leveled
aluminized steel sheet with enamel fired at approximately
1000 degrees F.
Visual Display Boards 10100-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank-
2 1 Locust StrCet
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Manufacturer's technical data.
2. Manufacturer's installation and breaking-in instructions.
3. Color charts showing full range of standard colors.
4. Test reports demonstrating compliance with specified requirements.
B. Shop Drawings:
.,�
1. Provide dimensioned elevations of each configuration of board.
2. Show sections of trim members. Key to elevations.
3. Show anchorage and any necessary grounds.
4. Show layout and installation details.
C. Samples:
1. Submit samples of each type of surface, color, and finish.
2. Surface sample size, each: 5 by 8 inches.
3. Trim sample size, each: 6 inches long.
4. Accessories:. Submit each type required for project.
D. Contract Closeout Submittals:
1. Manufacturer's cleaning and maintenance instructions covering both routine
(daily or weekly) and long-term(yearly or longer) operations.
2. Warranty. ,
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Install boards only when interior air and substrates have reached equilibrium
moisture and temperature approximating that of normal occupied conditions. "*
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Porcelain-Enamel Marker-boards:
1. Submit manufacturer's standard, written, material replacement warranty
agreeing to furnish new chalkboards should original boards not retain their
original writing and erasing qualities under normal classroom usage and
maintenance, without reducing or otherwise limiting any other rights to
correction which the Owner may have under the contract documents. R
2. Term of warranty: Lifetime of the building.
Visual Display Boards 10100-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
" 21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 10100 - VISU it. DISPLAY BOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAI,
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General & Supplementary" Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Writing boards.
2. Tack:boards.
3. Accessories.
B. Related Sections:
1. Electrical Connections: Division 16.
2. Rough Carpentry: Division 6.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. AA DAF-45 -- Designation System for Aluminum Finishes; Aluminum
Association; 1980.
B. AA SAAA-46 -- Standards for Anodized Architectural Aluminum; Aluminum
Association; 1978.
C. ANSI A208.1-1993 --Wood Particleboard; 1993.
D. ASTM E 84-96a -- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials; 1996.
E. ASTM C 1036-91 -- Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 1991.
F. ASTM C 1048-92 -- Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS,
Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass; 1992.
Visual Display Boards 10100-1
1
1
1
1
1
7
7
1
7
7
7
1
7
1
1
DIVISION 10—SPECIALTIES
Visual Display and Tack Boards
Toilet Accessories
Kitchenette Equipment
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
5. Product:
a. VWC 5: Lanark Hadley Stripe Type I. Color: Taupe LI-HS-05
3.06 ALTEIUNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 09950
Wall Coverings 09950 - 5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
F. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects.
G. Trim edges for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure at seams and edges.
Butt seams.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Remove excess adhesive at finished seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces.
B. Use cleaning methods recommended by wall covering manufacturer.
C. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned.
3.05 VINYL WALL COVERING PRODUCT DATA SHEET
A. Vinyl Wall Covering Designations: 1 and 2
1. FR Classification NFPA 101-94 when tested by ASTM E-84-91 Class A
2. FS CCC-W-408 ABC-D and CFFA-W-101-B with flame spread of 10 and smoke de-
veloped of 5 when tested by ASTM E-84-91.
3. Total Weight: 20 oz./sq.yd. Total weight does not include performance coatings.
4. Width: 53/54 inches.
5. Products:
a. VWC 1: Lanark Hamlyn Type 11. Color: Shadow LZ-HM-07
b. VWC 2: Lanark Hamlyn Type II. Color: Dove L2-HM-06
B. Vinyl Wall Covering Designations 3 and 4:
1. FR Classification ASTM E-84, flame spread of 5 and smoke density of 5. Fuel .
contributed: 0. 1 .
2. FS CCC-W-408 A thru D Type.11 and Industry Voluntary Standard CFFA-W-101
A/B. ••
3. Total Weight: 20 oz/ly
4. Width: 52/54"
5. Fabric: Osnaburg
6. Breaking Strength: 88 x 80
7. Tear Strength: 64 x 58
8. Products:
a. VWC 3: Vin L Fab Savile Type II. Color: Chesterfield A 26-351
b. VWC 4: Vin L Fab Savile Type II. Color: Couturier A 26-390
ow
C. Vinyl Wall Covering Designation 5:
1. FR Classification NFPA 101-94 when tested by ASTM E-84-91 Class A
2. FS CCC-W-408 ABCD with flame spread of 10 and smoke developed of 25 when
tested by ASTM E-84-91
3. Total Weight: 15oz.
4. Width: 53/54
Wall Coverings 09950 -4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for moisture content and other
conditions affecting;performance of Work of this Section. Do not proceed with installa-
tion until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation.
B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair wall covering's bond, including mold,
mildew, oil, grease., incompatible primers, and dirt.
C. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean surface free of flaking, unsound coat-
ings, cracks, and defects.
1. Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding.
2. Metals: If not factory primed, clean and apply rust-inhibitive zinc primer.
3. Moisture Content: Maximum of 5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete ma-
sonry units when tested with an electronic moisture meter.
4. Prime new gypsum board with primer recommended by wall covering manufacturer.
5. Allow new plaster to cure. Treat areas of high alkalinity.
D. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semigloss, and eggshell fin-
ishes with fine sandpaper.
E. Acclimatize wall covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation
areas not less than 24 hours before installation.
3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Comply with wall coverings manufacturers'written installation instructions ap-
plicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements
apply.
B. Cut wall covering panels in roll number sequence. Change run numbers at partition
breaks and comers only.
C. Install wall covering with no gaps or overlaps,
D. Match pattern 72 inches above finish floor.
E. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches from outside corners and 3 inches from
inside corners. No horizontal seams.
Wall Coverings 09950 - 3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide wall coverings with the following surface-
burning characteristics as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 by UL
or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Flame Spread: 25 or less.
2. Smoke Developed: 450 or less.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install wall covering until space
is enclosed and weatherproof, wet-work in space is completed and nominally dry, work
above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are and will
be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy.
B. Lighting: Do not install wall covering until a lighting level of not less than 15 foot-
candles is provided on the surfaces to receive wall covering.
C. Ventilation: Provide continuous ventilation during installation and for not less than the
time recommended by the wall covering manufacturer for full drying or curing.
1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products
installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels
describing contents.
1. Rolls of Wall Covering Material: Full-size units equal to 5 percent of amount of each
type installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide one of the products speci-
fied in each wall covering Product Data sheet at end of this Section.
2.02 ADHESIVES *�
A. General: Mildew-resistant,nonstaining adhesive, for use with specific wood-veneer wall
covering and substrate application, as recommended by wall covering manufacturer. .�
Wall Coverings 09950 - 2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 09950 - WALL COVERINGS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Vinyl wall covering.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:
Division 9 Section "Painting" for painted wall surfaces.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Samples for verification in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified, showing the
full range of variations expected in these characteristics.
1. Wall Covering Material: Full-width sample, not less than 36 inches long, from dye
lot used for the Work.
a. Submit sample with specified treatments applied.
b. Mark top and face of material.
c. Show complete pattern repeat.
C. Schedule of wall coverings using same room designations indicated on Drawings.
D. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of wall coverings certifying that their prod-
ucts comply with specified requirements.
E. Maintenance data for wall covering to include in the operation and maintenance manual
specified in Division 1.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed 5 projects
similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record
of successful in-service performance.
Wall Coverings 09950 - 1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
B. Ferrous Metal shall be given:
1. One coat Tnemec 37 Chem-Prime
2. One coat Tnemec, Series 73 Endura-Shield
C. Masonry shall be given:
1. One coat Block filler
2. Two coats match existing adjacent finish
3.10 ALTEWNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 09900
Painting 09900-12
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
q 21 Locust Street
9911
3.08 SCHEDULE FOB: INTERIOR SURFACE NIATERIAL
A. Gypsum Wallboard/ Veneer Plaster:
1. One coat Latex Interior Vinyl Acrylic wall primer 12 DFM
2. Two coats Accolade Velvety Latex Enamel 1.5 DFM.
B. - Concrete and Masonry Walls shall be given:
1. One coat Primer Tnemec 130-6602 Filler. y
2. Two coats Tnemec Series 113 H.B. Tnemec Tufcoat acrylic epoxy.
C. Woodwork: Trim Doors, Millwork, Cabinet Interiors, including shelving shall be
given:
1. One coat P &L Paste Filler
2. One: coat P & L Tonetic Wood Stain
3. Two coats P &L 38 clean finish satin.
D. Woodwork where not to receive stain or varnish shall be given:
1. One coat flat latex primer.
2. Two coats satin luster enamel.
E. Ferrous Metals, steel and hollow metal doors and frames shall be given:
1. One:coat series 66 Hi-Build Epoxoline
2. One: coat Tnemec Series 73 Endura Shield.
F. Metal deck, exposed steel and exposed mechanical items shall be given:
One fog coat Tnemec 16 UNI-BOND
One finish coat Tnemec 16 UNI-BOND
Note: All rechanical items must be in place before painting except for light
fixtures,operating parts of valves or any item affected by paints. Painter shall
touch-up items, as required,to complete job.
Walls shall be finished at head to bottom of beams or joist with the same material
around entire perimeter.
E. New&Existing Structural Glazed Tile
1. Two coats PPG Aquapon WB 98 line,2-3 mils DFT/coat(Water Born
Polyamide Epoxy.
3.09 SCHEDULE OF COATINGS FOR EXTERIOR NON TRAFFIC SURFACES
A. Galvanized Steel shall be give:
1. One coat Tnemec 37 Chem-Primer
2. One coat Tnemec Series 73 Endura-Shield
Painting 09900-11
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
3. Apply block fillers using manufacturer's recommended application
techniques and achieving a pinhole-free surface.
4. Ferrous metals that have not been shop primed shall be field primed
promptly after arrival at the site or shall be stored away from the effects of
weather.
5. Reprepare and retouch damaged prime coats using approved, compatible
primer.
B. Primers for Catalyzed Coating: Where catalyzed bottom coatings are scheduled
form metal surfaces, standard "shop primers" will not be accepted; apply only the
coatings schedule in this section. Either field apply the scheduled coatings to bare,
properly prepared metal or arrange with suppliers of these items to shop-apply the
scheduled coating to bare, properly prepared metal (unless shop or field application
only is specifically indicated).
C. Primers for Wood and Wood Products:
1. Apply first coat to wood upon receipt at the site and before wood is exposed
to sun or rain.
2. Before installation,prime both concealed and exposed surfaces of interior
wood, including cut ends.
3. Finish tops, bottoms, edges, and cutouts of exterior wood doors, as **
scheduled, for exterior face.
4. Backprime concealed surfaces and cut edges of exterior wood trim prior to
installation. *�
3.06 FINISH COATS
A. Number of Coats and Minimum Coating Thickness:
1. Apply not less than the number of coats indicated.
2. Apply additional coats at no additional cost to the Owner,when necessary to
achieve complete hiding,uniform texture,or uniform sheen and appearance.
3.07 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Cleaning:
1. Clean'work area on a daily basis;dispose of spent materials and empty
containers. If requested,turn over to the Architect all empty coatings
containers used during the course of each day.
2. Remove all traces of coatings from adjacent surfaces not scheduled to be
coated. Remove by appropriate methods that do not damage surfaces.
3. Touch-up of minor damage will be acceptable where result is not visibly
different from surrounding surfaces. Where result is different either in color
sheen, or texture,recoat entire surface.
r.
Painting 09900-10 �.
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
color, lap or brush marks, holidays and skips.
6. Apply coatings according to the schedule at the end of this section and as
otherwise indicated. Coat all similar surfaces not specifically mentioned
unless specifically exempted.
a. Ensure that all surfaces receive a dry film thickness equivalent to
those of flat surfaces.
7. Coat front and back of miscellaneous items such as covers, access panels,
and grilles. Apply fully finish coats behind movable items of furniture and
equipment before installation. Apply prime coat only behind non-movable
items of furniture and equipment before installation.
S. Sand gloss coats before applying subsequent coatings.
9. Stop paint 3 inches above finish floor on walls where resilient base is
applied to wall surfaces.
B. Remove coatings not in compliance with this specification, reclean and re-prepare
surfaces as specified, and apply coatings to comply with the contract documents.
C. Scheduling:
1. Apply first coat of material to properly prepared surfaces without delay.
a. Apply successive coats within the time limits recommended by the
manufacturer.
D. Mechanical and Electrical Items:
1. Paint electrical items exposed to view in finished spaces and in equipment
rooms.
2. Paint mechanical items exposed to view in finished spaces and in equipment
rooms.
3. Color-code items in accordance with color schedules.
4. Paint the following mechanical items:
a. :Piping and supports.
b. -Ducts and insulation.
c. Radiation and Pipe Covers
d. Others as indicated on drawings.
5. Paint the following electrical items:
a. Conduit and fittings.
b. Others as indicated on drawings.
3.05 PRIME COATS
A. General:
1. Field apply bottom coats scheduled except where the contract documents
require shop coating of ferrous metals.
2. Where first coat shows signs of suction spots,or poorly sealed areas,reapply
first coat material to adequately seal surface before proceeding with
successive coats.
Painting 09900-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street 4W
9911
primed.
a. Structural glazed tile: Existing & New: Sand to remove
gloss with felt sander or variable orbital sander utilizing 80 to
120 grit paper
3.03 MIXING AND THINNING
A. Remove and discard any skin formed on surface of coatings in containers. Discard
any containers where skin comprises 2 percent or more of the remaining material.
Do not add thinner except as specifically recommended (not merely permitted) by
the coating manufacturer for proper coating application under the circumstances
prevailing at the project site when application equipment recommended by the
coating manufacturer is employed. Use only the quantities and the types of thinner
recommended.
B. Mix materials using mechanical mixers in accordance with coating manufacturer's
instructions. Agitate mixed materials during application, if recommended by
manufacturer.
C. Combine multi-component paints in quantities needed for use within the
manufacturer's recommended pot life at the anticipated application temperatures.
Discard remaining mixed material after pot life has expired.
D. Strain pigmented coatings after mixing except where mechanical application ..
equipment is provided with effective strainers.
E. Tinting: Except where coating materials cannot be tinted,tint each successive coat
of paint a sufficiently contrasting color to facilitate identification of complete
coating coverage.
3.04 APPLICATION
A. General:
1. Apply coatings in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions and
using application method best suited for obtaining full,uniform coverage of
surfaces to be coated.
2. Employ only application equipment that is clean,properly adjusted, in good
working order, and of the type recommended by the coating manufacturer.
3. Apply successive coats after adequate cure of the preceding coat and within
the recommended recoating time.
4. Apply each coat to achieve the dry file thickness per coat recommended by
the coating manufacturer.
Applications rates in excess of those recommended and fewer numbers of
coats than specified will not be accepted.
5. Completed coatings shall be free of defects such as runs, sags,variations in
Painting 09900-8 '
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
"P 21 Locust Street
0911
W D. Wood: Scrape and remove any sap or pitch deposits from surface and clean %with
mineral spirits. Seal any knots and pitch pockets with a suitable product
recommended by the coating manufacturer. Sand rough spots. Remove dust.
L After first coat has dried, fill holes, cracks, or depressions with a
suitable wood filler recommended by the coating manufacturer.
Sand filler when dry.
2. Sand surfaces lightly between successive coats. Remove dust.
E. Ferrous Metal:
!!!' 1. Clean and prepare surface profile in accordance with the applicable
SSPC specifications for hand tool or power tool cleaning.
2. Intricate fabricated shapes may be pickled in lieu of hand or power
tool cleaning.
3. Before hand or power tool cleaning, remove visible oil, grease,
soluble welding residue, and salts by solvent cleaning. After hand or
power tool cleaning, reclean surfaces if necessary.
4. Before touching up coatings damaged by handling or welding,
reprepare damaged surfaces.
F. Galvanized Metal: Solvent clean in accordance with SSPC specifications.
G. Aluminum Scheduled for Painting: Remove protective clear coating or plastic film
where present. Clean substrate in accordance with coating manufacturer's
recommendations.
H. Gypsum Board:
1. Latex-fill minor defects.
2. Spot-prime defects after repair.
I. Mildew:
1. Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of trisodium phosphate
and bleach.
2. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry.
J. Insulated Coverings:
1. Remove dire, grease, and oil from canvas,cotton and other insulated
coverings to be painted.
K. Plaster:
1. Fill hairline cracks, small holes and imperfections with latex
patching plaster.
2. Match smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces.
L. Existing Surfaces:
1. All existing painted surfaces shall be sanded,deglossed,washed and
Painting 09900-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
5. Acid etching: Prepare surface profile by uniformly etching surface
to a fixture, to touch, of 100 grit sandpaper; do not over-etch
surface. After etching, surface shall be free from surface glaze,
laitance, salts, loosely adhering material, etching solutions, and
foreign material of any kind.
a. After detergent cleaning and while floor is in a saturated but
surface dry condition, apply acid solution (1 part 20 degree
Baume muriatic acid to 2 to 4 parts potable water) using low
pressure pray equipment.
b. When bubbling action begins to subside, remove salt
formations, loose material, and spent solution by scrubbing
with stiff bristle broom and flushing with water under
moderate pressure. Repeat rinsing operation until pH test
papers yield a pH of 7 or higher on the surface.
6. Brush-off blast cleaning: Prepare surface profile and remove
laitance and solid contaminants from surface by abrasive blast
cleaning. After blast cleaning, surface shall be free from curing
compounds, surface glaze, laitance, salts, loosely adhering material,
and foreign material of any kind.
a. Perform blasting operation so as to open any surface voids,
bug holes, etc., and to remove curing compounds, surface
glaze, laitance, salts, loosely adhering material and foreign
material of any kind, but without exposing underlying
aggregate or fracturing aggregate surfaces.
b. Use only dry, oil-free air and clean media, unless other blast
cleaning methods are approved.
C. After blast cleaning,completely remove dust and loose
particles by vacuuming;brushing or blowing will not be
permitted.
I Patch surface voids,bug holes,etc.,in an approved manner,
and allow to cure before applying coatings.
7. Allow substrate to dry thoroughly. Test for moisture in accordance
with coating manufacturer's recommendations before applying
coatings.
C. Masonry:
1. Apply coatings to fully cured surfaces that are at least 28 days old.
2. Perform any required surface repairs before applying coatings.
Remove any fins or protrusions from surface. Patch any holes and
cracks in an approved manner. Verify the joints are struck flush or
concave unless otherwise specifically required.
3. Clean surface of all dirt,oil,wax,grease, or other contaminants. Use
appropriate detergents and hot water. Thoroughly flush cleaning
agents from surface.
Painting 09900-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
PART 3 - EXECI'TIO
3.01 INSPECTION
.N. Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready for work in accordance with coating
manufacturer's recommendations.
no
B. Pnor to commencement of work, examine surfaces scheduled to be Finished.
1. Report any unsatisfactory conditions in writing.
2. Do not apply coatings to unsatisfactory substrates.
3. Beginning painting work on an area will be deemed construed acceptance of
surfaces in that area.
3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Apply coatings to surfaces that are clean and properly prepared in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified.
Remove dirt, dust, grease, oils, and foreign matter. Prepare surface for
proper texture necessary to optimum coating adhesion and intended finished
appearance. Plan cleaning, preparation, and coating operations to avoid
contamination of freshly coated surfaces.
1. Do not apply coatings to labels that identify equipment, lire-
resistance ratings, etc.
2. Remove hardware, cover plates, and similar items before applying
coatings.
3. Provide protection for non-removable items not scheduled for
coating. After application of coatings, install removed items. Use
only skilled workmen for removal and replacement of such items.
4. Protect surfaces not scheduled for coating. Clean,repair or replace
to the satisfaction of the Architect any surfaces inadvertently
spattered or coated.
B. Concrete:
1. Apply coatings to fully cured surfaces that are at least 28 days old.
2. Perform any required surface repairs before applying coatings.
1M Remove any fins or protrusions from surface. Patch any holes and
cracks in an approved manner.
3. Clean surface of all dirt, oil,wax, grease,or other contaminants
before preparing surface profile. Use appropriate detergents and
pressurized hot water. Thoroughly flush cleaning agents from
surface.
4. Surface profile,horizontal surfaces; Acid etch or brush-off blast to
remove laitance and to prepare surface profile. New surfaces that
have been cured using membrane-forming curing compounds shall
be prepared by brush-off blast method.
Painting 09900-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.08 COORDINATION
A. General: Perform work in proper sequence with work of other trades to avoid
damage to finished work.
B. Coordination: Where special coatings will be applied over shop coatings specified
in other sections, coordinate work of such other sections to ensure that only
approved, compatible primers are applied.
1. Furnish the Architect with product data on both coatings demonstrating coating
compatibility.
1.09 MAINTENANCE STOCK
A. At time of completing application, deliver stock of maintenance material to the
Owner. Furnish not less than one properly labeled and unopened 1-gallon can of
each type of finish coat of each color, taken from lots furnished for the work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS ,.
A. Paint shall be first quality,products of Pittsburgh, Benjamin Moore, Sherwin-
Williams.
B. Manufacturers'product names and numbers are given as a standard. Products from
other manufacturers listed above will be acceptable subject to compliance with the *•
specification of the indicated product. All suppliers must furnish certificate that his
material in compliance. All prime and top coats shall be by the same manufacturer.
2.02 PRODUCTS
A. Colors:
1. The Architect will furnish a schedule of colors for each room and surfaces.
2. Colors shall be as per Contract Documents.
3. The primary coat and all undercoats shall be the same shade as the
final coat.
4. Painting Contractor shall prepare samples for Architect's approval.
B. Same as note(3)on Page 3
Painting 0990074 ""
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
'_1 Locust Strcct
9911
5. Concrete masonry: 8 by 16 inch samples; include mortar joint.
6. Wood: 8 inch square samples for surfaces; 8 inch long samples for trim.
7. Metal: 5 by 7 inch samples.
04
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials:
1. All coating materials required by this section shall be provided by a single
manufacturer, unless otherwise required or approved.
B. Applicator: Firm with successful experience in painting work similar in scope to
work of this project.
71 1. Maintain throughout duration of the work, a crew of painters who are frilly
qualified to satisfy requirements of the specifications.
1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original containers bearing coating
name and color, material composition data, date of manufacture, legal notices if
applicable, and mixing, thinning, and application instructions.
B. Storage:
1. Store materials in an orderly fashion and in clean, well-closed containers
with labels intact.
2. Maintain above 40 degrees F. Do not allow materials to freeze.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Apply coatings only under the following environmental conditions:
1. Air and surface temperatures are between 50 and 100 degrees F,unless
otherwise recommended by manufacturer.
2. Surface temperature is at least 5 degrees F above dew point.
3. Relative humidity is less than 85 percent.
B. Do not apply coatings during inclement weather except within enclosed,
conditioned spaces.
1. Provide temporary lighting to achieve a well-lit surface with a level of at
least 80 foot candles measured mid-height.
2. Provide continuous ventilation and heating to prevent accumulation of
hazardous fumes and to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above
45 degrees F for 24 hours before, during and for 48 hours after application of
finishes,or longer if required to obtain fuel cure as indicated by
man.ufacturer's instructions.
Painting 09900-3
«.
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color
or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or
finishes available. so
B. WORK NOT INCLUDED
1. The following surfaces are nat to be painted: .o
a. New pre-finished items such as connectors and light fixtures, case
work, pre-finished mechanical and electrical equipment, except
where indicated otherwise. w.
b. Acoustical ceiling.
C. RELATED SECTIONS: ..
1. Shop priming of ferrous metal: Division 5
2. Painting of mechanical work: Division 15
3. Painting of electrical work: Division 16 .�
4. Shop priming of steel doors and frames: Division 8
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. DFM (dry film mils): Thickness, measured in mils, of a coat of paint in the cured
state.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data sheets for each coating.
1. Material analysis including vehicle type and percentage by weight and by
volume of vehicle,resin and pigment.
2. Application instructions including mixing, surface preparation,compatible
primers and topcoats,recommended wet and dry film thickness,
recommended application methods. �.
3. All paint finishes used in this Project,whether specified or not, shall comply
with Mass regulation 310 CMR 7.25 for controlling omissions of volatile
organic compounds(VOC). Coordinate with paint manufacturers for
current paint product numbers and cross-reference to those specified in
schedules.
B. Color and Texture Samples:
1. Provide for each coating system,color, and texture and applied to
representative substrate samples.
a. Prepare samples to show bare,prepared surface and each successive
coat. .,
b. Label each sample with coating name and color.
2. Miscellaneous substrates: 12 by 12 inch hardboard.
3. Concrete: 8 inch square samples. •�
4. Masonry: 8 by 16 inch samples; include mortar joint.
Painting 09900-2
Expansion of Easthampton Sa%ings Bank
1 Locust Strut
SECTION 09900 - PAIN LING
PART 1 - GF\FR.AL
!! ! 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and S Lipp lementary
Conditions and other Division - 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 01C10 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
this Section.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section consists of furnishing all materials, labor and equipment for the
painting work as shown on the drawings and or described herein, including, but not
limited to:
1. Paint finish all wood, metal, drywall, exposed structural steel and masonry
surfaces in the area of the work under contract, except those indicated as
stained wood finish.
2. Paint all exposed metal, piping, (including color coding per current ASHA
Standards) ductwork, conduit, hollow metal doors and frames, pipe covers
and electric items in the area of the building under contract.
3. Paint all areas and materials called for in the Room Finish Schedule.
4. Miscellaneous items of painting such as electrical,wire and plug mold,
ceiling covers at folding partitions, all items of miscellaneous metal, interior
and exterior, and as herein specified and as indicated on the Drawings.
5. Painted signage and graphics,where indicated on the Drawings, including
templates.
6. Paint high voltage electric conduits.
0 7. Exterior-Paint all exterior wood trim and soffits and metal work, including,
but not limited to, all exterior hollow metal doors and frames,the exposed
surfaces of steel lintels,pipe railings,pipe bollards, exposed structural steel,
and all miscellaneous items. Inclusive of miscellaneous items,but not
limited to, exterior utility boxes, sign posts. Paint pre-finished equipment
items, where indicated on Drawings.
8. Surface preparation,priming, and finish coats specified in this section are in
addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified under other
sections.
9. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in"schedules",
except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted
or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically
!'"" Painting 09900-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
F. hi-mediately remove adhesive from surface of carpet or any other adjacent material
or surface by method which will not damage carpet or adjacent materials or
surfaces.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF CARPET BASE WITH SEWN EDGE
A. Apply base securely in locations indicated, using maximum lengths available to .�
minimize joints. Adhere to substrate with full spread of adhesive, assuring
continuous contact with vertical and horizontal surfaces. Site-fabricate comers,
coping or mitering inside corners and heat-forming outside comers using
manufacturer approved device, or provide preformed corner units.
1. At irregular vertical surfaces where top edge of carpet base does not make ..
continuous contact, fill voids with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
compound. Top edge shall receive sewn banding of a coordinating color in
an even and uninterrupted manner.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove carpet remnants which are not usable; comply with Owner's instructions for
final disposition of usable remnants.
B. Use commercial-quality vacuum cleaner to thoroughly clean installed carpeting;
trim loose yarns where required.
C. Eliminate stains; Contractor shall pay for and replace carpet from which stains
cannot be eliminated using carpet manufacturer's recommended products and
methods.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. Protect installation with a non-staining building paper. Do not use a moisture
barrier such as plastic film.
B. Do not permit foot traffic or place fiuniture on glued-down carpet for a minimum of
48 hours after installation.
1. Do not wet-clean any glued-down carpet within 60 days of installation.
C. Ensure that carpet will be clean and without deterioration or damage at date of
substantial completion.
3.08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 09680
Carpet 09680-8 '"°
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Strect
D. Vacuum-clean substrates thoroughly,just prior to beginning installation.
E. Maintain temperature of floor and relative humidity of rooms where carpet materials
are to be installed at levels and for periods recommended by carpet manufacturer
before, during, and after installation.
" 3.03 INST_aLLA,rioN - GENERAL
A. Perform installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, except where
more stringent requirements are shown or specified, and except where project
conditions require extra precautions or provisions to ensure satisfactory performance
of the work.
1. Maximize consistency of carpet appearance, particularly in terms of lay of
pile and its direction. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for installation and
placement of seams.
2. Continue carpet into recessed spaces such as closets, and underneath
obstacles with open bases.
3. Follow manufacturer's instructions for cutting carpet, using tools designed to
cut type of carpet materials being installed.
B. Provide noncombustible carpet separator wherever carpet materials are to be
installed on both sides of a fire door.
C. At door openings, orient carpet seam perpendicular to traffic direction; doorway
seam must be located directly underneath door in closed position.
3.04 INSTALLATION-GLUE-DOWN CARPET
A. Before applying adhesive to substrate,prefit carpet in areas where it is to be
installed. Where cutting is necessary,provide properly prepared, straight, and
unfrayed edges.
B. Apply even layer of adhesive to substrate,using trowel of carpet manufacturer's
recommended notch size.
C. Install pre-fitted carpet;butt edges snugly at seams and against vertical obstructions.
1. Stretch carpet tightly over substrate, so that it lies flat, is uniformly smooth,
and free of bulges.
2. Apply seaming cement to butted edges.
3. Seams shall be chemically welded, as per manufacturer's instructions.
D. Install edge guards at exposed carpet edges unless indicated otherwise;provide
secure attachment to substrate.
E. After installation, lightly roll carpet as recommended by carpet manufacturer.
Carpet 09680-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..�
9911
and shape indicated, colors selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standards.
C. Noncombustible Carpet Separator: Extruded aluminum; finish to match other
exposed accessories.
D. Carpet Installation Adhesive: Manufacturer's recommended water-resistant
adhesive manufactured for use with type of carpet and substrates indicated, and
complying wit fire performance requirements indicated for carpet. Adhesive shall
contain no solvent, alcohol or other hazardous materials per OSHA CFR 1910:1200
V.O.C. shall be zero grams per liter of material (calculated) and non-
photochemically reactive.
E. Carpet Base Adhesive: Type recommended by carpet manufacturer for specific
substrate conditions; however, in no case shall the volatile organic compounds in
the adhesive be in excess of those present in the following adhesives: Azrock Type
L Cove Base Adhesive, or Tarkett FB 10 Wall Base Adhesive, or Armstrong.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. General: Verify that substrates are completely dry, free of harmful substances, and
in satisfactory condition to receive carpeting materials.
B. Notify the Architect in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin
installation until these conditions have been satisfactorily corrected. `o
C. Start of installation work constitutes acceptance of substrate conditions and full
responsibility for the completed work. no
D. Perform moisture and acidity tests on concrete surfaces where recommended by ow
carpet manufacturer.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. General: Follow carpet manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that each
substrate is properly prepared to receive carpeting. Fill all cracks,gaps, and
depressions using carpet manufacturer's recommended materials and methods.
1. Glue-down installation: Maximum variation in substrate 1/8 inch in 10 feet.
B. Level off all high spots or ridges to prevent uneven carpet wear.
C. Determine whether substrates are susceptible to dusting. Apply sealer where
required to prevent formation of dust.
Carpet 09680-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
'I Locust Strcct
x)91 1
16. Weight Density Factor: 152,100
17. Total Weight: 64 oz. Per sq. Yd. Minimum
18. Traffic Class: Corporate
19. Carpet width: 12'
20. Patt,em repeat: Tufted 18"w x 36"1
21. Flammability: Pill test-(Doc FF1-70) Pass
??. Radiant Panel (Direct Glue): ASTM E-644 -Class 1
23. NBS Smoke Density: (ASTM E-662)
24. Flaming Mode: <450; At 4 minutes: <300
25. Non-flaming Mode: <450; At 4 minutes: <300
26. Static: AATCC-134 <3.5 KV
27. Type Static Control: Permanent Conductive Fiber
28. Electrical Resistance: (NFPA 99)
B. Carpet B:
1. Location: As noted on Contract Documents.
2. Color/texture/pattern: As noted on Contract Documents
3. Carpet construction: Graphic Loop
4. Gauge: 1/10 inch
5. Stitches per inch: 11.0
6. Pile height average: 0.1117 inches
7. Finished Pile thickness: 0.154 inch
8. Pile yarn weight: 20 oz/sq. yd.
9. Averqage Density factor: 7,481 ozs/yd
10. Fiber system: Antron Legacy BCF Nylon with Duratech Soil inhibitor
11. Dyeing Method: Solution/Yarn Dyed
12. Carpet width: 12 feet
13. Insulation Method: Direct Glue Down
14. Secondary Backing: Action Bac
15. Flammability: ASTM E-648,Floating Radiant Panel Class 1
ASTM E-662 NBS Smoke Chamber less than 450
16. Electrostatic Propensity: 3.5 K.V or lower with permanent conductive
filament.
C. 6"Carpet Wall Base: with sewn edge as follows:
1. Height: 6 inches x 12 ft.
2. Style: match adjacent carpet.
3. Lengths shall be cut to provide continuous pieces between room corners.
4. Color shall be as per room finishes schedule.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide accessories recommended by carpet manufacturer.
B. Vinyl or Rubber Edge Guard: Minimum width of anchorage flange 2 inches,size
" " Carpet 09680-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
..
1.10 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Extra Materials: After carpet installation has been completed, deliver to the Owner ,,,,,
replacement carpeting in quantities not less than 2 percent for each distinct carpet
color, pattern, and type installed. Extra materials furnished must precisely match
materials installed, must be wrapped in suitable packaging, and must be clearly
labeled.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain all of each different material from a single
manufacturer.
B. Tufted Broadloom Carpet: Provide indicated below, complying with requirements
of the Contract Documents, and made by: *»
1. Shaw Carpets
2. Products indicated below, complying with the requirements of the Contract
Documents, shall be considered acceptable:
a. Shaw/Contract Carpets—Carpet A Touro BL 60329—Color: Grape
Hyacinth 29900.
b. Shaw Commercial Carpets—Carpet B Marcel 50345 —Color:
Antelope 45706.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Carpet A:
1. Location: As noted on Contract Documents.
2. Color/texture/pattern: As noted on Contract Documents.
3. Carpet construction: Multi-Level Patterned Loop.
4. Pile fiber: 100%Solution Dyed Ultron V.I.P. SD BCF Nylon with Built-In
Static Control and permanent Scotchguard protector.
5. Dye Method: Solution Dyed ..
6. Primary Backing: 100% Synthetic Polypropylene
7. Secondary Backing: Synthetic
8. Installation Method: Direct Glue-Down
9. Coefficient of friction: .74
10. Tufted yarn weight: 26 oz.,Per Sq. Yd.
11. Tufted pile height: .187 inch
12. Finished Pile Thickness: .160 inch Approx.
13. Stitches Per Inch: 12.0
14. Machine Gauge: 1/12"
15. Density Factor: 5850 oz./yd.3
Carpet 09680-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.05 QUALITY _aSSLI?,--kNCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firm regularly engaged in manufacture of products
specified in this section, whose products have been in satisfactory use, under similar
service conditions, for not less than 5 years.
B. Installer's Qualifications: Firm regularly engaged in installation of products
specitied in this section, with a minimum of 5 years of experience.
1.06 PEPFOR-NIAiNCE: CHARACTERISTICS
A. Fire Performance: Provide carpet materials capable of meeting the following
requirements when tested in accordance with methods indicated, by UL
(Underwriters Laboratories Inc.) or other independent testing agency acceptable to
governing authorities.
1. Methenamine pill test(ASTM D 2859): Passes.
2. Fire hazard classification(ASTM E 84/UL 723/NFPA 255):
a. Class A: Flame spread 0-25, smoke developed 0-450.
3 Average critical radiant flux (ASTM E 648/NFPA 253):
a. Minimum 0.45 watt per square centimeter.
4. Smoke density with flame(ASTM E 662): Less than 450.
5. Smoke density without flame (ASTM E 662): Less than 450
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Take measures as required to ensure materials are not damaged or deformed. Store
products in flat position in properly ventilated,dry space. Use suitable means to
prevent materials from lying in direct contact with the ground.
B. Allow carpet materials to reach room temperature or minimum temperature
recommended by manufacturer before installation.
1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate work of this section with other work to ensure that installed carpeting
materials acre not damaged or soiled.
1.09 WARRANTY
w
A. Submit a written warranty signed by the-manufacturer, installer,and the Contractor,
guaranteeing to correct failures in carpeting which occur within 10 years after
substantial completion,without reducing or otherwise limiting any other rights to
correction which Owner may have under the contract documents. Failures are
defined to :include faulty workmanship or faulty materials. Correction may include
+ ► repair or replacement.
Carpet 09680-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
F. AATCC Test Method 16-1990 -- Colorfastness to Light: Water-cooled Xenon-Arc
Lamp, Continuous Light; 1990.
G. ASTM E 84-96a-- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials; 1996.
H. ASTM E 648-95a -- Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of
Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; 1995.
I. ASTM E 662-93a-- Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke
Generated by Solid Materials; 1993.
J. NFPA 253-1990 -- Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor
Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source; National Fire Protection
Association; 1990.
K. NFPA 255-1990 -- Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials; National Fire Protection Association; 1990. 40
L. UL 723 -- Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; 1983 (with 1987 Revision). •�
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit technical data for each distinct type of carpeting material and
accessory indicated.
1. Include information which specifically details physical properties and
performance characteristics.
2. Include information which details installation methods for substrates
indicated.
B. Initial Selection Samples: For each carpet type indicated, submit manufacturer's
samples showing full range of colors,textures,and patterns available.
C. Certification:
1. Submit manufacturer's certification that materials furnished comply with
requirements indicated. Include official results from independent testing
agency which establish that materials meet or exceed test requirements
indicated.
D. Maintenance Instructions: Submit manufacturer's instructions for maintaining
appearance and condition of installed products. Include information on cleaning �.
materials,which could damage carpet.
Carpet .09680-2 ""
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
W 21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 09080 - CARPET
•
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General & Supplementary
Conditions and other Division - 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Broadloom carpet.
2. Carpet accessories.
3. Carpet Base with sewn top edge.
B. Products Installed but not furnished under this Section:
1. Electrical floor cover plates with recess for resilient flooring.
C. Related Sections:
1. Resilient flooring: Division 9.
w
1.03 REFERENCES
A. 16 CFR, Chapter 11, Part 1630- Standard for the Surface Flammability of Carpets
and Rugs(FF 1-70); Code of Federal Regulations; 1988.
B. AATCC Test Method 30-1993 --Antifungal Activity,Assessment on Textile
Materials: Mildew and Rot Resistance of Textile Materials;American Association
of Textile Chemists&Colorists; 1993.
C. AATCC Test Method 100-1993 --Antibacterial Finishes on Textile Materials:
Assessment of; American Association of Textile Chemists&Colorists; 1993.
D. AATCC Test Method 134-1991 --Electrostatic Propensity of Carpets; American
Association of Textile Chemists&Colorists; 1991.
E. AATCC Test Method 147-1988 --Antibacterial Activity Assessment of Textile
Materials: Parallel Streak Method; American Association of Textile Chemists&
Colorists; 1988.
Carpet 09680-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
to the original end user. See Armstrong Commercial Floor Warranty_ F-33-19.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF RESILIENT BASE
A. Apply base securely in locations indicated, using maximum lengths available to
minimize joints. Adhere to substrate with full spread of adhesive, assuring
on continuous contact with vertical and horizontal surfaces. Site-fabricate comers,
coping or mitering inside corners and heat-forming outside corners using
manufacturer-approved device, or provide preformed corner units.
1. At E-regular vertical surfaces where top edge of resilient base does not make
continuous contact, till voids with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
compound.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES
A. General: Resilient Edge Strips: At locations where tile abuts another floor
material, or where otherwise required to protect edge of resilient flooring, install
resilient edge strips securely with recommended adhesive, to achieve tightly butted
joint.
3.09 CLEANING
A. Initial Cleaning: Remove excess and waste materials promptly, and sweep or
vacuum clean resilient flooring as soon as installation has been completed in each
area. After adhesive has had adequate time to set, mop each area with damp mop
and mild detergent. Also see manufacturer's maintenance recommendations
above.
B. Final Cleaning: Remove scuffmarks, excess adhesive, and other foreign
substances,using only cleaning products and techniques recommended by
manufacturer of resilient products.
3.10 PROTECTION
A. Construction Period: Cover traffic routes across completed resilient flooring with
plywood,'hardboard, or other durable material to protect against damage from
loaded dollies and other construction traffic.
1. Polish: Apply protective polish to resilient flooring surfaces after final
• cleaning, as per manufacturer of resilient product recommends.
B. Final Protection: Cover resilient floor surface with nonstaining building paper
until substantial completion in each area.
! " END OF SECTION 09660
+s Resilient Tile Flooring 09660-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
..
21 Locust Street
9911
of 100° F (38° C) for 48 hours after completion. A minimum temperature of 55° F
(13° C) shall be maintained thereafter. Condition all flooring materials and
adhesives to room temperature at least 48 hours prior to starting installation. Protect
all materials from the direct flow of heat from hot-air registers, radiators, or other
heating fixtures and appliances.
WN
E. Procedure: Armstrong Marmorette Linoleum must be installed using Armstrong S-
235 Adhesive full spread in the field area and in flash cove areas. The use of
Armstrong S-580 Adhesive in flash cove areas is optional. Heat welding of the ,.
seams is optional, but highly recommended. Detailed instructions on linoleum sheet
may be found in the Linoleum Sheet installation/Maintenance Tin Sheet F-6360
and the latest edition of the Armstrong Guaranteed installation Systems manual, F- +.a�
5061. Detailed instructions on linoleum tile may be found in the Linoleum Tile
Installation/Maintenance Tin Sheet, F-6493.
G. Maintenance: Linoleum flooring is designed to be maintained by traditional
resilient flooring maintenance methods, which include the use of polishes and
sealers. �*
NOTE:
All maintenance solutions must be 10 pH or less
Avoid excessive amounts of liquid
Do not use highly solvent or abrasive products or equipment on
linoleum flooring
H. Initial Maintenance Immediately After Installation
1. Sweep or vacuum thoroughly
2. Do not wash, scrub, or strip the floor for at least four to five days after
installation. This is to prevent excess moistures from interfering with the
adhesives bond and/or seam treatments. The floor may be cleaned after
installation by damp mopping with a neutral detergent such as Armstrong S-
485 Floor Cleaner,carefully scrubbing black marks and excessive soil.
3. As a temporary measure, apply a minimum of two coats of high-quality
acrylic commercial floor polish such as Armstrong S-480 Floor Polish to
protect the floor until regular maintenance procedures can be started.
I. Preparation for Commercial Use
1. For specific, on pong maintenance procedures, see Armstrong's Linnleum
Sheet Tnstallatinn/Maintenance Tip Sheet F-6360 or T.innleum Tile Tnstallatinn
Maintenance Tin She t,F-6493.
K. Warranties: Armstrong warrants its regular (first quality) commercial floors and .R
wall base to be free from manufacturing defects for five years from the date of
purchase. Armstrong also warrants the installation integrity of its commercial
floor for five years from the date of purchase, if installed according to the
Linoleum Installation/Maintenance Tin Sheet, F-6360. This warranty extends only
Resilient Tile Flooring 09660-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
x)91 1
B. Concrete Substrates: Perform manufacturer's recommended moisture tests before
beginning installation, to verify that concrete surfaces have cured sufficiently to
allow adhesive bond to resilient flooring.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Substrates: The General Contractor shall prepare new and existing floors so that
depressions between high spots do not exceed '/a" under a 10' straightedge and
grind smooth surface protrusions, which would telegraph through resilient floor
tile. The resilient floor tile contractor shall fill all other depressions cracks and
irregularities with patching compound and shall provide the following
preparations, prior to installing floor tile and resilient flooring:
1. Remove paint, curing compounds, and other materials that could interfere
with adhesion of resilient products.
2. Sweep or vacuum clean substrate immediately prior to beginning installation
in each area.
3. Apply primer to concrete substrates prior to application of adhesive,
following manufacturer's printed instructions. The flooring manufacturer
must accept all products used.
3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with manufacturer's published recommendations for installation in each
area, extending resilient flooring into spaces, which are partially concealed. Cut
and fit tightly to fixtures, pipes, and other obstructions, as well as to walls and
partitions.
w
B. Access Covers: Install resilient flooring tightly to removable access covers in field
of flooring,taking care that pattern will match when covers are in closed position.
C. Tightly adhere resilient flooring to substrate with no open joints or cracks, and
without raised or blistered areas. Spread adhesive evenly, so that final installation
will be without telegraphed markings from adhesive or substrate.
D. Job Conditions: Subfloors/underlayments shall be dry, clean, and smooth. They
shall be free from paint, varnish, solvents, wax, oil, existing adhesive residue or
other foreign matter. For more detailed requirements of concrete,wood and metal
subfloors, as well as wood and trowelable undrerlayments, refer to Armstrong
Gruaranteed Tnstallation Systems manual, F-5061. Calcium Chloride Tests for
moisture must be conducted. Armstrong offers a guideline of a maximum
acceptable moisture emission level of 3.0 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft. per 24 hours.
Successful Bond and Moisture Tests should also be completed before starting
sinstallation. When testing for alkalinity, the allowable readings for the
installation of Armstrong flooring are 5 to 9 on the pH scale.
+ Temperature shall be maintained at a minimum of 65° F (18° C) and a maximum
w. Resilient Tile Flooring 09660-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1. Gauge: 3/8"thick
2. 6' roll goods
3. Use adhesive recommended by manufacturer
4. Color shall be as per Contract Documents
5. Provide reducer strips where required.
6. Submit manufacturer's standard 5-Year Warranty.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES
A. Resilient Edge Strips: Solid rubber or vinyl edging, in tapered or rounded profile, .�
nominally 1 inch in width and 1/8 inch in thickness.
1. Color: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard product
line.
B. Adhesive: Type recommended by manufacturer of resilient product for specific „
substrate conditions; however, in no case shall the volatile organic compounds in
the adhesive be in excess of those present in the following adhesives: Azrock
Type L Cove Base Adhesive, or Tarkett FB 10 Wall Base Adhesive, or Armstrong.
C. Primer: Type recommended by manufacturer of resilient product for application to
concrete substrates, and have low level volatile organic compounds as required for
floor products for this Project.
D. Patching Compound: Latex leveling and patching compound acceptable to .�
manufacturer of resilient flooring product.
E. Sealers or Polishes: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer and have low
level volatile organic compounds as required for floor products for this Project.
F. Epoxy caulking compound: At all rubber tread nosings..
2.06 COLORS AND PATTERNS
on
A. Provide colors and patterns of resilient flooring materials as selected by the
Architect from the manufacturer's standard full product line and premium full
product line. Patterns shall be as indicated on drawings ""
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. General: Inspect substrates and conditions of installation to manufacturer's
recommendations to verify that work may properly commence. Do not proceed
with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Resilient Tile Flooring 09660-4
on
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
'_1 Locust Street
9911
1.07 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Mat,_n'als: At time of completing installation, deliver stock of maintenance
materials to the Owner. Minimum percentage indicated below, but not less than
one (1) box of each variety. Furnish products matching those actually installed,
packaged for storage and clearly labeled.
1. Resilient tlooring: 1 percent of each variety installed.
2. Resilient base: 1 percent of each variety installed.
3. Resilient stair accessories: 1 percent of each variety installed, in full-width
components.
4. Walk-off mat tile: 1 percent of each variety installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 RESILIENT FLOORING MATERIALS
A. Linoleum Flooring.
1. Manufacturers: Products of the following manufacturer, provided they
comply with requirements of the contract documents, will be among those
considered acceptable:
a. Armstrong DLW Marmorette Linoleum Flooring or equal.
b. Roppe TP7P194 4"Rubber Wall Base or equal
2. Composition : Free of asbestos, material shall be a homogeneous mixture or
linoleum cement (linseed oil, natural tree resins, drying oil catalysts), wood
flour, cork flour, color pigments and filler calendered onto a jute fabric
backing..
3. Gage: .098 inch.
4. Colors shall be as per Contract Document.
2.02 RESILIENT BASE MATERIALS
A. Rubber Wall Base: FS SS-W-40,Type 1, and as follows:
1. Height: 4 inches x 1/8"gauge x 120- ft. roll.
2. Style: Standard toe base.
3. Corners: At Contractor's option, provide prefabricated units matching base
in color and finish, or site-fabricate corners, using heat-forming tool
acceptable to manufacturer.
4. Lengths shall be cut to provide continuous pieces between room corners.
5. Color shall be as per Contract Document
2.043 VESTIBULE WALK-OFF FLOOR MATS
A. Mat shall be as manufactured by Champion, or equal in construction. Strips must
be vulcardzed to rubber backing to assure proper bonding:
Resilient Tile Flooring 09660-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. Verification Samples: Submit samples of each type, color, and pattern of resilient
product required, as follows:
1. Actual materials.
2. Cut sections of resilient flooring accessories, not less than six inches in
length.
3. Other materials requested by Architect.
no
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
..
A. Manufacturer: For each type of product required, including adhesives, cleaning
compounds, and other accessories, provide the same product by one manufacturer
throughout the project. -
B. Fire Test Performance: Provide resilient flooring which complies with the
following fire test performance criteria as determined by an independent testing
laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Critical Radiant Flux (CRF): Not less than a rating of 0.45 watts per sq. cm.
per ASTM E 648 Class 1.
2. Flame Spread: Not more than 75 per ASTM E 84.
3. Smoke Developed: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 84.
4. Smoke Density: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 662.
C. Warranties: All work shall be warranteed in accordance with Division 1 of the
Specifications.
1. The manufacturer of resilient flooring system shall warrant the product to be
free from manufacturing defects for a period of one year from the date of
substantial completion. The flooring contractor shall warrant the installation to be �^
free from defects for the same period.
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: At least 48 hours prior to beginning work, move
resilient flooring materials to areas of installation and maintain at minimum 70
degrees F until 48 hours after completing installation and at minimum 55 degrees
F thereafter.
B. Sequencing: In areas where movable partitions are required, install resilient
flooring before beginning partition work.
C. Sequencing: Do not begin installation of resilient flooring products until painting
has been completed for each area. �.
D. Existing Conditions: Do not install resilient flooring on concrete substrates until
testing has been conducted to assure that moisture levels are acceptable. �.
Resilient Tile Flooring 09660-2 "`"`
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 09660 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
PART 1 - GFNFRAl.
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division - 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 01C10 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
w this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY OF WORK
A. Extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on drawings or specified
herein, including, but not limited to:
1. Linoleum flooring
2. Res ilient base.
3. Vestibule walk-off mats.
B. Products Installed but not furnished under this Section:
1. Electrical floor cover plates with recess for resilient flooring.
C. Related Sections:
1. Carpet is specified in Section 09680-Carpet.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. FS RR-T-650D --Treads,Metallic and Nonmetallic, Skid Resistant; 1988.
B. FS SS-T-312B -- Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl, and Vinyl Composition;
1974(Amendment-1(YD) 1979 and Reapproved 1990).
C. FS SS-W-40A-- Wall Base: Rubber, and Vinyl Plastic; 1966 (Amended 1970 and
Corrected 1-974).
,�. 1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product E►ata: Submit technical data from each manufacturer of resilient products
required.
B. Initial Samples: Submit manufacturer's standard color selection samples for
resilient products required,including all available colors and patterns.
�„ Resilient Tile Flooring 09660-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
3.05 LAY-IN PANEL INSTALLATION
A. Panel Installation: Install acoustical panels for accurate fit with suspension system
and trim members. Scribe and cut panels at ceiling perimeter and at obstructions to
provide neat, precise fit.
1. Square-edge panel installation: Provide installation with panel edges which
are hidden from view, by suspension members or trim.
3.06 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Use ceiling manufacturer's recommended methods and materials to clean and
touch-up exposed components of ceiling system. ..
B. Clean wall panels upon completion of installation to remove dust and other foreign
materials from the facing.
1. Clean vinyl facing using warm water and a clean sponge, wipe dry.
3.07 ALTERNATES �*
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 09511
Acoustical Lay-In Ceilings 09511-8
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
a. Splay hangers only where necessary to avoid obstacles. Provide
counterspla}ping, bracing, or other acceptable devices to compensate
for lateral stresses caused by splayed hangers.
go b. Install splay hangers or other means of seismic restraint as required
to meet the requirements of ASTM E 580.
C. Do not attach hangers to piping, conduit, or duct. Provide carrying
channel trapeze support where obstruction cannot be avoided by
splaying hanger 45 degrees from vertical or less.
3. Space hangers at not more than 48 inches on center and within 6 inches of
ends of each direct-hung runner or carrying channel, unless indicated
otherwise.
4. Loop and tie wire hangers securely to building's structural members; to
attachment devices indicated; or, where not indicated, to devices suitable for
substrate and capable of permanently supporting ceiling weight without
failure or deterioration.
5. Level ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet, with
cumulative tolerance not to exceed 1/4 inch. Bending or kinking of hangers
is not allowed.
40
B. Indirect-Hung Suspension: Install carrying channels at 48 inches on center unless
indicated otherwise. Use channels larger than minimum size (1-1/2 inch) or double
40 channels to maintain deflection limitation of 1/360 of span or less for loading
indicated.
C. Exposed(Lay-in) Grid Installation: Install grid members square, with ends of
members securely interlocked. Remove and replace dented,bent, or kinked
members.
3.04 TRIM INSTALLATION
A. Install edge moldings and trim units at acoustical ceiling borders, at locations
indicated, and where required to cover acoustical unit edges.
1. Molding and trim attachment: Space screws not more than 16 inches on
center and within 3 inches of ends of each trim-piece being installed. Install
moldings and trim level with suspension system and within tolerance
specified for suspension system.
2. Edge moldings: Before installing molding, apply acoustical sealer in
uniform bead to vertical molding edge which will be concealed after
installation, in the following areas:
a. Office 105 and Toilet 106
3. Miter comers and align butt joints carefully to form tight hairline joints; or
use:molded corners.
4. Face-riveting of trim and moldings is not allowed.
5. Install expansion joint covers flush and level with adjacent ceiling grid and
trim.
Acoustical Lay-In Ceilings 09511-7
am
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
ow
21 Locust Street
9911
7. Color: White.
S. Light reflectance coefficient: Minimum LR 0.75.
B. Exposed Grid: FOR TYPE A & B SYSTEMS: Formed steel with painted finish.
1. Profile: Single-web tee, 15/16 inch wide.
2. Structural classification(ASTM C 635): Intermediate-Duty System.
3. Color and texture: White color to match ceiling panels; standard smooth
texture.
4. Acceptable product: Prelude 15/16"; Armstrong World Industries.
5. Accessories such as outside & inside corners. clips, expansion sleeves, beam
splices, hold down clips at Entry Lobby.
2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Acoustical Sealer: Resilient type, non-shrinking, non-staining, non-drying, non-
hardening, non-sag. Provide sealer that is suitable for application indicated.
PART 3 - F,XFCI1TION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions under which products of this section are to be
installed and verify that the work properly may commence.
B. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
C. Verify that products furnished as work of this section,but not installed under this
section,have been properly installed by the entity performing the installation.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Layout: Position ceiling components to maximize use of full-sized acoustical units
and to provide border units which are equal in size and shape at opposing ceiling
edges. Use of acoustical units which are smaller than 1/2 full-width is prohibited at
ceiling perimeters. Conform to reflected ceiling plans to greatest extent possible. .R
3.03 SUSPENSION SYSTEM INSTALLATION „
A. General:
1. Conform to the requirements of ASTM C 636,manufacturer's installation „
instructions, and governing regulations.
2. Install hangers plumb and supported solely by building structure or carrying
channels. Do not allow hangers to contact any objects or materials in ceiling
plenum which are not actual components of ceiling system.
Acoustical Lay-In Ceilings . 09511-6 ..
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank-
21 Locust Street
9911
E. Edge Moldings and Trim:
1. Formed metal; provide molding for edges and ceiling penetrations indicated.
Provide profiles suited to edge profiles of acoustical units and suspension
members.
2. Circular ceiling penetrations: Provide edge moldings which precisely fit
penetrations.
3. Expansionjoints covers; Provide ceiling expansionjoint covers that allow
for building movement.
4. Painted finish over galvanized steel.
F. Thermal Insulation and Sound Attenuation Blankets:
1. Co-ordinate the installation of thermal and sound attenuation insulation
�! provided under Division 7.
2. Areas with Insulation installed above the ceilings include, but are not limited
to:
a. Office 105 and Toilet 106
2.03 LAY-IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM- TYPE A
A. Acoustical Panels: Rigid mineral fiber boards: Armstrong Chamfered Cirros #628
Lay-In Panels
1. Comply with the requirements of ASTM E 1264, Type III, Form 2;
manufacturer's standard thickness, but not less than 3/4 inch thick.
2. Size: 24 by 24 inches x3/4' .
3. Ceiling sound transmission class: Minimum CSTC 35.
a. Provide foil or other noncombustible backing on panels if standard
with manufacturer or if required to achieve specified CSTC value.
4. Noise reduction coefficient: Minimum NRC 0.65.
5. Edge profile: Chamfered Tegular.
6. Finish: Manufacturer's standard washable latex paint.
7. Color: White.
8. Light reflectance coefficient: Minimum LR 0.75.
2.04 LAY-IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM—TYPE B
A. Acoustical'Panels: Armstrong Ceramaguard Medium Texture 601 Lay-In Panels
1. Comply with the requirements of ASTM E 1264,Type III,Form 2;
manufacturer's standard thickness,but not less than 5/8 inch thick.
2. Size: 24 by 24 inches x 5/8".
3. Ceiling sound transmission class: Minimum CSTC 35.
a. Provide foil or other noncombustible backing on panels if standard
with manufacturer or if required to achieve specified CSTC value.
4. Noise reduction coefficient: Minimum NRC 0.65.
5. Edge profile: Square.
6. Finish: Manufacturer's standard washable latex paint.
„� Acoustical Lay-In Ceilings 09511-5
.t
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
a,
21 Locust Street
9911
F. Do not begin installation of ceiling system until building's normal operating
temperature and humidity levels have been reached and will be maintained.
.m
1.09 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: After ceiling installation has been completed, deliver to the Owner
replacement materials for materials installed. Furnish products which precisely
match installed products. Protect with appropriate packaging and provide clear,
legible labels.
1. Acoustical lay-in panels: Furnish full-sized panels in quantities not less than
2 percent of quantity of panels installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS- GENERAL
A. Standard for Acoustical Ceiling Units: Provide units conforming to applicable �.
requirements of ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials.
2.02 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS- GENERAL
A. Provide suspension systems conforming to specified requirements and to
requirements of ASTM C 635.
B. Colors: Provide indicated colors. Where color is not indicated,provide colors as
selected by the Architect from manufacturer's complete set of standard colors. ®'
C. Finishes: Manufacturer's standard shop-applied finishes.
1. Severe environment finishes: The following finishes shall meet the
requirements of ASTM C 635 for"Coating Classification for Severe
Environment Performance:"
a. Painted finish over hot-dip galvanized steel.
D. Attachment Devices for Suspension System:
1. Anchors and intermediate support members: Provide sizes capable of
sustaining 5 times the load-carrying capabilities shown in ASTM C 635,
Table 1, "Direct Hung"column.
2. Deck inserts and hanger clips: Fabricate from hot-dip galvanized steel.
3. Hanger wire: Zinc-coated(galvanized)carbon steel wire,ASTM A 641,
soft temper,with Class 1 coating,minimum 12 gage(0.106 inch diameter).
4. Insert vibration isolators in all hanger wires supporting the grid system in
Office 105.
5. Contractor shall coordinate hanger wires with installed above ceiling
equipment
Acoustical Lay-In Ceilings 09511-4 �.
ON
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
b. Maximum smoke developed: 50.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: All work of this section shall be manufactured by a
on single Firm as follows:
1. Single manufacturer for all ceiling panels.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect acoustical wall panels from excessive moisture in shipment, storage, and
handling. Deliver in unopened bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air
circulation. Do not deliver material to building until "wet work" such as concrete
and plaster have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium.
1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. In a timely manner, furnish to affected installers, attachment devices for
incorporation into other work.
B. Coordination Data: Prepare and distribute to affected installers, data necessary for
coordination with related work. Include setting diagrams showing placement of
attachment devices for acoustical ceiling hangers.
C. Coordinate ceiling system installation with work of other sections as required,
including the following. List before starting work.
1. Thermal and sound attenuation insulation.
2. Light fixtures.
3. HVAC equipment.
4. Loudspeakers.
5. Partitions.
6. Plumbing piping.
7. Suspended pipe battens,grids or brackets.
D. Within each space to receive specified products, do not begin installation until the
following conditions are met:
1. Work above ceilings has been finished,tested, and approved.
2. Space to receive ceiling system is properly enclosed and protected from
weather.
3. Any wet work within the space is dry.
4. Has coordinated grid layout with all listed trades.
a. If conflict occurs,consult with Architect and adjust layout directions
or height as directed at no additional cost.
E. After final co-ordination, adjust ceiling heights or provide sloped ceiling sections as
required to accommodate the work of other sections.
1. Ceiling adjustments shall be made only with the Architects prior approval.
Acoustical Lay-In Ceilings .09511-3
dw
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street am
9911
F. ASTM E 84-91a-- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of am
Building Materials; 1991.
G. ASTM E 795-92 -- Standard Practices for Mounting Test Specimens during Sound ow
Absorption Tests; 1992.
H. ASTM E 1264-90 -- Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products; 1990.
I. ASTM E 699-79(1991) -- Practice for Criteria for Evaluation of Agencies Involved
in Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating Building Components in accordance
with Test Methods Promulgated by ASTM Committee E-6; 1991.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. NRC (Noise Reduction Coefficient): The weighted average sound absorption
coefficient of the ceiling materials when tested in.accordance with ASTM C 423,
with mounting No. E-400 (ASTM E 795).
B. CSTC (Ceiling Sound Transmission Class): The numerical rating of sound
attenuation for the ceiling system between two rooms when installed over a barrier
with a common plenum above and tested in accordance with AMA-1-11-1967. *�
C. LR(Light Reflectance Coefficient): As determined by ASTM E 1264.
D. Fire Performance Requirements: Specified surface burning characteristics when
core and facing material are tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 as an assembled
panel. **
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Ceiling Product Data: Submit data for each distinct suspension system and
acoustical unit type indicated.
B. Samples: Submit the following:
1. Selection samples:
a. Acoustical ceiling units: Minimum 6-inch-square samples of "4
acoustical units meeting the requirements of the specification for
each type specified.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Performance Characteristics:
1. Surface burning characteristics: Provide products having the following
characteristics when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84:
a. Maximum flame spread: 25.
Acoustical Lay-In Ceilings 09511-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
'I Locust Street
0911
SECTION 09511 - _ACOUSTICAL LAY-IN CEILINGS
PART 1 - GENERA-
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification Sections,apply to the
work of this section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exposed suspension system.
2. Trim and accessories.
3. Acoustical lay-in panels.
B. Related Sections:
1. Gypsum board systems: Elsewhere in Division 9.
2. Heating and ventilating: Division 15.
3. Lighting: Division 16.
4. Building insulation: Division 7.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. AMA-1-11-1967--Ceiling and Sound Transmission by Two-Room Method;
Acoustical Materials Association(AMA); Adopted by Ceilings&Interior Systems
Contractors Association(CISCA); 1967.
B. ASTM A 641-92-- Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)Carbon
�. Steel Wire; 1992.
C. ASTM C 423-90a-- Standard Test Method for Sound Absorption and Sound
Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method; 1990.
D. ASTM C 635-94-- Standard Specification for the Manufacture,Performance, and
** Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings;
1994.
E. ASTM C 636-92 -- Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension
Systems fo:r Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels; 1992.
Acoustical Lay-In Ceilings 09511-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. Interior Floor, Thin-Bed:
1. Tile: Porcelain Stoneware.
2. Installation method:
a. Concrete subfloor: TCA F 113.
b. Bond coat: Latex-Portland cement mortar, ANSI A108.5.
3. Grout: Dry-set Portland cement.
D. Interior Wall, Thin-Bed Assembly 1
1. Typical for all the on masonry walls.
2. Tile: Glazed wall.
3. Installation method:
a. Masonry: TCA W202.
b. Bond coat: Latex-Portland cement mortar, ANSI A108.5.
4. Grout: Latex-Portland cement.
3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean tile surfaces after installation is complete as per manufacturer's
specifications.
1. Wipe latex-Portland cement residue from tile with a damp cloth or sponge as
soon as possible after tile installation.
2. Temporary protective coating: Remove from tile surfaces in strict
accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Collect and dispose of coating
material off project site. .�.
3. Tile filler: Clean and dry tile before applying filler. Apply filler at rate and
by method recommended by filler manufacturer to achieve complete
coverage and a uniform color over entire tile area.
B. Replace any broken,chipped,marred, or otherwise damaged tile before final
acceptance.
C. Protection: Apply neutral protective cleaner to tile after installation if
recommended by tile manufacturer. Overlay completed tile installation with kraft "
paper for protection from subsequent construction activities.
1. Do not allow any traffic on completed tile floors for minimum 7 days after
completion.
2. Remove protection,rinse, and dry tile installations before final review and
acceptance.
3.06 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this 4"
section.
END OF SECTION 09300
Ceramic Tile 09300-8 ""
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
2I Locust Street
9911
D. Install tile under or behind equipment and fixtures.
E. Carefully cut, drill, and rind tile to tit around items projecting through the
surface, so that escutcheons or cover plates conceal cut edges.
F. Joint Patterns: Lay out tile according to patterns indicated on drawings, or if not
shown, in a rid pattern with floor Joints aligning with wall and trim joints. Install
joints straight and of uniform width.
G. Sealant-Filled Joints: Install expansion, control, and isolation joints where
indicated on drawings. Saw-cut joints are unacceptable.
1. Expansion joint installation method: TCA EJ 171.
H. Grout Installation Standards:
1. Ceramic tile grouts (sand-portland cement, dry-set, commercial portland
cement, and latex-portland cement): ANSI A108.10.
2. Chemical-resistant, water-cleanable epoxy grout: ANSI A108.6.
I. Edge Strips: Install where indicated and where exposed edge of tile meets other
finishes flush with top of tile.
3.04 TILE APPLICATIONS
A. Interior Fluor, Thick-Bed Assembly 1
1. Typical for all Toilet rooms with floor drains, except as otherwise indicated.
2. Tile: Unglazed ceramic mosaic.
3. Installation method:
b. Concrete subfloor: TCA F112.
C. Mortar bed: Portland cement mortar,ANSI A1.08.1A.
d. Bond coat: The following thin-set mortar on cured bed,ANSI
A108.1B.
(1) Latex-Portland cement.
4. Grout: Latex-Portland cement.
B. Interior Floor,Thick-Bed Assembly 2 :
1. Tile: 'Unglazed ceramic mosaic.
2. Installation method:
a. Concrete subfloor: TCA F111.
b. Cleavage membrane: Asphalt-saturated felt.
C. Mortar bed: Portland cement mortar,ANSI A108.1A.
d. Bond coat: The following thin-set mortar on cured bed,ANSI
A108.1B.
(1) Latex-Portland cement.
3. Grout: Latex-Portland cement.
Ceramic Tile 09300-7
4W
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ow
9911
D. Temporary Protective Coating: Factory-apply product listed to protect exposed MR
tile surfaces from mortar and grout residue.
1. Grout release: Manufacturer's standard liquid coating.
2.08 MIXING ;MORTAR AND GROUT
A. Mix mortar and grout to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's
mixing procedures.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify with the installer that substrate areas where tile is to be installed have been .R
prepared correctly, and that all backing materials have been installed. Correct
unacceptable conditions before start of tile work.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Concrete Subfloor; Co-ordinate slab depression dimensions for all thick-bed
assemblies, with the General Contractor. Confirm subfloor preparation
requirements with General Contractor prior to commencement of concrete work.
B. Factory-Blending: Before start of installation verify that tile with an anticipated
range of colors has been correctly blended to achieve a uniform color range from
tile package to tile package.
C. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Coat exposed tile surfaces with
temporary protective coating indicated to comply with manufacturer's
recommendations. Do not coat unexposed surfaces.
1. Grout release.
.A
D. Where Patching Existing Tile Floors: Remove damaged tiles to be replaced.
3.03 INSTALLATION-GENERAL
A. Tile Installation Standard: ANSI A108 series, for setting and grouting materials
listed.
B. Installation Methods: Comply with TCA"Handbook for Ceramic Tile ..
Installation" for type of applications indicated.
C. Install waterproofing to comply with waterproofing manufacturer's instructions as
necessary to result in a watertight installation.
Ceramic Tile . 09300-6 ""�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2.05 GROUTING MATERIALS
A. Dry-Set Grout: ANSI A118.6.
B. Latex-Portland Cement Grout: One-component dry grout mix, field-mixed with
water; or two-component, dry grout mix and liquid latex additive, field-mixed;
complying with ANNSI Al 18.6.
1. All components premeasured and prepackaged.
2. Dry latex additive: Polyvinyl acetate or ethylene vinyl acetate.
3. Liquid latex additive: Manufacturer's standard water emulsion.
4. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Chemical-Resistant Epoxy Grout: ANSI Al 18.3.
1. Service temperature: Product recommended and certified by manufacturer
to resist anticipated ambient temperature range, but not less than 140 F
degrees on a continuous basis.
2.06 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS
so
A. Compatibility: Provide sealants,joint fillers, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates for project performance
conditions.
B. Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and
O (for nonporous substrates)with added fungicide.
C. Urethane Sealant: ASTM C 920, Grade P; Class 25; Uses T,M, and A.
D. Chemical-Resistant Sealants: Sealants recommended by tile setting materials
manufacturer to be compatible with and have similar chemical resistant
performance as the chemical-resistant mortar and grout.
2.07 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Edge strips; fabricated from the following material with 1/8 inch wide exposed
edge, and means for securing strip to substrate:
1. Zinc alloy.
B. Filler for Tile: Proprietary compound designed for filling unglazed tile to prevent
staining.
C. Tile Cleaner: Product specifically acceptable to tile manufacturer and grout
manufacti rer for application indicated and as recommended by National Tile
Promotion Federation or Ceramic Tile Institute.
Ceramic Tile 09300-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
E. Patching Existing Floors: Select the from manufacturer that provides the best color s
match, as approved by Architect.
2.02 TILE PRODUCTS No
A. Vitreous Impervious Porcelain Tile according to control test of E.N. 176 B 1
Standard:
1. Tile body: Porcelain.
2. Surface finish: Slip-resistant.
3. Nominal facial dimensions: 12" x 12".
4. Thickness: 0.03".
5. Surface configuration: Plain with cushion edge. ,
6. Trim units: Match color and finish of adjacent flat tile:
a. Base, cut 12"x 12"to 6"x 12" to achieve 6"high base
7. Manufacturers: Products of the following manufacturers, provided they
comply with requirements of the contract documents, will be among those
considered acceptable:
a. Floor Gres Chromtech- Travertino.
2.03 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement Mortar Installation Materials: ANSI A108.1A.
1. Cleavage membrane: Asphalt saturated felt, ASTM D 226, Type I, No. 15.
2. Setting bed reinforcing: Galvanized welded wire fabric, 2 inches by 2
inches, ASTM A 185;with W0.3 by W0.3, 0.0625 inch diameter, wire,
ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size.
B. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: One-component dry grout mix, field-mixed with
water; or two-component,dry grout mix and liquid latex additive, field-mixed;
complying with ANSI Al 18.4. *
1. All components premeasured and prepackaged.
2. Dry latex additive: Polyvinyl acetate or ethylene vinyl acetate.
3. Liquid latex additive: Manufacturer's standard water emulsion.
4. Mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Chemical-Resistant,Water-Cleanable Ceramic Tile Setting and Grouting Epoxy:
ANSI A118.3.
1. Service temperature: Product recommended and certified by manufacturer
to resist anticipated ambient temperature range,but not less than 140 F ..
degrees on a continuous basis.
2.04 WATERPROOFING MATERIALS
A. Waterproof Membrane/Adhesive: One-part trowel-applied urethane
waterproofing and tile-setting adhesive.
Ceramic Tile 09300-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
M 21 Locust Street
9911
B. Installer: A company with not less than 10 installations of tile work similar in size
and complexity to the work of this project.
go 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store tile products and setting materials in manufacturer's sealed
► packages. Protect material from damage and store in dry location.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Provide temperatures in tiled areas during installation and after completion as
required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer's instructions, but not
less than 50 degrees F.
B. If necessary to use temporary heaters, vent units to exterior to protect tile work
from carbon dioxide accumulation.
1.08 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: Deliver supply of maintenance materials to the owner. Furnish
maintenance materials from same lot as materials installed, and enclosed in
protective packaging with appropriate identifying labels.
1. Furnish not less than 5 percent of total product installed maintenance stock
for each type, color, pattern, and size of tile product installed.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS- GENERAL
A. Ceramic Tile Standard: ANSI A137.1.
1. Tile grade: "Standard Grade," unless noted otherwise.
B. Tile Installation Materials Standard: ANSI standard referenced for setting and
grouting materials.
C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns,Tile,Grout, and Other Products: Match colors
indicated or as selected by the architect from manufacturer's FULL range of
+• standard colors.
1. Tile trim and accessories: Match color and finish of adjoining flat tile.
D. Color Blending: Factory-blend tile products which have a natural color range so
products taken from one box will have the same range as products from a separate
box.
, ► Ceramic Tile 09300-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
G. ANSI Al 18.4-1992 -- American National Standard Specifications for
Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 1992.
H. ANSI A118.6-1992 -- American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic
Tile Grouts; 1992.
I. ANSI A137.1-1988 -- American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic
Tile; 1988.
J. ASTM A 82-94 -- Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement; 1994.
K. ASTM A 185-94 -- Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain,
for Concrete Reinforcement; 1994.
L. ASTM C 503-89 -- Standard Specification for Marble Dimension Stone
(Exterior); 1989.
M. ASTM C 629-89 -- Standard Specification for Slate Dimension Stone; 1989.
N. ASTM C 920-95 -- Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 1995.
O. ASTM D 226-89 -- Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt
Used in Roofing and Waterproofing; 1989.
P. Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation; Tile Council of America, Inc. (TCA)
1994.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Written product information which demonstrates materials to be
used on the project comply with contract documents.
B. Samples-Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color selection of actual file materials
as per Contract Documents indicated. Include samples of accessory materials
requiring color selection.
C. Qualifications Documentation: Written confirmation that companies executing
work in this section comply with experience requirements.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
«A
A. Material Source: Furnish each type, finish,and color of file product and accessory
materials from a single supplier.
Ceramic Tile 09300-2
�w
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 09300—CERAMIC TILE
W
MRT 1 - GENE.Rai.
to 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to the
work of thi,.s section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies
to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Porcelain Stoneware.
B. Related Sections:
1. Cast-in-place concrete: Division 3.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI Al08.IA-1993 --American National Standard Specifications for
Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar;
1992.
B. ANSI A108.1B-1992 --American National Standard Specifications for Installation
of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or
Latex Poraand Cement Mortar; 1992.
C. ANSI A108.5-1992 -- Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement
Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 1992.
D. ANSI A108.6-1992 --Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant,Water
Cleanable Tile-Setting and-Grouting Epoxy; 1992.
E. ANSI A108.10-1992 --Installation of Grout in Tilework; 1992.
F. ANSI A118.3-1992 --American National Standard Specifications for Chemical
Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile Setting and Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable
Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 1992.
,,, Ceramic Tile .09300-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
except where indicated otherwise on the drawings:
I. Level 4: Embed tape in joint compound at all joints and interior angles.
Provide three separate coats of compound at all joints, angles, fastener
heads, and accessories. Provide smooth surfaces free of tool marks and
ridges.
C. Joint Treatment: Tape and finish joints in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions for compounds used, using proper hand tools designed for the purpose.
1. Avoid raising nap of face paper when sanding; carefully sponge down any ,..
areas roughened by sanding process.
D. Penetrations: Fill cutouts and openings around fixtures and penetrations with joint
compound.
3.07 CLEANING
A. Remove temporary coverings used to protect other work.
B. Remove plaster spillage promptly from doorframes,windows and other adjoining
work. Repair surfaces which have been damaged by plastering work.
C. Cleaning: This Contractor shall sweep clean all contiguous areas (walls, etc.) and
floors, and leave areas broom clean, and shall remove all rubbish caused by the
work of this section.
3.08 MOCK-UP SAMPLES
A. Materials to be used.
B. 2'x T mockup of a complete system of each plaster system ceiling finish and of the
partitions.
3.09 UNIT PRICES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, Section 01026 for Unit Prices required
for the work of this section.
B. Unit Prices required shall be based on the installation of a complete two coat veneer
plaster finish ceiling, including all system components and accessories, as specified
under this section.
3.10 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division I, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section. .
END OF SECTION 09260
Gypsum Board Systems 09260-10 ,,,,
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
and bracing until adhesive has hardened.
G. Installation of Water-Resistant Backing Board:
1. Install moisture-resistant backing board in all toilet rooms.
2. Install moisture-resistant gypsum backing board in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations for installation, including minimum clearances
and sealing of penetrations and edges. Do not install water-resistant backing board
on ceilings or over vapor retarders.
H. Installation on Existing Partition:
1. On both sides of existing wood stud partition, between mechanical space
108 and new bank space, before new partitions are constructed, do the
following:
a. Remove existing gypsum board up 2'-0:.
b. Replace rotted sill plate with 2 tread wood plated - set first plate in
full bed of sealant.
C. Reinstall 5/8: Type X fire rated exterior gypsum sheathing on each
face of partition
d. Tape joints.
e. Install as much insulation batt as possible up wall.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for installation of trim
items. Except for items intended by manufacturer to be left exposed or semi-
exposed, install trim units for concealment in joint finishing compound. Wherever
possible, fasten metal trim items to substrate with same fasteners used to install
gypsum board products.
B. Corner Bead: Install metal corner bead at all external comers unless details clearly
indicate its omission at specific locations.
C. Edge Trim: Install edge trim at locations indicated and wherever edge of gypsum
board otherwise would be exposed.
D. Control Joints: Install one-piece control joints at required locations. Do not remove
tape until finishing operations are complete.
3.06 FINISHING
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216 except where exceeded by other
requirements.
1. Do not mix joint compounds except as specifically recommended by
manufacturer.
B. Finish gypsum board in accordance with the following level of finish per GA-214,
Gypsum Board Systems 09260-9
ow
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
S. In double-layer wall applications, apply base layer with long edges parallel
to framing members, with face layer in opposite direction, and with all joints
offset.
B. Control Joints: Form control joints by means of 1/4-inch space between adjacent
gypsum boards, with each edge supported on separate framing member, ready to
receive trim accessory, and located as shown on the drawings and as follows:
1. Not more than 30 feet apart on walls which are not intersected by other walls
for 50 feet or more.
2. On ceilings with perimeter relief, not more than 50 feet apart in both
directions.
3. On ceilings without perimeter relief, not more than 30 feet apart in both
directions.
C. Isolation Joints: Where gypsum board construction intersects structural
components, provide isolation by stopping board a minimum of 1/4 inch from
structure, for finishing by means of 200A"J" Bead.
D. Sound-Rated Construction: Seal perimeter of construction with acoustical sealant,
complying with ASTM C 919. Carefully seal around penetrations and at control
joints and other openings.
1. All partitions at Offices, Speech rooms, Examination rooms, and Conference
rooms shall be sealed with acoustical sealant. Sound attenuation blankets
shall be installed under Division 7, after gypsum board has been installed on ••
one side.
E. Installation on Metal Framing and Furring.. «.
1. Single-layer application: Install gypsum board by means-of screw
attachment.
a. On walls and partitions,plan installation so that leading edge or end
of gypsum board is attached to open end of stud flange first.
2. Double-layer application:
a. Install base layer by means of 1-inch screws, spaced at 24 inches on
center.
b. Install face layer by means of screws at least 3/8 inch longer than
total thickness of gypsum board layers,spaced at 12 inches on
center.
3. For fire-rated construction, install gypsum board by means of screws as
specified for the tested assembly.
F. Installation on Interior Masonry,Concrete Walls,or Other Solid Substrates: Grind
off protruding areas to produce a plumb and true wall surface. Fill pockets or holes
greater than 4 inches in diameter with chemically hardening joint compound and
allow to dry. Apply adhesive recommended by manufacturer to back of gypsum
boards and install boards vertically,pressing into place. Provide temporary support
Gypsum Board Systems 09260-8
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
Aw
21 Locust Street
9911
C. Steel Studs:
1. General: Install tracks and studs in accordance with manufacturer's
reco:rnmendations and as follows:
a. Stud spacing: 16 inches on center, except as otherwise shown.
2. Door openings: Comply with GA-214; reinforce openings as required for
size and weight of doors, using a minimum of two side-by-side studs on
each side of opening.
a. At openings in fire-rated partitions, comply with requirements of
governing authorities for framing.
3. Partition heights: Extend studs full height, to underside of floor or roof
construction above.
a. All partitions shall be attached to deck above , using a slip track
which allows for deflection between the partition and the steel or
deck above.
4. Bulkhead partitions: Extend studs as indicated above ceiling height to
underside of floor or roof construction.
5. Blocking and bracing: Install blocking and bracing as recommended by
manufacturer for adequate support of wall-mounted items installed as work
of other sections.
D. Wall Furring:
1. General: Install wall furring members in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
a. Spacing: 16 inches on center, except as otherwise shown.
2. On solid walls, install furring members vertically.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM BOARD
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216 except where exceeded by other
requirements.
1. Wherever possible,install gypsum board to minimize butt end joints.
2. Apply ceiling boards prior to installation of wallboards. Arrange to
minimize butt end joints near center of ceiling area.
3. Instill wallboards in a manner which will minimize butt end joints in center
of wall area. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of walls.
4. Buti:all joints loosely,with maximum of 1/16 inch between boards.
5. Place wrapped edges adjacent to one another; do not place cut edges or butt
ends adjacent to wrapped edges.
6. Support all edges and ends of each board on framing or by solid substrate,
except that long edges at right angles to framing members in non-fire-rated
construction may be left unsupported.
7. In double-layer ceiling work,apply base layer with long edges perpendicular
to fi•aming members,with face layer in opposite direction, and with all joints
offset.
Gypsum Board Systems 09260-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
D. Acoustical Sealants: ASTM C 919; nondrying, non-hardening, non-skinning type
for concealed locations, non-oxidizing, skinning type for exposed locations.
E. Corner Beads: 1 %4 galvanized with knurled flanges am
F. J" Bead Edge Trim: 200 A series: galvanized with knurled flange. .�
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXANIINATION
A. Inspection: Verify that project conditions and substrates are appropriate to begin .,.
installation of work of this section.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate installation of anchorage devices for suspended ceilings/soffits, verifying
that spacing and rated strength are correct for anticipated load conditions. �.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF METAL FRAMING
A. General: Comply with provisions of ASTM C 754 and ASTM C 840 requirements
that apply to framing installation except where exceeded by other requirements.
B. Suspended Ceilings and Soffits:
1. Secure hangers to structure or to anchorage devices so that full strength of
hanger can be achieved. .�
a. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other
objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting
structural or ceiling suspension system.
b. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset
resulting horizontal forces by bracing,countersplaying,or other
equally effective means.
2. Install ceiling channels at spacing indicated or required,but not greater than
permitted by ASTM C 754.
3. Secure fiuring members by means of screws,clips,or wire ties, as
appropriate to substrate. Space furring members as follows:
a. 16 inches on center.
4. Level ceiling system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet, as measured both .�
lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members.
5. Level soffits to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet, as measured both ,
lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members.
6. Reinforce openings and interruptions in horizontal framing system with
additional furring channels.
7. Ensure that entire suspension system is laterally braced.
Gypsum Board Systems 09260-6 ,,,�„
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
3. Vapor permeable: 0.20 perms
C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products which may
be incorporated in the Work where Type X gypsum wallboard is indicated included,
but are not limited to the following:
1. Type; X Gypsum Base:
ON a. "Firestop Dens-Cote Plaster Base"; Georgia Pacific Corp.
b. "Tapered Edge Kal-Kore Fire Shield"; Gold Bond Buiding Products
Div., National Gypsum Co.
C. "IMPERIAL" Gypsum Base FIRECODE"; United States Gypsum
Co.
d. "IMPERIAL" Gypsum Base FIRECODE 'C"'; United States Gypsum
Co.
D. Joint Tape: Manufacturer's standard paper reinforcing tape.
1. Joini:Tape for Water-resistant Board: If recommended by manufacturer,
provide open-weave fiberglass tape for joint treatment of water-resistant
gypsum backing board.
E. Setting Type Joint Compound: Chemical hardening type, for the following
applications:
1. Interior use:
a. Taping and pre-filling.
b. Filling and smoothing interior concrete,masonry, or other solid
surfaces for laminated application of gypsum board.
F. Drying Type Joint Compound: Vinyl-based ready-mixed type for interior use,and
as follows:
1. Topping compound: Type specifically formulated for finishing drywall over
taping compound.
G. Joint Compound: At joints and fasteners in water-resistant gypsum backing board
intended for tile surfacing,provide compound specifically recommended or
permitted by manufacturer of gypsum board.
2.02 NIISCELLANEO]US MATERIALS
A. General: Provide miscellaneous materials as produced or recommended by
manufacturer of gypsum products.
B. Screws: ASTM C 1002; self-drilling type; lengths as recommended by gypsum
board manufacturer for project conditions.
C. Laminating Adhesive: ASTM C 475, as recommended by manufacturer of gypsum
board.
Gypsum Board Systems 09260-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
PART 2 - PRODUCTS *�
2.01 FRAMING MATERIALS
A. General: Select size and gage of framing members and establish spacing to comply
with requirements of ASTM C 754 unless otherwise specifically indicated.
1. Maximum deflection: L/240 at 5 lbf per square foot.
B. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C 645, steel with protective coating.
1. Nominal depths: As indicated on drawings.
2. Stud gage: Minimum 20 gage.
3. Provide deflection(slip) track at the top of all partition walls as indicated on
drawings.
C. Ceiling Channels: ASTM C 754, cold-rolled or hot-rolled steel, with rust-inhibitive
finish.
D. Hanger Wire: ASTM A 641, soft, Class 1 galvanized.
1. Ceiling hangers: Minimum 0.162 inch diameter(8 gage)wire.
2. Furring channel ties: Minimum 0.048 inch diameter(18 gage) wire.
E. Furring Members: ASTM C 645, steel with protective coating.
1. Hat-shaped except as otherwise indicated.
2. Where indicated as "resilient" or"acoustical," or where required for STC �*
ratings indicated,provide manufacturer's special type designed for
attachment by one flange for reduced sound transmission.
3. C-shaped studs, in locations indicated. ••
F. Furring Fasteners/Connectors: Manufacturer's recommended system for specific
application indicated, complying with ASTM C 754. *�
G. Rolled Angles: ASTM C 645 20 gage, size indicated: if not indicated—2 x 4.
2.02 GYPSUM BOARD
A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36;maximum lengths available to minimize MW
end-to-end butt joints in each area receiving finished gypsum board.
1. Fire-resistant type(Type X or equivalent),where required for fire-resistant
rated assemblies.
2. Edges: Tapered.
3. Thickness: 5/8 inch, except as otherwise shown.
B. Gypsum Sheathing:
1. Equal to Gold Bond—ASTM C 79.
2. 5/8"thick, fire resistance.
Gypsum Board Systems 09260-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.06 QUALITY ASSUU'-XNCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Provide installation by a company specializing in work
�.�► similar to that required on this project and with not less than 5 years of documented
experience.
B. Regulatory Requirements: At locations indicated on drawings, provide fire-rated
assemblies tested in accordance with ASTM E 119 and acceptable to authorities for
ratings required. Provide assemblies as listed in the following:
1. GA-500, "Fire Resistance Design Manual."
2. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.'s (UL) "Fire Resistance Directory."
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original and unopened packages, containers, or bundles, with
brand names and manufacturer's labels intact and legible.
B. Store materials in dry location, fully protected from weather and direct exposure to
sunlight.
C. Stack gypsum board products flat and level,properly supported to prevent sagging
W or damage to ends and edges.
D. Store corner bead and other metal and plastic accessories to prevent bending,
sagging, distortion, or other mechanical damage.
1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for
applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or
gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations,whichever are more stringent. For
non-adhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing,maintain not less than 40 deg
F (4 deg C). For adhesive attachment and finishing of gypsum board,maintain not
less than 50 deg F(10 deg C) for 48 hours before application and continuously after
until dry. Do not exceed 95 deg F(35 deg C)when using temporary heat sources.
Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts
during hot,'dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly.
B. Ventilation: Provide controlled ventilation during joint finishing operations, to
eliminate excessive moisture. Avoid drafts during hot, dry weather to prevent
finishing materials from drying too quickly.
Gypsum Board Systems 09260-3
...
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of
Gypsum Board; 1994.
OR
G. ASTM C 665-91 -- Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal
Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 1991.
go
H. ASTM C 754-88 -- Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing
Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum; 1988.
a.
I. ASTM C 840-94 -- Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum
Board; 1994.
J. ASTM C 919-84(88) -- Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical
Applications; 1984 (Reapproved 1988).
K. ASTM C 1002-93 -- Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the
Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases; 1993.
L. ASTM E 90-90 -- Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne
Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions; 1990.
M. ASTM E 119-88 -- Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction
and Materials; 1988.
N. Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL); 1994.
O. GA-214-90 Recommended Specification: Level of Gypsum Board Finish; Gypsum
Association; 1990.
P. GA-219-89 Recommendations for Installation of Steel Fire Door Frames in Steel
Stud-Gypsum Board Fire-Rated Partitions; Gypsum Association; 1989.
Q. GA-600-94--Fire Resistance Design Manual; Gypsum Association; 1994. ..
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
.w
A. Sound-Rated Construction: Where indicated,provide construction built in
accordance with manufacturer's assemblies which have been laboratory-tested per
ASTM E 90 for designated STC ratings.
1. STC rating: 50.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for systems required, including
installation instructions and data sufficient to show compliance with requirements.
Gypsum Board Systems 09260-2 ...
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 09160 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification Sections, apply to the work of this
section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Metal support systems.
2. Gypsum wallboard.
3. Dryvall finishing.
4. Gypsum Sheathing
B. Related Sections:
1. Painting: Elsewhere in Division 9.
2. Cutting and Patching: Division 1
3. Rough and Finish Carpentry: Division 6
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI A136.1-1985 --American National Standard for Organic Adhesives for
Installation of Ceramic Tile; 1985.
B. ASTM A 641-94-- Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)Carbon
Steel Wire; 1994.
C. ASTM C 36-93 -- Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard; 1993.
D. ASTM C 475-93 -- Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for
Finishing Gypsum Board; 1993.
E. ASTM C 630-93 -- Standard Specification for Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing
Board; 1993.
F. ASTM C 645-94-- Standard Specification for Non-Load(Axial)Bearing Steel
Gypsum Board Systems 09260-1
t
i
t
DIVISION 9—FINISHES
Gypsum Board Systems
Ceramic Tile
Acoustical Lay-In Ceiling
Resilient Tile Flooring
Carpet
Painting
Wall Coverings
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
E. Replace glazing that is damaged.
F. Wash both sides of glazing, using manufacturer's recommended procedures not
more than 1.0 days before inspection for substantial completion.
G Wash bottom side of glazing for Check Desk before installation
3.06 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, for Alternates as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 08800
op
Glazing 08800-11
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. Do not block weep holes.
D. Applied Stops: Fasten as indicated, after glazing has been set in frame. Do not
exert excess force on glazing and glazing spacers.
E. Sealants:
1. Remove applied coatings from surfaces, unless such coatings have been
tested to show acceptable adhesion and compatibility.
2. Use continuous spacers.
a. Exception: For lights of less than 100 united inches, non-continuous
spacers may be used, with backer rods to form proper sealant shape.
3. Use primer where required for proper adhesion as determined by
sealant-substrate testing. .�
4. Tool sealant, eliminating air pockets, with a definite slope away from
glazing.
F. Sealant Tape: Install tape continuously, located so that when compressed the
exposed face will be flush with the face of the framing.
1. Do not use joints in tape, except at corners. ,..
2. Seal joints with compatible sealant.
3. After installation of stops, apply fillet bead of glazing sealant over exposed
tape on both sides of glazing.
G. Compression Gaskets: Secure gaskets so they will not work out under normal
movement. •
1. Install so they fit tightly at corners, allowing for stretch during installation.
2. Do not use joints in gaskets, except at corners.
3. Miter-cut corners and seal joint with sealant.
4. Install gaskets so they protrude slightly past face of framing.
3.05 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Immediately after installing glazing in frames, apply warning tape or bands across
opening without touching glazing.
B. Do not apply tape or labels to glazing;remove temporary labels.
C. Do not allow mirrors to be continuously exposed to moisture or high humidity for
long periods of time.
D. Protect glazing during subsequent construction operations;remove dirt,
contaminants, staining agents and other deposits promptly using manufacturer's
recommended procedures.
1. Clean off excess sealants as work progresses using methods which will not
damage glazing.
Glazing 08800-10
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXMINATION
A. Examine frames and rabbets in which glazing is to be installed for conditions that
could be detrimental to the longevity of the glazing. In particular, check for
conditions that would void the manufacturer's warranty.
B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces to receive glazing just before installation of glazing.
3.03 INSTALLATION- GENERAL
OM A. Comply with recommendations for installation contained in the FGMA "Glazing
Manual" and "Sealant Manual" except when specifically not recommended or
prohibited by the glass or glazing material manufacturer; comply with
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Protect glazing from edge damage during handling and installation.
C. Do not install glass that has edge damage or defects that reduce glass strength or
performance or diminish appearance.
D. Install glass so that visual characteristics,such as pattern,bow;and roll wave
distortion,are uniform.
E. Remove and replace glazing in existing doors and windows,where indicated on
drawings.
1. Provide new glazing gaskets and sealants to replace existing, in accordance
with acceptable glazing methods specified in this section for the glass type
being installed.
3.04 GLAZING IN FRAMES
+ ► A. Use continuous heel or toe bead at all the following exterior glazing locations.
1. In all locations where new glass is being installed in an existing window
franung system.
+ ► 2. In all locations where recommended by the window or fiamirig system
manufacturer.
B. Permanently adhere setting and edge blocks to frame.
Glazing 08800-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street .A
9911
manufacturers and which are compatible with all materials with which they will �.
come into contact.
..
C. Exterior Glazing Sealant: Non-acid curing silicone complying with ASTM C 920,
Grade NS, Type S or M, Class 25, Uses NT, A, and G.
1. Demonstrate compatibility and adhesion by preconstruction testing.
2. Colors: To match substrates.
D. Heel and Toe Bead Sealant: Noncuring, nonskinning, minimum 75 percent solids, .,
butyl or polyisobutylene rubber, complying with 802.3, Type 11 ductile back bedding
compound, as described in AAMA 800.
E. Interior Glazing Sealant: Clear, nonsag silicone sealant.
1. Exception: At the contractors option, small glass lights of 100 square inches
or less may be set with a channel glazing compound similiar to "Pecora
M-251" or equal, when installed in narrow joints between loose and fixed
stops.
F. Sealant Tape: Precured, 100 percent solids butyl polyisobutylene rubber with
internal spacer rod or of composition limiting compression to a maximum of 50
percent, complying with 806.3 or 807.3 tape, as described in AAMA 800.
1. Size tape so that it is under compression when glazing is fully installed.
G. Dense Compression Gaskets: Preformed neoprene, or EPDM, complying with
ASTM C 864.
1. Select style and size so that soft gasket will be compressed at least 25
percent when glazing is fully installed.
H. Soft Compression Gaskets: Black,preformed closed-cell neoprene,complying with
ASTM C 509,Type 11; shape and density to maintain seal.
1. Sealant tape may be used in lieu of soft gaskets, at Contractor's option.
I. Glazing Blocks: Neoprene,EPDM,or silicone.
1. Setting blocks: 80 to 90 Shore A hardness.
2. Spacers: As required to provide face and edge clearances recommended by
FGMA"Glazing Manual," unless greater clearances are recommended by �.
glazing manufacturer.
J. Backer Rods: Flexible,nonabsorbent,compressible polyurethane foam, either
open-cell or non-gassing closed-cell,unless otherwise restricted by sealant
manufacturer;preformed to appropriate size and shape.
Glazing 08800-8
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2.03 BASIC GLASS PRODUCTS
A. Sealed Insulating Units: Factory-assembled multiple panes separated by and sealed
to spacers forming air-tight, dehydrated air space(s).
1. ASTM E 774, Class A.
2. Spacer seals: Manufacturer's standard.
3. Spacer corner construction: Manufacturer's standard.
4. Drying agent: Manufacturer's standard.
5. If sealed insulating units are fabricated at an elevation significantly different
from that of the project site, provide temporary venting of internal air space
and subsequent sealing of vents.
B. Float Glass: Quality q3, unless otherwise indicated.
1. For mirrors: Quality q or q2.
2. Annealed: ASTM C 1036, Type I.
3. Heat-strengthened: ASTM C 1048, Kind HS, Type I.
4. Fully tempered: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Type I.
a. Tong marks are not permitted on any piece.
C. Laminated Units: Multiple plies laminated together with interlayer, using heat and
pressure, without air pockets or contaminants between plies.
1. Interlayer for all-glass units: Polyvinyl butyral sheet, specifically designed
for lamination and with demonstrated long-term ability to maintain physical
and visual properties under installed conditions.
2.04 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Glazing sealants: Products of the following manufacturers,provided they
comply with requirements of the contract documents,will be among those
considered acceptable:
a. Dow Coming Corporation.
b. GE Silicones.
C. Pecora Corporation.
d. Sonnebom Building Products Division/ChemRex,Inc.
e. Tremco,Inc.
2. Sealant tape: Products of the following manufacturers,provided they
corriply with requirements of the contract documents,will be among those
considered acceptable:
a. Pecora Corporation.
b. Koch Protective Treatments,Inc.
C. Tremco,Inc.
3. Clear setting pads for Check Desk.
B. Installation Materials-General: Select products which have appropriate
performance characteristics as recommended by glass and glazing materials
Glazing 08800-7
M
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
below, for products which are furnished and installed elsewhere in division
8 for Aluminum Entrances and Aluminum Windows.
an
B. Glass T}Pe I - 1 : Sealed insulating units.
1. Total thickness: 1 inch, nominal.
2. Exterior pane: Transparent float glass. „W
a. Fully tempered float glass.
b. Color: Clear.
3. Interior pane: Transparent float glass. „w
a. Fully tempered float glass.
b. Color: Clear.
4. Light transmittance: 78 percent, minimum (daylight). am
5. Shading coefficient: 0.82.
6. Reflectance: 15 percent(daylight).
7. Winter U-value: 0.49, maximum. �•
S. Summer U-value: 0.56, maximum.
9. Acceptable glazing methods:
a. Compression gaskets,both sides. **
b. Sealant one side, compression gasket other side.
C. Glass Type I-2 : Sealed insulating unit
1. Total thickness: 1 inch,nominal
10. Exterior and interior pane: monolithic glass.
C. Fully tempered. "
d. Color: to be selected from Interpane standard colors. Submit all
standard color samples for approval
3. Light transmittance: 0
4. Acceptable glazing methods:
a. Compression gaskets,both sides.
b. Sealant one side,compression gasket other side.
D. Glass Type S - 1 : Float glass.
1. Fully tempered 3/8"or %4"thick as called for on drawings.
2. Color: Clear.
3. Acceptable glazing methods:
a. Sealant,both sides.
b. Sealant one side,compression gasket other side.
E. Glass Type S -2 : Float glass.
1. Fully tempered %"thick
2. Color: Clear. 40
3. Small radius at top edge polished,with all edges polished.
Glazing 08800-6 ,,,
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
go PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Glass Manufacturers - General:
1. Obtain materials from only one manufacturer or fabricator for each type;
obtain tinted primary Mass (if any) used for each type from only one
manufacturer.
B. Manufacturers:
00 L Insulating glass units: Products of the following manufacturers, provided
they comply with requirements of the contract documents, will be among
those considered acceptable:
00 a. PPG Architectural Glass Products.
b. Libbey Owens Ford Co..
C. Southwall Technologies.
d. Interpane Glass Company
2. Primary float glass: Products of the following manufacturers, provided they
comply with requirements of the contract documents, will be among those
considered acceptable:
a. Libbey-Owens-Ford Company.
b. PPG Architectural Glass Products.
3. Spandrel glass: Products of the following manufacturers, provided they
comply with requirements of the contract documents, will be among those
considered acceptable:
a. Interpane(Vitrolux) fully tempered
b. PPG Architectural Glass Products
2.02 GLASS TYPES `
A. Glass Types-General: Provide glass types fabricated of the glass products
indicated.
1. Select products to comply with performance requirements indicated, in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Exterior glass thickness: 6 mm(1/4 inch nominal),unless otherwise
indicated.
3. Interior glass thickness: 6 millimeter(1/4 inch nominal),unless otherwise
indicated.
4. Fabricate glass with bite and edge clearance dimensions,including
tolerances,as recommended by manufacturer and FGMA"Glazing Manual."
a. Exception: Where specific bite dimensions are indicated on
drawings,as required for proper securement of glazing in flames,
comply with those dimensions.
5. Cut tempered glass to size and shape and drill holes prior to tempering.
6. Cut or drill holes in laminated units.
7. Gla:;s type descriptions and fabrication requirements are also included
Glazing 08800-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
0911
and substrates for proper adhesion and compatibility.
1. Use sealant manufacturer's standard test methods.
2. Provide as many samples as manufacturer requires.
3. Allow adequate time for testing to prevent delay in the work.
4. Submit sealant manufacturer's report on testing and recommendations for
use of sealants and preparation of substrates.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; specifically,
avoid damage to glass edges; prevent damage due to temperature changes, sunlight,
and moisture.
1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Do not install glazing when either air or substrate
temperature exceeds the range recommended by manufacturer or when substrate is
wet, damp, or covered with snow, ice, or frost.
B. Install bulk sealants only at air and substrate temperatures above 40 degrees F.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. General: Warranties shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Aw
Owner may have under the Contract Documents.
B. Manufacturer's Special Project Warranty on Laminated Glass: Provide written ""
warranty signed by manufacturer of laminated glass agreeing to furnish f.o.b. point
of manufacturer, freight allowed project site,within specified warranty period
indicated below,replacements for those laminated glass units which develop fft
manufacturing defects are defined as edge separation or delamination which
materially obstructs vision through glass.
C. Submit a written warranty guaranteeing to correct failures in glazing which occur
within the period indicated after substantial completion,without reducing or
otherwise limiting any other rights to correction which the Owner may have under
the contract documents.
1. Warranty on insulating glass: Manufacturers standard.
2. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 4 years after
date of substantial completion.
Glazing 08800-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
a. Air temperature range of 120 degrees F.
b. Material temperature range of 180 degrees F.
w B. Deterioration includes:
1. For insulating glass:
a. Moisture or dirt between panes.
b. Development of condensation between panes.
C. Damage to internal coating, if any.
d. Development of other visible indication of seal failure.
2. For laminated glass: Development of visible delamination.
3. For coated glass: Development of visible defects in coating.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data, describing product characteristics, installation
" instructions and recommendations, and maintenance procedures.
B. Samples of Glass: 12-inch-square samples, of
1. All glass types.
C. Certificates for each product, from manufacturer stating that product used on the
project complies with specified requirements.
D. Sealant-Substrate Test Reports: For each exterior sealant.
E. Insulating Unit Warranty.
F. Maintenance Data: Cleaning and protection requirements.
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standard for Fire-Resistance Rated Glass: ASTM E 163;each piece labeled by:
1. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL).
B. Certified Safety Glazing: Provide Category II products which comply with test
0„ requirements of 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1 and permanently marked with label
of-
1. Safety Glazing Certification Council(SGCC).
C. Standard for Glass Scrim Backing Testing: Fall-out resistance test as specified in
ASTM C 1048.
1. Test:minimum of 3 specimens.
2. Testing agency: Approved independent testing laboratory.
�. D. Sealant-Substrate Tests: Have manufacturer of sealant test glazing materials, glass,
Glazing 08800-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
D. ASTM C 509-93 -- Standard Specification for Elastomeric Cellular Preformed
Gasket and Sealing Material; 1993,
E. ASTM C 864-93 -- Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal
Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers; 1993.
F. ASTM C 920-87 -- Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 1987.
G. ASTM C 1036-91 -- Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 1991.
H. ASTM C 1048-92 -- Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS,
Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass; 1992.
I. ASTM E 163-84 -- Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Window Assemblies; 1984.
J. ASTM E 774-92 -- Standard Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units; 1992.
K. Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL); 1994. �*
L. FS DD-M-411 C -- Mirrors, Glass; 1990.
M. Glazing Manual; Flat Glass Marketing Association(FGMA); 1990.
N. Sealant Manual; Flat Glass Marketing Association(FGMA); 1990.
O. UL 972 -- Standard for Burglary Resisting Glazing Material; Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.; 1984.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. U-value: Btu per hour per square foot per degree F difference.
B. Shading Coefficient: Fraction of total solar energy transmitted when compared to
that transmitted by 3 mm clear glass.
C. Light Transmittance: Percent of visible daylight transmitted,unless otherwise �.
indicated.
D. Reflectance: Percent of total daylight reflected, unless otherwise indicated.
1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Exterior Glazing: Provide glazing assemblies which will withstand normal
conditions without failure, loss of weathertightness,or deterioration.
1. Design to accommodate thermal movement resulting from:
Glazing 08800-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
W 21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION O8800 - GI AZ[NG
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to the work
of this section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
r 1. Monolithic glass.
2. Insulating glass.
3. Spandrel glass.
4. Glazing gaskets.
5. Glazing sealants.
6. Glazing accessories.
_ 7. Glazing for Check Desk top
B. Types of work in this section include work for:
1. Glassing in interior aluminum doors and frames.
C. Related Sections:
1. Preassembled mirror units: Division 10.
2. Glazing work for Aluminum Entrances: Elsewhere in Division 8.
3. Glazing work for Aluminum Windows: Elsewhere in Division 8.
4. Glazing work in custom cabinet work.
„ 1.03 REFERENCES
A. 16 CFR 1201 -- Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; Consumer
+ . Products Safety Commission; 1977 (with 1984 Revision).
B. AAMA 800-92 --Voluntary Specifications and Test Methods for Sealants;
�• American Architectural Manufacturers Association; 1992.
C. ANSI Z97.11-1984--American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used
in Buildings- Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test; 1984.
Glazing 08800-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank MOO
21 Locust Street
9911
B. Type of Hardware — Hardware items to be listed in the hardware sets are as ..
follows:
Each door will have approximately eight (8) of the items listed below: sm
1. Butts — full mortise type, size 4 ``/z", 1 % pair per door
2. Locks —mortise type with lever handles
3. Exit `devices —mortise and rim lock type as
4. Door pulls
5. Door Closers — surface mounted type
6. Weatherstrips — surface mounted type
7. Saddles — surface mounted
8. Door stops — Floor or wall
9. Kick plates
10. Silencers
11. Door views
12. Lever handles key pad access control lock sets
C. Furnish new lock set for each exterior door to remain.
.w
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to divisionl, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this *�
section.
END OF SECTION 08710
OW
Finish Hardware 08710-8
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2.12 DOOR PULLS
A. All pulls shall be Type 102 x 70C as manufactured by the ROCKWOOD
COMPANY, or equal.
B. All pulls shall be bright brass US 3 finish.
C. Pulls shall L,e mounted 50" above finished floor to center of pull.
D. All pulls used in conjunction with a push plate must have the thru bolts
countersunk: under the push plate.
2.13 KICK PLATES
A. All kick plates shall be US 3 Brass with beveled edges and be 10" high and 2"
eM. less than door width. When used on doors with surface vertical rod exit devices,
they shall b,,- 5" less than door width.
2.14 DOOR STOPS
A. Wherever possible, door stops shall be wall type, cast or forged brass with a US 3
finish to match other door trim and be furnished with a combination fastener such
as Type 402 as manufactured by H. B. IVES, or equal.
2.15 WEATHERSTRIP
A. Weatherstrip for exterior doors shall be Type 303D5 for frame head and jambs,
with a 315AN door sweep at door bottom as manufactured by PENKO NFG.
CO., or equal.
'" 2.16 THRESHOLD
A. Thresholds for doors shall be Type 200-5AV as manufactured by PENKO MEG.
CO., or equal, and shall be 4" longer than door width.
2.17 ALLOWANCE
A. The General Contractor shall allow and include in his base bid the sum of
FORTY Fl[VE THOUSAND DOLLARS ($45,000.00) for the purchase of finish
hardware.
2.18 HARDWARE SETS
A. The following hardware sets are listed for the purpose of estimating installation
costs and shall not limit the final hardware schedules
Finish Hardware 08710-7
ON
Expansion of Easthampton Say inks Bank Am
,)o i
heavy-duty butts.
E. All hinges for exterior doors shall be geared continuous type F%12000 as
manufactured by N ARK.-kR PRODUCTS or equal.
2.08 LOCKS
A. All locks and latches shall be Ati'SI Type 1000-Grade 1 mortise t%pe «ith Cast
bronze lei ers and %%rouglht brass escutcheon plate Type CS I as manufactured b� •�•
P & F CORBIN or equal.
B. Lock functions shall be as listed in the hardware sets.
2.09 EXIT DEVICES
.a►
A. All exit devices shall be Type 98 as manufactured by VON DUPRIN or equal.
B. Function of exit devices shall be as listed in the hardware sets.
C. All surface type exit devices with vertical rods must be furnished with sex bolts
for top and bottom latches. .�
D. All vertical rod exit devices must have pullman type top and bottom latches.
E. Bottom rod and latch protectors must be furnished.
2.10 DOOR CLOSERS
A. All door closers shall be Type 4000 as manufactured by LCN CLOSERS, INC.
B. Closers must have cast iron cylinder, forged steel arm, separate valves to control
closing speed, latch speed and back check.
MP
C. All closers for hollow metal and mineral core doors shall be furnished with thru
bolts to fasten the closer to the door.
MM
D. The hardware supplier and/or his manufacturers'representative must inspect all
closers and adjust closing speeds to suit conditions prior to the architect's final
inspection.
2.11 PUSH BAR
A. Push bar shall be bright brass US 3 1"diameter.
B. All push plates shall be mounted 50" above finished floor to center of plate.
Finish Hardware 08710-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank-
21 Locust Street
9911
F. Tools and :Maintenance Instructions for Maintenance:
Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as
needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance and removal and
replacement of finish hardware.
2.03 FINISH
A. Finish of all exposed hardware shall be C;526D (dull chrome) except hardware
called for to be [ S 3 Bright Brass.
B. Finish of all exposed hardware on the interior of all toilets and kitchens shall be
US 3 Bright Brass.
C. Final finish selection shall be selected at the time of final hardware schedule.
2.04 KEYING
A. All locks and lock cylinders shall be keyed, master keyed and grand master keyed
as directed by the architect and/or owner.
B. All lock cylinders shall be construction keyed. Furnish five (5) construction keys.
C. Furnish five (5) change keys per key set.
D. Furnish twelve (12) of each master key.
2.05 REQUIREMENTS
A. All items of hardware must comply with regulations as established by NFPA,
Public Safety Codes and the Handicap Access Requirements of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
2.06 HINGES
A. All butt hinges on interior hollow metal and solid wood core doors three(3) feet
or less in width shall be CB 1900 as manufactured by STANLEY WORKS,or
equal.
B. All butt hinges on interior mineral core wood doors three(3) feet or less in width
shall be CB 191 O as manufactured by STANLEY WORKS, or equal.
C. All butt hinges for interior doors three(3) feet or less in width shall be 4 Y2'x 4'/2"
size.
D. All butt hinges for interior doors over three(3) feet or less in width shall be
Finish Hardware 08710-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
doors and/or frames to ensure proper fit.
B. Responsibilities of Contractor:
1. Submittals: Coordinate and process submittals for Finish Hardware in
same manner as submittals for other work.
2. Construction Schedule: Cooperate with Finish Hardware supplier in
establishing scheduled dates for submittals and delivery of templates and ""14
Finish hardware.
3. Coordination: Coordinate finish hardware with other work. Furnish
hardware supplier or manufacturer with shop drawings of other work .e
where required or requested. Verify completeness and suitability of
hardware with supplier.
4. Project Handling: Provide secure lockup for hardware delivered to the .R
site. Inventory hardware jointly with representative of hardware supplier
and issue signed receipts for all delivered materials. Any hardware items
lost, damaged or stolen after being accepted by the Contractor shall be
replaced at Contractor's expense.
so
2.02 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION
A. Hand of Door: Drawings show direction of swing or hand of each door leaf.
Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of door
movement as shown.
B. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method
indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper and
hardness,but in no case of lesser(commercially recognized) quality than
specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI A 156 series standard
for each type hardware item and with ANSI A 156.18 for finish designations
indicated. Do not furnish "optional" materials or forming methods for those
indicated.
C. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to publishes templates, *"
generally prepared for machine screw installation.
D. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flathead
screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed(exposed under any
condition) screws to match hardware finish.
E. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is
closed, except to extent no standard units of type specified are available with
concealed fasteners. Do not use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut
on opposite face is exposed in other work, except where thru-bolt installations are
required for fire rated doors. In such cases,provide sleeves for each thru-bolt or
use sex screw fasteners.
Finish Hardware 08710-4 ""�'
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. Delivery:
1. All hardware shall be delivered promptly in such manner and at such time
as required to avoid delay in the execution of the work.
D. Packing:
1. All items of hardware shall be packed separately and shall be complete
with all trimmings and fasteners for the particular items and shall be
labeled and numbered so they may be readily identified and checked from
the hardware schedule.
?. All locks shall be marked with the architectural door number to ensure the
correct key control.
E. General contractor shall provide secure lock-up for hardware delivered to the
project but not yet installed control handling and installation of hardware items
which are not immediately replaceable so that completion of the work will not be
!"* delayed by hardware losses, both before and after installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 RESPONSIBILITY
A. Responsibilities of Finish Hardware Supplier:
1. Submittals: Provide through Contractor Required Final Hardware
Schedule as specified in Part 1 -General of this section, unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Construction Schedule: Inform Contractor at earliest possible date of
estimated times and dates to process submittals,to furnish templates,to
deliver hardware and to perform other work associated with furnishing
Finish Hardware for purposes of including in construction progress
schedule and then-comply with this schedule.
3. Coordination and Templates: Assist Contractor as required to coordinate
hardware with other work in respect to both fabrication and installation.
Furnish Contractor with templates and deliver hardware to proper
locations.
4. Product Handling: Package,identify, deliver and inventory hardware as
specified in Part 1 - General of this section.
5. Discrepancies: Based on requirements indicated in Contract Documents in
effect at time of hardware selection, furnish proper types, finishes and
quantities of finish hardware including fasteners and Owner's maintenance
tools, and furnish or replace any items of finish hardware resulting from
shortages and incorrect items, at no cost to the Owner or Contractor,
Obtained signed receipts from Contractor for all delivered materials.
6. Verify voltage for Sentronic closers and smoke detectors.
7. Coordination with Contractor of new hardware to be installed in existing
Finish Hardware 08710-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street '°
0911
hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM types and sizes of doors '"
required and which complies with requirements of door and door frame labels.
1.06 SUBMITTALS Im
A. Hardware Schedule: Submit final hardware schedule in manner indicated below.
Coordinate hardware with doors, frames and related work to ensure proper size, as
thickness, hand, function and finish of hardware.
1. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on finish hardware indicated,
organize hardware schedule into ''hardware sets" indicating complete .m
designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the
following information:
a. Type, style, function, size and finish of each hardware item. so
b. Name and manufacturer of each item.
C. Fastenings and other pertinent information.
d. Location of hardware set cross-referenced to indications on
drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule.
e. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, codes, etc., contained in
schedule.
f. Mounting locations for hardware.
g. Door and Frame sizes and materials.
h. Keying information.
2. Submittal Sequence: Submit schedule at earliest possible date particularly
where acceptance of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other
work (e.g., hollow metal frames) which is critical in the project
construction schedule. Include with schedule the product data, samples,
shop drawings of other work affected by finish hardware, and other
information essential to the coordinated review of hardware schedule.
B. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and
other work to be factory-prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request,
check shop drawings of such other work to confirm that adequate provisions are
made for proper location and installation of hardware.
1.07 PRODUCT HANDLING
A.. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to final hardware
schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package.
B. Packaging of hardware is responsibility of supplier. As material is received by
hardware supplier from various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers
clearly marked with appropriate hardware set number to match set numbers of *`
approved hardware schedule. Two or more identical sets may be packed in same
container.
Finish Hardware 08710-2
Expansion of Easthampton Say ings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 08710 — FINISH HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCLNIENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of
this section.
B. Section 01010—Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies
to this Section.
1.02 INTENT
A. The Genera I Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, appliances and
equipment required for the installation of finish hardware to be furnished in
accordance with this section of the specifications and applicable drawings, subject
to the terms and conditions of the contract.
1.03 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section of the specifications includes the furnishing and delivering to the site,
all finish hardware required to complete the work including butts, locks, closers,
exit devices, door trim and all related items complete with all fasteners.
B. Bids based on detailed schedules issued by Architect will be taken at a later date
specified herein.
1.04 ITEMS NOT INCLUDED IN THIS SETCION
A. Cabinet hardware: Section 06402
B. Aluminum door hardware: Section 08520
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers,
etc.) from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering
products complying with requirements.
B. Fire-Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fire-rated openings in compliance with
NFPA Standard No. 80 and local building code requirements. Provide only
r Finish Hardware 08710-.1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
E. Swinging Door Set A5:
20. Single door swinging one direction.
21. Hines: 1 1/2pr.BB butt hinge. ,m
22. Door closer(s): LCN-4110-H cush hold open.
23. Push Bar 1"dia., US 3, Lock Wood.
24. Stop(s): integrated with door closer. ,R
25. Clip Angle Jamb to floor attachment.
7. Pull: 1" round bent bar with 90 degree offset US 3.
3.05 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this
section.
END OF SECTION 08410
Aluminum Entrances and Store Fronts 08410-10
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
damage to finishes.
C. Clean Mass surfaces as specified elsewhere.
3.04 SWINGING DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. Swinging Door Set Al
1. Sin`;lc door swinging one direction.
2. Hinges: Roton 4782-112HD continuous hinge.
3. Door closer(s): LCN #4024-A x 4020-18.
4. Exit device(s): Von Duprin Series 98 Rim Device Polished Brass US 3.
5. Stop(s): Integrated with door closer.
6. Threshold: #200-5 Silicone Seal.
7. Two (2) Cylinders: (furnished under Section 08710 Finish Hardware).
8. Pull: 1" round bent bar with 90 degree offset US 3 on door 100A aluminum
1180.
B. Swinging Door Set A2:
1. Single door swinging one direction.
2. Hin,;es: Roton#782-112HD continuous hinge.
3. Door closer(s): LCN-4110-H Cush hold open.
4. Push Bar 1"dia., US 3, Lock Wood.
5. Stop(s): Integrated with door closer.
6. Clip Angle Jamb to floor attachment.
7. Two (2) Cylinders: (furnished under Section 08710 Finish Hardware).
8. Pull: 1" round bent bar with 90 degree offset US 3.
8. Lock: AR-MS 1850-A
C. Swinging Door Set A3:
9. Single door swinging one direction.
' 10. Hinges: Roton#782-112HD continuous hinge.
11. Door closer(s): LCN-4110-H cush.
12. Push Bar 1"dia.,US 3,Lock Wood.
13. Stop(s): Integrated with door closer.
6. Threshold 200-5 silicone seal
7. Pull: 1"round bent bar with 90 degree offset US 3.
D. Swinging Door Set A4:
14. Single door swinging one direction.
15. Hinges: 1 1/2pr.BB butt hinge.
16. Door closer(s): LCN-4110-H cush hold open over 900.
17. Push Bar 1"dia.,US 3,Lock Wood.
18. Stop(s): floor.
19. Clip Angle Jamb to floor attachment.
7. Pull: 1"round bent bar with 90 degree offset US 3.
Aluminum Entrances and Store Fronts 08410-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
F. Avoid damage to finishes.
PART 3 - FXFC'I?TION
3.01 PREPARATION
.R
A. Examine structures; report conditions in writing which will adversely affect
installation.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. .R
B. Install plumb and level, square and true, in correct location; support adequately
and securely anchor.
C. Aluminum framing members shall be joined and anchored to adjacent construction
using concealed mechanical fasteners.
D. Separate aluminum exposed to weather from dissimilar metals; coat dissimilar
metals that are in drainage cavities using one of the materials specified.
Aluminum, stainless steel, zinc, cadmium, and small areas of white bronze are not
considered dissimilar from each other.
E. Coat all metals that come into contact with masonry, concrete, and treated wood,
using one of the materials specified.
F. Install surface-mounted hardware in accordance with hardware manufacturer's
instructions.
G. Install a continuous bead of sealant around the perimeter edge of all aluminum
framing members that abut another material as indicated the drawings. Install joint MW
sealers between exterior sill members and the surface below as indicated,to
provide weathertight construction. Comply with Division 7 requirements for
installation of joint sealers. Mr
H. Install glass using methods specified elsewhere in Division 8.
*.
3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Adjust each operable unit for correct function and smooth, free operation and so 4W
doors close tightly.
B. Clean exterior and interior soon after installation of glass,taking care to avoid
Aluminum Entrances and Store Fronts 08410-8
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
E. Concealed. Flashing: Fully annealed, soft stainless steel, 26 gage minimum; or
extruded aluminum, 0.032 inch minimum.
F. Miscellaneous Concealed Metal Members: High-strength aluminum or
nonmagnetic stainless steel; hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A
123 may be used for members which are not exposed to weather or abrasion.
G. Concrete Inserts: Cast iron, malleable iron, or steel hot-dip galvanized in
accordanc with ASTM A 123.
H. Dissimilar Metal Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, or other nonconductive,
nonabsorptive material.
I. Glazing Gaskets: Comply with ASTM C 864; style as recommended by
manufacturer.
J. Glass and Glazing Accessories: Provide products specified elsewhere in Division
8.
1. Use Glass Type 1-1 at:
a. All exterior aluminum doors and framing.
2. Use Glass Type S-1 at:
a. All interior aluminum doors and framing.
K. Joint Sealers: Provide products specified in Division 7.
2.05 FABRICATION
A. Any dimensions which may vary are indicated on drawings,with amount of
dimensional variation allowed.
B. Framing System: Pre-cut and perform all finishing in factory or shop.
1. Fit joints tightly with adjacent members in correct relationship.
2. Select members for fabrication so that adjacent anodized extruded aluminum
members do not have color or texture variation greater than half of the range
indicated in the submitted samples.
C. Doors: Factory-fabricate doors and factory-install all hardware except
surface-mounted items.
1. Perform fabrication required for hardware before finishing.
D. Welding: Perform welding before finishing; use methods which do not discolor
metal; grind exposed welds flush;match original finish.
E. Reinforcing: Provide as required to comply with performance requirements for
rigidity and to support hardware; isolate dissimilar metals as specified in
"Installation."
Aluminum Entrances and Store Fronts 08410-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
3. At door bottom: Adjustable molded EPDM or vinyl sweep, continuously
contacting threshold; concealed mounting.
4. Provide weatherstripping on all exterior doors.
C. Silencers: Neoprene bumpers.
1. Provide on all interior doors.
D. Hardware for Aluminum Doors: Provide all hardware as required for proper
operation, in accordance with the schedule located at the end of this section.
1. Finish: Polished Brass US 3 clear-coated, or finish to match doors.
2. Door Closers: LCN, finish to match door.
3. Push: Rockwood No. 47 1"dia. 21/4" Prosection US 3 clear-coated
mounting T 1001-T 1007 and as required for type doors.
4. Pull: Rockwood No. 157 1"dia. 10"CTC US 3 clear-coated mounting
T 1001-T 1007 and as required for type doors.
E. Mortise Lock Cylinders: Furnished elsewhere in Division 8.
F. Thresholds: Reese#200-silicone seal.
2.04 MATERIALS - GENERAL
A. Aluminum Members: ASTM B 221 for extrusions, ASTM B 209 for sheet/plate;
alloy and temper recommended by the manufacturer for the strength required, for
corrosion resistance, and for the finish required. .�
1. Class I natural anodized finish: AA-M12C22A41 (nonspecular,
as-fabricated mechanical finish;medium matte etched chemical finish; clear,
architectural Class I anodic coating minimum 0.7 mil thick).
B. Aluminum Closures: Provide aluminum closure sections as indicated on the
drawings. Closures shall be.080" thick break metal with finish and color to match
aluminum framing members.
1. Use concealed clips or other concealed fastening method wherever possible.
Exposed fasteners,where required shall be finished to match closure
sections.
C. Pre-finished Composite Insulation Panels: Provide 3/4-inch thick aluminum faced OW
panels, as indicated on the Drawings.
1. Provide all panel edge trim moldings and closure pieces as indicated on the
Drawings and as required to complete the panel installation. OW
2. Panels,moldings, and closure pieces shall be provided with an anodized
finish to match greenhouse framing.
D. Fasteners: Compatible with aluminum; aluminum,nonmagnetic stainless steel, or
other noncorrosive,noncorrodible material.
1. Do not use exposed fasteners. .
Aluminum Entrances and Store Fronts 08410-6 """
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2.02 FRAMING SYSTEMS
A. Aluminum Framing System: Extruded aluminum.
1. Style: Kawneer 451T series framing at exterior, and Kawneer TRIFAB H
450 series for 3/8" glass at interior.
2. Products which have minor differences will be accepted when, in the
J udgment of the architect, such differences do not detract from design
concept or performance.
3. Glazing method: Resilient gasket glazed, with provision for replacement of
glazing without disassembly of framing.
4. Finish:
a. Clear, natural 14 anodized .7 mils for exterior finish.
b. Dark bronze Permanodic .7 mils for interior.
B. Aluminum Door Frames: Extruded tube or channel frames with either mechanical
*" or welded joints.
1. Finish:
a. Clear, natural 14 anodized .7 mils finish for exterior.
b. Dark bronze Permanodic .7 mils for interior.
2.03 SWINGING DOORS
A. Stile and Rail Doors: Glazed doors with tubular extruded aluminum frame
members.
1. Frame joints: Either concealed mechanically fastened, using tie rods or j-
bolts and reinforcing plates; or welded.
2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.
3. Stile;width: 3-1/2 inches nominal for door No. 100A, 100B, 100C..
4. Stile;width all other aluminum doors 2 1/8"
5. Full glazed,tempered glass.
6. Bottom rail 10"and 5"head rails on door 100A, 100B, 100C.
7. Botl:om and head rails all other aluminum doors 5".
8. Glazing stops: Snap-on extruded aluminum,designed to allow replacement
of glazing without disassembly of frame. Provide non-removable exterior
stops.
9. Finish:
a. ' Class I natural anodized finish for 451T exterior framing.
b. Dark Bronze anodized finish for TRIFAB II 450 interior.
B. Weatherstripping:
1. At fixed stops: Replaceable,compression type molded gaskets of neoprene
or EPDM rubber complying with ASTM C 864 or of polyvinyl chloride
complying with ASTM D 2287.
2. At other edges: Replaceable woven polypropylene,wool,or nylon pile,with
aluminum or nylon fabric backing,complying with AAMA 701.
„�,� Aluminum Entrances and Store Fronts 08410-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A company manufacturing products specified in this on
section which have performed satisfactorily for a period of 5 years.
E. Installer Qualifications: Capable of installing, and AUTHORIZED BY
MANUFACTURER to install all products specified in this section.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Take field measurements before starting fabrication.
B. Make template of curved head as required to achieve parallel fit to curve of
laminated beams.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Where product brand names are given, the design is based on the products *�
indicated.
B. Aluminum Framing Systems:
1. Products of the following manufacturers, provided they comply with
requirements of the contract documents,will be among those considered
acceptable: �^
a. Kawneer Company, Inc.
b. PPG Industries,Inc.
C. United States Aluminum Corporation.
C. Aluminum Door Frames:
1. Products of the following manufacturers,provided they comply with
requirements of the contract documents,will be among those considered
acceptable:
a. Kawneer Company, Inc. ow
b. PPG Industries, Inc.
C. United States Aluminum Corporation.
D. Glazed Aluminum Doors:
1. Products of the following manufacturers,provided they comply with
requirements of the contract documents,will be among those considered
acceptable:
a. Kawneer Company,Inc.
b. PPG Industries, Inc.
C. United States Aluminum Corporation.
Aluminum Entrances and Store Fronts 08410-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9011
greater, or that which would reduce glass bite to 75 percent of design
dimension.
2. Design system to withstand 150 percent of design wind load with no failure
or permanent deformation greater than 0.2 percent of span.
D. `Find Loads: Determine in accordance with ANSUASCE 7.
E. Sign Loads: Design reinforcing for installation of horizontal sigh as shown.
F. Air lnfiltr,�tion:
! 1. Fixed framing: Not more than 0.06 cfm per square foot of fixed area.
a. Measure at 6.24 ps£
2. Single doors: Not more than 0.5 cfm per linear foot of crack.
3. Pairs of doors: Not more than 1.0 cfm per linear foot of crack.
4. Doors: Measure at 1.57 psf.
G. Water Penetration:
1. Fixed framing (excluding operable door edges): No penetration at 8 psf
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's material specifications, drawings of standard
components, and installation recommendations.
B. Certification by Manufacturer that Products Comply with Performance
Requirements: Provide for:
1. Exterior, standard or stock aluminum framing systems.
2. Exterior,custom-designed aluminum framing systems with curved heads.
C. Shop Drawings: Show elevations, field measurements,composite members,
reinforcement,anchorages,expansion provisions,hardware mounting, and glazing.
D. Samples fbr Verification of Anodized Finishes: For each type and color of
anodized finish, submit 12-inch-long sections of extrusions and formed sections
and 6-inch-square sheets. Submit at least 2 pieces for each color showing full
range of color variation.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Standard for Wind Load Testing: ASTM E 330.
B. Standard for Air Infiltration Testing: ASTM E 283;report result as cubic feet per
minute per unit of measurement indicated, at pressure differential indicated:
C. Standard for Water Penetration Testing: ASTM E 331;report result at pressure
differential indicated.
Aluminum Entrances and Store Fronts 08410-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
B. AAMA 701-92 -- Voluntary Specification for Pile Weatherstriping; American
Architectural Manufacturers Association; 1992.
C. ANSFASCE 7-93 -- :Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures;
American Society of Civil Engineers; 1994.
D. ASTM A 123-89a -- Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)
Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 1989.
E. ASTM B 209-93 -- Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy
Sheet and Plate; 1993.
F. ASTM B 221-93 -- Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy
Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes; 1993.
G. ASTM C 864-93 -- Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression
Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers; 1993.
H. ASTM D 2287-92 -- Standard Specification for Nonrigid Vinyl Chloride Polymer
and Copolymer Molding and Extrusion Compounds; 1992.
I. ASTM E 283-91 -- Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air
Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified
Pressure Differences Across the Specimen; 1991. .�
J. ASTM E 330-90-- Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior
Windows, Curtain Walls,and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference;
1990.
K. ASTM E 331-86-- Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior
Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference;
1986.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Exterior Assemblies: Design to comply with the performance criteria listed below.
B. Thermal Movement: Design to accommodate expansion and contraction resulting
from air temperature range of 120 degrees F, solar heat gain, and nighttime
re-radiation.
C. Structural Performance: Design to withstand all live and dead loads without
deformation and without deflection greater than 1/175 of span.
1. Deflection in plane of wall: Not greater than that which would reduce glass
edge clearance to 25 percent of design dimension or 1/8 inch,whichever is
Aluminum Entrances and Store Fronts 08410-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 08410 - AI,U-'fIN1TM ENTRANCES AND STORE. FRONT
PART 1 - GENERAl.
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division- 1 Specification Sections, apply to the
work of this section.
B. Section 0 10 10 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies
to this section.
" 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Glazed aluminum swinging doors.
2. Aluminum door frames.
a. Door hardware.
3. Aluminum framing system.
a. Framing system at Entrance Vestibules and Store Front with curved
head section.
b. Framing system at Offices.
4. Furnishing and installation of glass.
5. Furnishing and installation of 1"insulated panels
6. Framing system accessories.
7. Store front reinforcement
B. Products Installed but Not Furnished under This Section:
1. Mortise lock cylinders: Furnished elsewhere in Division 8,but installed in
this section.
2. Continuous wood spacer around framing between aluminum and gyp board
furnished elsewhere in Division 06200.
C. Related Sections:
1. Joint sealants: Division 7.
2. Glass: Elsewhere in Division 8.
3. Mortise cylinders: Elsewhere in Division 8.
4. Continuous wood spacers: in Division 6.
1.03 REFERENCES
* A. AA DAF-45-80 --Designation System for Aluminum Finishes; 1980.
, , Aluminum Entrances and Store Fronts . 08410-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Hardware Installation: Elsewhere in Division S.
B. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedures and
requirements of referenced standard.
1. Fire-rated doors: Comply with NTPA 80 requirements.
C. Prefit Doors: Minimize field fitting to those procedures that are necessary to complete
work unfinished during factory prefitting and to provide trouble free operation.
D. Fitting of Doors:
1. Accurately align and fit doors for trouble free operation throughout range of door
swing.
E. Clearances:
1. Clearance between door edge and head: 1/8 inch.
2. Clearance between door edge and jamb: 1/8 inch.
3. Clearance between door bottom edge and top surface of threshold: 1/4 inch.
4. Clearance between door bottom edge and floor covering surface or finish (where
threshold ;:s not indicated): 1/8 inch.
5. Clearance between meeting edges at pairs of doors: 1/8 inch.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust doors for proper operation; coordinate with hardware adjustment; replace doors
which cannot be properly adjusted.
B. Restore door finishes damaged during installation, in a manner that results in the door
showing no evidence of the restoration. If refinished door cannot be made to match other
doors,refinished door must be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
C. Protect installed work.
3.04 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 08211
Solid Core Flush Wood Doors 08211-5
w
N
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank low
21 Locust Street
9911
D. Manufacturers:
1. Products of the following manufacturers, provided they comply with requirements
of the contract documents, will be among those considered acceptable:
Ism
a. Eggers Industries.
b. Weyerhaeuser Company.
ON
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Stops for Glazing and Louvers:
1. Transparent finished wood stops: Same species as that used for door face veneer.
Typical, except on fire-rated doors.
2. For fire rated doors: Cold-rolled sheet steel of gage approved by testing agency for
installation in fire-rated doors indicated.
3. Prime-painted steel: Shop prime to receive finish specified elsewhere.
4. Fire-retardant treated wood: Solid stock fire-retardant treated wood of species to •�
match door face veneer; finish to match door.
2.04 FABRICATION .�
A. Doors: Fabricate to provide consistent clearances as indicated.
1. Hinge and lock edges: Provide standard (1/8-inch in 2 inches) bevel at edges,
unless standard bevel would not precisely match hardware bevel; provide proper
bevel for hardware.
2. Make neat mortises and cutouts for door hardware indicated.
3. Prefitting: Fabricate and trim doors to size at factory to coordinate with frame
shop drawings and floor finishes as indicated in the finish schedule.
4. Premachining: Make all mortises and cutouts required for hardware at the factory
to conform to approved hardware schedule, hardware templates, and door frame
shop drawings.
PART 3-F,XEC'T1TTCIN
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect door frames and doors before beginning door installation.
1. Verify that frames are properly installed and aligned and are capable of providing
trouble free support for doors throughout range of door swing. ,
2. Do not install damaged or defective doors.
B. Submit written report describing examination that has been performed and any
conditions not conforming to requirements.
C. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before installing products of this section.
Commencement of installation indicates acceptance of conditions.
Solid Core Flush Wood Doors 08211-4 ,�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.08 NVARRANTIE S
A. Manufacturer's Narranty: Submit a written warranty signed by the manufacturer
guaranteeing to correct failures in products which occur within the warranty period
indicated below, without reducing or otherwise limiting any other rights to correction
which the Owr.er may have under the contract documents. Failures are defined to
include faulty Nvorkmanship; stile, rail, or core show-through (telegraphing)- and warp
(including bow, cup, and twist). Correction may include repair or replacement. Correct
failures %�hich occur within the following warranty period(s) after substantial
completion:
1. Solid core wood-faced interior doors: Life of original installation.
PST 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 WOOD DOORS - GENERAL, REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire Rated Doors:
!' 1. Construction: Comply with testing agency requirements for indicated fire rating.
2. Fire rated doors with 45-minute or greater rating: Provide the following:
a. Edges: Laminated edge (stile) designed for use with mortise hinges and
appropriate for indicated fire resistance rating.
b. Pairs of fire rated doors: Provide steel astragals and steel meeting edges.
3. Labels: Permanently affixed to hinge stile.
2.02 SOLID CORE WOOD-FACED DOORS
A. General:
1. Grade: Premium.
B. Solid Core Wood-Faced Dodr 1:
1. Application: Wood doors where a C-label or B-label rated door is not required.
2. Interior door,non-rated.
3. Faces: Veneers for paint finish.
a. Species: Birch.
b. Cut: Plain sliced, grain running vertical and parallel.
4. Finish: paint finish specified elsewhere.
5. Construction: 5 ply.
6. Core: Particleboard,bonded to stiles and rails, sanded.
7. Fire-retardant treated wood stops.
C. Solid Core Wood-Faced Door 2:
1. Application: All wood doors requiring a C-label(45 minute fire-rated).
2. Labeled fire door.
+ ► 3. Faces: Same as specified for previous door type.
Solid Core Flush Wood Doors 08211-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
including:
1. Dimensions and location of each product specified.
2. Construction details for each distinct product type.
3. Dimensions and location of blocking for hardware.
4. Fire ratings.
C. Samples: Submit samples for the following: oft
1. Door constriction: Show faces, edges, and core; minimum size 6 inches by 6
inches.
D. Preinstallation Report: Submit report indicating compliance with examination
requirements specified in 'Part 3." OR
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
ON
A. Flush Doors: Comply with the following, hereinafter referred to as referenced
standard(s):
1. NWWDA I.S. 1-A: "Architectural Wood Flush Doors," National Wood Window
and Door Association(NWWDA).
B. Fire-Rated Doors:
1. Provide doors which are identical to doors tested as part of fire-rated assemblies in
accordance with requirements of ASTM E 152.
2. Acceptable testing and inspection agencies: No
a. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING MW
A. Deliver, store, and handle products as required to prevent damage or deterioration.
Comply with manufacturer's recommendations,requirements of referenced standard, and go
recommendations of NWWDA I.S.1-A.
B. Clearly label each door with opening number where door will be installed. Use
removable, temporary labels or mark on door surface which will be concealed from view
after installation.
1. Coordinate.door identification with shop drawing designations.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Do not deliver or install products of this section before
building's design temperature and humidity levels have been achieved and will be ,M
maintained at those levels.
Solid Core Flush Wood Doors 08211-2 �„
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 08211 - S011 T1 CORE FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 - GENF.R L
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
+� Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to the work of this Section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to this
Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Solid core wood-faced doors.
2. Prefitting by manufacturer.
3. Premachining by manufacturer.
B. Related Sections:
1. Architectural woodwork: Division 6.
2. Metal door frames: Elsewhere in Division 8.
3. Door hardware: Elsewhere in Division 8.
4. Finishing of wood doors: Elsewhere in Division 9.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM E 152-8 1 a-- Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; 1981.
B. How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install and Maintain Wood Doors; National Wood
Window and Door Association(NWWDA); undated.
C. NFPA 80 -- Standard for Fire Doors and Windows; National Fire Protection
Association; 1992 (and Errata dated October 6, 1992).
D. NWWDA I.S. 1-A -- Architectural Wood Flush Doors; National Wood Window and
Door Association; 1993.
1.04 SUBMITTAL'.)
A. Product Data: Submit detailed technical information for each distinct product specified
in this section.
B. Shop Drawings: Prepare and submit shop drawings showing all relevant information,
Solid Core Flush Wood Doors 08211-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
mac',line screws and masonry anchorages.
7. Openings at in-place masonry: Fasten frames securely to masonry with
mac)me screws and masonry anchorages.
W 8. Fire--rated openings: Comply with requirements of NFPA 80.
9. Metal stud partitions: Attach wall anchors to stud framing with tapping
screws.
C. Door Installation:
1. General: Comply with requirements and clearances specified in SDI 100.
Fire-rated doors: Comply with' FPA 80 requirements and clearances.
D. Fixed Panel Installation:
1. Install fixed panels with concealed fasteners.
3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Touch-Up: At locations where primer has been abraded or minor rusting has
occurred, sand smooth and spray-apply compatible primer.
B. Final Operating Adjustments: Check hardware at all openings for proper
operation of doors, making final corrections as required to assure that work of this
section is complete and undamaged.
3.03 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this
section.
END OF SECTION 08110
'""' Steel Doors & Frames 08110-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank-
"I Locust S;re�2t
1. Minimum thickness: 1.1 gage.
3. Construction: Mitered and welded corners.
B. Door Silencers: Drill stops to receive silencers, except on frames scheduled for
eatherstripping.
1. Provide for 3 silencers on strike jambs of single-swing frames.
2. Pro,,ide for 2 silencers on heads of frames for pairs of doors.
3. Provide for ? silencers on heads of frames for double egress doors.
C. Guards: Weld protective covers to back of hardware openings at locations here
grout, plaster, or other materials might interfere with hardware operation.
D. Glazing Beads: Provide dazing beads attached with self tapping counter sunk
screws in all steel window frames. Glazing beads shall be fabricated from the same
material as the window frame.
1. Glazing bead height shall be as determined for the frame label requirements
and glass area.
E. Frame Anchors: Provide adjustable frame anchors complying with all U.L.
labeling requirements, fabricated from not less than less than 18 gage steel or
3/16" diameter wire on all door and window frames.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories to comply with manufacturer's
recommendations.
1. Comply with detailed installation requirements of final shop drawings.
B. Frame Installation:
1. General: Adhere to provisions of SDI 105. ..
2. Place welded frames prior to construction of enclosing elements,braced
securely to achieve plumb,planar installation. Remove braces after „w
anchorages have achieved final set, leaving frames in smooth,undamaged
condition.
3. Install steel channel,tube,and plate reinforcing sections in hollow metal
frames,where indicated on drawings.
4. Door Frame Anchors: Provide 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike
levels and minimum 18 gage base anchors.
5. Window Frame Anchors: Provide a minimum of 3 wall anchors per jamb
and additional jamb,head,and sill anchors as required by SDI 105 industry
standards for the size of the flame and opening.
6. Openings at in-place concrete: Fasten frames securely to concrete with
Steel Doors &Frames 08110-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
I Locust Street
OW H. 1-lardware Preparation: Comply%vith DHI A115 series specifications for door and
frame preparation, using final hardware schedule and templates from hardware
supplier.
1. Remforcement: Reinforce doors and frames for field-installed exposed
hardv�are items.
�. Locations: Comply with final shop drawings.
L Shop Paining:
1. Preparation: Clean surfaces thoroughly before beginning painting
operations, removing rust, scale, oil, grease, and other contaminants.
2. Primer: Apply primer evenly to achieve full protection of all exposed
surfaces.
on
2.04 STEEL DOORS
A. General: Fabricate steel doors in accordance-with requirements of SDI 100.
�e
B. Interior Doors:
1. Grade III - Extra Heavy-Duty, Model 1 - Full Flush.
C. Exterior Doors:
1. Grade III- Extra Heavy-Duty, Model 1 - Full Flush.
W D. Labeled.Assemblies: At all locations where fire rated door and frame assemblies
are required,provide a nonremovable U.L. label of rating indicated on the
drawings.
E. Door Louvers:
1. Sightproof louvers: Stationary type for interior doors as scheduled;24 gage
Z-shaped,Y-shaped,or inverted V-shaped blades set into 20 gage fi=e.
2. Fire-rated louvers: Movable type for interior doors as scheduled;equipped
with UL-approved fusible link rated at 135 degrees F.
F. Fixed Panels:
1. Provide fixed panels of same fabrication as doors.
G. Glazing Beads: In all doors with vision lites,provide 16 ga. steel glazing beads,
mitered,and welded at corners, fixed welded on security side and attached with self
tapping counter sunk screws on opposite side. Glazing bead height shall be either
5/8" or 3/4" as determined by door label requirements.
2.05 STEEL FRAMES
A. General. Fabricate steel door and window frames for scheduled openings,in styles
and profiles as shown,using concealed fasteners.
Steel Doors & Frames 08110-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Steel Sheets, Hot-Rolled: ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568, commercial quality,
pickled and oiled.
B. Steel Sheets, Cold-Rolled: ASTM A 366 and ASTM A 568, commercial quality,
matte finish exposed, oiled.
C. Steel Sheets, Galvanized: ASTM A 526 and ASTM A 525, commercial quality,
A60 zinc-iron or G60 zinc coating, mill phosphatized.
D. Reinforcing Steel Shapes: Plates, bars, angles, and channels; ASTM A 36.
E. Anchorages: Galvanized steel, minimum 18 gage.
4W
F. Fasteners and Inserts: Units standard with manufacturer.
1. Exterior walls: ASTM A 153, hot-dip galvanized, Class C or D.
G. Paint:
1. Primer: Manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive coating, suitable to receive
finish coatings specified.
H. Fire Rated Louvers: Fabricate of not less than 18 ga. steel.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. General: Shop-fabricate assemblies to greatest extent possible, assuring that
installed units will be without warp,twist,bow, or other defect in appearance or
function.
B. Exposed Panel Faces: Fabricate from cold-rolled steel.
C. Exposed Door Faces: Fabricate from cold-rolled steel.
D. Frames: Fabricate from cold-rolled or hot-rolled steel.
WW
E. Edge Channels, Stiffeners, and Reinforcement:.Fabricate from cold-rolled or
hot-rolled steel.
..
F. Louvers: Fabricate blades from cold-rolled steel and frames from cold-rolled or
hot-rolled steel.
G. Exposed Screws and Bolts: Where required,provide only countersunk, flat
Phillips-head fasteners.
Steel Doors & Frames 081104
mw
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
in 21 Locust Street
9911
have been constructed and tested in full compliance with ANSUSDI 100. As
applicable, include test reports for core construction and reinforcing methods not
specifically designated as acceptable by ANSBDI 100.
1. For acoustical door, frame and window assemblies provide certification that
the constriction utilized has been acoustically tested at an independent
laboratory in accordance with ASTM E90-90 and ASTM E413-87(90.
_ 1.05 QUALITY ASSUR-kNCE
A. Quality Standard: Comply with SDI 100.
B. Labeled Assemblies: At all locations where fire-rated door and frame assemblies
are required, provide assemblies which comply with NFPA 80 and have been
tested and labeled in accordance with ASTM E 152 by agency acceptable to
governing authorities.
C. Coordination: Transmit copy of final shop drawings to wood door manufacturer to
allow prefitting of wood doors to steel frames.
1.06 DELIVERY, S'rORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products in crates or cartons suitable for storage at the site.
B. Replace items damaged in delivery,unless damage is minor and can be repaired to
match intact items, as determined by architect.
C. Store products under cover,raised above ground level, and stacked to prevent
warping aad to promote air circulation.
1. Prevent moisture from accumulating and remove saturated packaging before
products can be damaged.
Op PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacb.irers: Products of the following manufacturers,provided they comply
with requirements of the contract documents,will be among those considered
acceptable:
1. Ceco Door Products, a Division of United Dominion.
2. Steelcraft Manufacturing Company/Masco Industries.
3. E. H. Freidrich Co., Inc.
Steel Doors & Frames 08110-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
F. ASTM A 569/A 569M-91a-- Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15
Maximum, Percent), Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial Quality; 1991.
G. ASTM C 236-89(93) -- Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal
Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Guarded Hot Box; 1989
(Reapproved 1993).
H. ASTM E 90-90 -- Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne
Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions; 1990.
I. ASTM E 152-81 a-- Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies; 1981.
J. ASTM E 413-87(94) -- Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 1987
(Reapproved 1994).
K. DHI A115 Series -- Specifications for Steel Door and Frame Preparation for
Hardware; 1980-91.
L. NFPA 80 -- Standard for Fire Doors and Windows; National Fire Protection
Association; 1992 (with Errata dated October 6, 1992).
M. SDI 100-1991 --Recommended Specifications: Standard Steel Doors and Frames;
Steel Door Institute; 1991.
N. SDI 105-92 --Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames; Steel Door
Institute; 1992. •�
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product information indicating
compliance with specified requirements.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit drawings for fabrication and installation of steel doors
and flames, including the following information:
1. Details of construction,joints, and connections.
2. Details of each frame type, including anchorage.
3. Elevations of each opening type.
4. Conditions at openings, including coordination with glass and glazing
requirements.
5. Location and installation requirements of door hardware and reinforcements.
6. Schedule of openings coordinated with numbering system used in contract
documents.
C. Quality Assurance Certification: Submit manufacturer's certification that products
Steel Doors & Frames 08110-2 �""'
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 08110 - STF.E.[. DOORS AND FRANIF.S
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUNIE;vTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to the
work of this Section.
B. Section 01.010- Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies
to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Standard steel doors and frames, interior and exterior, as indicated.
2. Assemblies for fire-rated openings.
3. Special doors & frames.
B. Related Sections:
1. Wood doors for installation in steel frames: Elsewhere in Division 8.
2. Door hardware: Elsewhere in Division 8.
3. Glass and glazing: Elsewhere in Division 8.
4. Finish painting of steel doors and frames: Elsewhere in Division 9.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A 153-82(87) -- Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron
and Steel Hardware; 1982 (Reapproved 1987).
B. ASTM A 366/A 366M-91(93)--Standard Specification for Steel,Sheet, Carbon,
Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality; 1991 (Reapproved 1993).
C. ASTM A 525-93 -- Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel
Sheet, Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process; 1993.
D. ASTM A 526/A 526M-90-- Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality; 1990.
E. ASTM A 568/A 568M-93a-- Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and
High-Strength, Low-Alloy,Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements
+ ► for; 1993..
Steel Doors & Frames 08110-1
i
t
i
i
i
DIVISION 8—DOORS & WINDOWS
Steel Doors and Frames
Solid Core Flush Wood Doors
Aluminum Entrances and Store Fronts
Finish Hardware
Glazing
Ile
t
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
b. Two-part pourable urethane sealant.
C. Two-part nonsag urethane sealant for Use T.
d. One-part pourable urethane sealant.
2. Backer: Backer rod.
3. Joint shape: Concave joint configuration.
G. Joints in Interior Wet Areas:
1. Use one of the following sealants:
a. Mildew-resistant silicone sealant.
Backer: Backer rod.
3. Joint shape: Concave joint configuration.
H. Concealed Joints in Acoustical Assemblies:
1. Building areas requiring acoustic sealants in all walls.
3.06 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this
section.
END OF SECTION 07900
Joint Sealers 07900-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Clean surfaces adjacent to joints as work progresses and before sealants set using
methods and materials approved by manufacturers of sealers and of surfaces to be cleaned.
B. Protect joint sealers from contamination and damage.
C. Remove and replace damaged sealers.
3.05 SCHEDULE OF JOINT SEALERS
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated,joints around perimeter of frames, where
indicated to be sealed, are to be sealed using sealer specified for the substrate
adjacent to the frame.
B. Exterior Joints for Which No Other Sealer Is Indicated:
1. Use one of the following sealants:
a. High movement silicone sealant.
b. Medium movement silicone sealant.
c. Two-part nonsag low-modulus urethane sealant.
d. One-part nonsag urethane sealant.
e. One-part nonsag low-modulus urethane sealant.
2. Backer: Backer rod.
3. Joint shape: Concave joint configuration.
C. Interior Joints for Which No Other Sealer Is Indicated:
1. Use one of the following sealants:
a. Acrylic-emulsion latex sealant.
2. Backer: Backer rod.
3. Joint shape: Concave joint configuration.
D. Below-Grade Joints:
1. Urethane sealant for water immersion. an
2. Backer: Backer rod.
3. Joint shape: Concave joint configuration.
ow
E. Exterior Joints Well Protected from Weather and Not Subject to Movement:
1. Use one of the following sealants:
a. Acrylic sealant. -�
b. Acrylic-emulsion latex sealant.
2. Backer: Backer rod.
F. Interior Floor Joints and Pedestrian Paving Joints, Less than 1-1/2 Percent Slope:
1. Use one of the following sealants:
a. Compression gasket. ■*
Joint Sealers 07900-8 "�`
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
4. Remove loose particles by vacuuming or by blowing with oil-free
compressed air.
5. Concrete: Remove laitance and form-release coatings.
6. Clean A-type and G-type substrates by chemical or other methods which
will not damage the substrate.
7. Use methods which will not leave residues that will impair adhesion.
�s
B. Priming: Prime substrates as recommended by sealer manufacturer.
W C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to keep primers and sealers off of adjacent
surfaces which would be damaged by contact or by cleanup. Remove tape as
soon as practical.
D. Install fillers where needed to provide proper joint depth or support for sealant
backers.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with sealer manufacturers' installation instructions and recommendations,
except where more restrictive requirements are specified.
B. Gunnable and Pourable Sealants: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C
1193.
C. Sealants in Acoustical Assemblies: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C
919.
D. Backers:
1. Install backers at depth required to result in shape and depth of installed
sealant which allows the most joint movement without failure.
a. Make backers continuous,without gaps,tears, or punctures.
b. Do not stretch or twist backers.
2. If backers become wet or damp before installation of sealant, dry out
thoroughly before proceeding.
E. Sealants: Use methods recommended by manufacturer; completely fill the joint;
W make full contact with bond surfaces; tool nonsag sealants to smooth surface
eliminating air pockets.
1. Use concave joint shape shown in Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, where not
otherwise indicated.
F. Compression Gaskets: Use methods recommended by manufacturer; use as few
end joints as possible; apply adhesive just before installing gaskets;make
adhesively sealed joints at ends, corners, and intersections; install with top face
approximately 1/8 to 1/4 inch below adjoining surfaces.
Joint Sealers 07900-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2.07 SEALANT BACKERS ""
A. Backers - General: Nonstaining; recommended or approved by sealant
manufacturer for specific use. no
B. Backer Rods: Flexible, nonabsorbent, compressible polyurethane foam, either
open-cell or non-gassing closed-cell, unless otherwise restricted by sealant
manufacturer; preformed to appropriate size and shape.
2.08 MISCELLANEOLS M1IATERIALS
A. Primers: As recommended by sealer manufacturer.
B. Cleaners: As recommended by sealer manufacturer and not damaging to
substrates.
C. Masking Tape: Nonabsorbent, nonstaining.
D. Tooling Agents: Approved by sealant manufacturer; nonstaining to sealant and
substrate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints for characteristics that may affect sealer performance, including
configuration and dimensions. an
B. For compression gaskets,joints should have straight,parallel sides within proper
tolerances, free of spalls. on
C. Do not begin joint sealer work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Cleaning: Just before starting sealer installation, clean out joints in accord with
recommendations of sealer manufacturers and as follows:
1. Remove all material that could impair adhesion, including dust, dirt, -W
coatings, paint, oil, and grease. Exception: Materials tested to show
acceptable adhesion and compatibility.
2. Dry out damp and wet substrates thoroughly. -w
3. Clean M-type and 0-type substrates by suitable mechanical or chemical
methods.
Joint Sealers 07900-6 '"`
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
G. Nonsag Urethane Sealant for Use T: Type S or M, Grade NS, Class 25, Use T.
H. One-Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT..
I. One-Part Nonsag Low-Modulus Urethane Sealant: Type S, Grade NS, Class 25,
Use NT, plus movement capability.of 50 percent in both extension and
compression.
J. One-Part Pourable Urethane Sealant: Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Use T.
K. Urethane Sealant for Water Immersion: One- or two-part urethane, Grade NS,
Class 25, Use NT, specifically recommended by the manufacturer for sealing
joints immersed continuously in water.
2.03 SOLVENT-RELEASE-CURING SEALANTS
A. Acrylic Sealant: Nonsag, one-part, solvent-release-curing; complying with
ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Use NT, with the following exceptions:
, . 1. Weight loss: 15 percent, maximum.
2. Movement capability: 7-1/2 percent in both extension and compression,
minimum.
2.04 LATEX SEALANTS
A. Acrylic-Latex Emulsion Sealant: One-part, nonsag, mildew-resistant, paintable;
complying with ASTM C 834.
2.05 NONCURING SEALERS
A. Noncuring Butyl Sealant: Nondrying,nonhardening,nonskinning, nonstaining,
gunnable, synthetic rubber sealant.
B. Butyl Polyisobutylene Sealant: Noncuring,nondrying, solvent-release;
■' complying with 809.2, as described in AAMA 800.
2.06 COMPRESSION SEALS
A. Compression Gaskets: Neoprene(polychloroprene)hollow gasket; complying
with ASTM D 2628; sizes and shapes as indicated.
1. Manufacturers:
a. The D. S. Brown Company.
b. Watson Bowman Acme Corp.
Joint Sealers 07900-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
a. Pecora Corporation. •**
b. Sonneborn Building Products Division/ChemRex, Inc.
C. Tremco, Inc.
3. Acrylic solvent-release sealants:
a. Pecora Corporation.
b. Tremco, Inc.
4. Butyl sealants:
a. Pecora Corporation.
b. Tremco, Inc.
5. Acrylic-latex emulsion sealant:
a. Pecora Corporation.
b. Sonneborn Building Products Division/Chen-Rex, Inc.
2.02 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS
A. Elastomeric Sealants - General: Chemically curing elastomeric sealants of types
indicated, complying with ASTM C 920, including specific Type, Grade, Class,
and Uses indicated, as well as all other requirements specified.
1. Where movement capability exceeding that measured by ASTM C 920 is
specified, sealant shall withstand the total movement indicated while
remaining in compliance with the other requirements specified, when
tested in accord with ASTM C 719, with base joint width measured at the
time of application.
2. For M-type substrates: Comply with requirements for Use M.
3. For G-type substrates: Comply with requirements for Use G.
4. For A-type substrates: Comply with requirements for Use A.
5. For O-type substrates: Comply with requirements for Use M(minimum) an
and Use O for the particular substrate.
B. High Movement Silicone Sealant: One- or two-part, non-acid-curing, Grade NS, ,,,,
Class 25,Use NT, plus movement capability of at least 50 percent in both
extension and compression.
C. Medium Movement Silicone Sealant: One-or two-part non-acid-curing, Grade
NS, Class 25, Use NT, plus movement capability of more than 25 percent but less
than 50 percent in both extension and compression.
D. Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: One-part, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use
NT, formulated with fungicide, for interior use on nonporous substrates.
E. Two-Part Nonsag Low-Modulus Urethane Sealant: Type M, Grade NS, Class 25,
Use NT, plus movement capability of 50 percent in both extension and
compression.
F. Multipart Pourable Urethane Sealant: Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Use T.
Joint Sealers 07900-4 ""
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original containers or bundles with labels showing
manufacturer, product name or designation, color, shelf life, and installation
instructions.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install sealers if any of the following
w conditions exist:
1. Air or substrate temperature exceeds the range recommended by sealer
manufacturer or is below 40 degrees F (4.4 degrees Q.
W 2. Substrate is wet, damp, or covered with snow, ice, or frost.
B. Dimensional Limitations: Do not install sealers if joint dimensions are less than
or greater than that recommended by sealer manufacturer; notify the Architect and
get sealer manufacturer's recommendations for alternative procedures.
C. Coordination Data: Compression gasket manufacturer's requirements for joint
dimensional tolerances; provide to installers of joints to be sealed with
compression gaskets.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS - GENERAL
A. General: Provide only products which are recommended and approved by their
manufacturer for the specific use to which they are put and which comply with all
requirements of the contract documents.
1. For each generic product,use only materials from one manufacturer.
2. Provide only materials which are compatible with each other and with
joint substrates.
3. Colors of exposed sealers: As selected by the Architect from
manufacturer's full range special.
W B. Manufacturers: Products of the manufacturers listed, provided they comply with
requirements of the contract documents will be among those considered
acceptable.
1. Silicone sealants:
a. Dow Corning Corporation.
b. Pecora Corporation.
C. Tremco, Inc.
d. GE Silicones.
2. Urethane sealants:
Joint Sealers 07900-3
Expansion of Easthampton Sa%-ings Bank-
21 Locust Street
9911
S. The sealing of other joints indicated on drawings.
B. Joints of a nature similar to that of joints indicated on the schedule shall be sealed
with same sealer, whether indicated on drawings to be sealed or not. .�
C. Related Sections:
1. Glazing sealants: Division S.
2. Joint sealers in roofing work: Elsewhere in Division 7.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Substrates:
1. M-type substrates: Concrete, concrete masonry units, brick, mortar,
natural stone. The term "masonry" means brick, stone, and concrete
masonry work.
2. G-type substrates: Glass and transparent plastic glazing sheets.
3. A-type substrates: Metals, porcelain, glazed tile, and smooth plastics.
4. 0-type substrates: Wood, unglazed tile; substrates not included under
other categories.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data on each joint sealer, with instructions for
substrate preparation and installation.
B. Samples for Color Selection: Cured samples of actual products showing
manufacturer's full range of colors. (Products exposed to view only.) .,
C. Certificates: For each sealer,provide manufacturer's certificate stating that the
product complies with the specifications and is appropriate for the use it is being .R
put to.
D. Installer's Preconstruction Inspection Report: List all conditions detrimental to
performance of joint sealer work.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE �^
A. Installer Qualifications:
1. Execution of at least 25 sealer installations of similar size and scope.
2. Similar installations completed within 3 years before start of this project.
3. Lead mechanic assigned from among those experienced on previous
similar projects. *^
Joint Sealers 07900-2 .�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division— 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
B. Section 0 10 10 — Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies
to this section.
r. 1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. The sealing of joints indicated on schedule at the end of this section.
2. The sealing of exterior joints, including:
a. Exterior of building joints.
b. Wall control joints.
C. Panel joints, concrete slab joints.
3. The sealing of protected, nonmoving joints, including:
• a. Around perimeter of all louvers and mechanical items on the face
of exterior walls.
b. Joints around perimeter of aluminum and hollow metal frames.
C. As a bed under all exterior thresholds.
4. The sealing of interior joints, including:
a. Wall joints.
b. Joints around perimeter of frames.
C. Joints between countertops and walls.
d. Interior face of control joints.
e. Around perimeter of all bank equipment
f. Control joints in gypsum wallboard, or where gypsum wallboard
abuts other materials.
g. All other miscellaneous interior non-traffic locations requiring sealant.
5. The sealing of joints in interior wet areas, including:
a. Toilet rooms.
6. The sealing of concealed joints in sound-retardant assemblies, including:
a. Around all outlet boxes and penetrations in walls.
b. As a bed for top and bottom stud runners, and door
C. All other miscellaneous locations requiring acoustic sealant, as
indicated on Drawings.
7. The sealing of joints in floors and pedestrian paving.
Joint Sealers 07900-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Repair or replace work which is damaged or deface, as directed by the Architect.
B. Remove from sheet metal surfaces any debris or substances which will inhibit
uniform weathering.
3.52 .ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, for Alternates, as they affect this
section.
,0
END OF SECTION 07530
an
am
Roofing and Sheet Metal Work 07530-4 ""
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
D. All areas stained, dirtied, and discolored or otherwise damaged due to the ork shall
be cleaned, restored and replaced as required.
P-kRT 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. As required to patch existing roofing system
B. Downspouts, Leader Head and Boot
1. Fabricate from pre-finished aluminum sheet: ASTM B 209, manufacturer's
standard alloy and temper for indicated applications.
a. Minimum thickness: 16B & S gauge(0.0503 inch), unless indicated
otherwise.
b. Finish: Aluminum clear coat
2. Form sheet metal to profile dimensions indicated free from distortions and
defects detrimental to watertight system.
a. Seam and seal metal joints except for joints indicated by SMACNA
to be welded.
3. Downspout to be 4" x 4".
4. Downspout Supports: Straps, top, midway and bottom of downspout.
Transition boot fabricate to fit existing C.I. pipe
PART 3 - EXRCIITION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions under which product of this section are to be
installed and verify that work may properly commence. Do not proceed with the
work until unsatisfactory conditions have been fully resolved.
1. Verify that nailers,blocking, and other attachment as installed
3.02 PREPERATION
A. Verify shapes and dimensions of scrupper before fabricating sheet mental.
B. Isolate dissimilar metals by means of a heavy bituminous coating, approved paint
coating.
■ 3.03 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with sheet metal manufacturer's installation methods and
recommendations in the SMACNA"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual".
Roofing and Sheet Metal Work 07530-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
` 911
2. Dimensioned shop drawings which shall include:
a. profile details of scrupper and downspouts.
1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. All products delivered to the job site shall be in the original unopened containers or
wrappings.
.«
B. Membrane rolls shall be stored lying down, and fully protected from moisture.
C. All flammable materials shall be stored in a cool, dry area away from sparks and
open flames. Follow precautions outlined on containers or supplied by material
manufacturer/supplier.
am
1.07 JOB CONDITIONS
A. All work shall be scheduled and executed without exposing the interior building .R
areas to the effects of inclement weather. The building and its contents shall be
protected against all risks, and any damages shall be repaired or replaced. All .R
exterior lighting and paved areas shall be protected from damage.
B. All patches to receive insulation shall be thoroughly dry. Should excessive surface ,n
moisture occur, the Contractor shall provide the necessary equipment to dry the
surface prior to application.
C. All new and temporary construction, including equipment and accessories, shall be
secured against wind blow-off or damage.
D. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection and barriers to segregate the
work area and to prevent damage to adjacent areas.
,n
E. The contractor shall follow all safety regulations as required by OSHA and any
other applicable authorities having jurisdiction.
F. The contractor shall verify that all roof drain lines are functioning correctly(not
clogged or blocked)before starting work.
1.08 CLEAN-UP
A. Site clean-up including both interior and exterior buildings areas below or adjacent AM
to, or in any way affected by the construction shall be complete and to the
Architect's/Owner's satisfaction.
B. All landscaped areas shall be raked clean and reseeded, if required.
C. All paved areas shall be swept clean.
Roofing and Sheet Metal Work 07530-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank-
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 07530- ROOFING: SHEET METAL WORK
PART 1 - GENF.RAl,
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary" Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to the work of this section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
"' this section.
1.02 INTENT
A. The Contractor under this section shall furnish all labor, materials, appliances,
temporary protection, tools and equipment required for patching existing roofing
and sheet metal work, complete in accordance with this section of the specifications
and applicable drawings and subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, and
in accordance with good sheet metal and roofing practices.
1.03 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish and install items of roofing, roof insulation and sheet metal work shown on
plans and described herein, including but not limited to the following:
1. Insulation required to patch existing.
2. Roofing required to patch existing.
3. Sheet metal work,including flashings,down spouts and leader head and
miscellaneous flashing.
4. Fasteners
5. Pitch pockets.
6. Sealants and adhesives.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Roofing subcontractor must be approved applicator to perform any modifications to
the existing roof system.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data: submit:
1. Complete materials list of all items proposed to be furnished and installed under
this section.
Roofing and Sheet Metal Work 07530-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1. Comply with membrane manufacturer's recommendations for installation of
membrane as vapor retarder in application indicated.
2. Install vapor retarder in a manner which will maximize continuity of
protection against vapor transmission. Extend membrane tightly and
uniformly to building framing and to other objects (pipes, electrical boxes,
etc.) impinging on the plane of the membrane.
3. Install vapor retarder on warm side of insulation unless otherwise indicated.
4. Locate membrane joints over framing members or solid
substrates. Seal overlapping joints, butt joints, and fastener penetrations.
5. If tears or punctures occur, repair them immediately using suitable
procedures to restore integrity of membrane.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed materials from damage until permanent-concealing work is
completed.
B. Where concealing work is not performed immediately after installation work of this
section is completed, erect suitable temporary coverings or enclosures to prevent
damage.
3.05 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 07210
Building Insulation 07210-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
4. Foamed plastic insulation: Coordinate installation as necessary with work
specified elsewhere to ensure that insulation is concealed promptly after
installation.
5. Extruded polystyrene insulation:
a. Where indicated, provide continuous insulation layer capable of
functioning as an airtight vapor retarder. Form tight seals between
adjacent insulation boards and where insulation boards meet
protrusions, by applying mastic sealer on edges of each unit as it is
installed. Fill any voids in completed installation with mastic sealer.
b. Foundation installation: Provide installation capable of sustaining
subsequent construction work without damage or displacement.
(1) Adhesive: Use insulation manufacturer's recommended
adhesive to attach insulation boards to foundation. Maximize
contact between board surface and substrate.
C. Under-slab installation: Do not install insulation before compaction
of subgrade is verified. Provide installation capable of sustaining
subsequent construction work without damage or displacement.
E. Insulation Blankets/Batts:
1. Install properly sized blanketsibatts conforming to indicated spacings of
framing members.
2. Cut insulation neatly as required to fit tightly around obstructions.
3. Where installing insulation in exterior stud framing for fascias, or similar
locations that are exposed to the weather, limit the work to only that which
can be covered by sheathing or similar covering as the work proceeds.
a. Co-ordinate the timing of the work with other trades who are
providing a permanent covering,to insure that the insulation does not
become wet or damaged. The insulation must be continually
protected as the work proceeds during the entire installation.
4. Faced insulation: Place insulation with facing oriented toward warm side of
construction, unless otherwise indicated. Maintain ventilation spaces. If
tears or punctures occur, repair them immediately using suitable procedures
to restore integrity of membrane.
5. Application: Metal-framed construction:
a. Unfaced insulation: Friction-fit insulation between framing
members.
b. Foil-scrim-kraft-faced insulation:
(1) Lapped-flange installation: Lap blanket/batt flange over
flange of adjacent blanket/batt on face of framing members to
provide airtight installation. Follow insulation
manufacturer's recommended procedure to form airtight joints
where blanket/batt contacts objects such as pipes, conduits,
electrical boxes, etc.
F. Vapor Retarder:
Building Insulation 07210-5
IN IN I
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
99i
PART 3 - EXECUTION -*
3.01 E.VXMINATION
..
A. Verify that conditions conform to requirements of contract documents.
B. Verify that related work to be performed within indicated spaces before installation
of insulation has been completed.
C. Verify that substrates are in satisfactory condition to receive insulation.
1. Masonry substrates: Verify that masonry materials have dried sufficiently
and have attained optimum moisture content.
D. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Commencement of installation indicates acceptance of conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of any substances which might damage materials to be installed.
B. Remove harmful projections capable of puncturing vapor retarder.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Do not install insulation which is damaged, wet, soiled, or which has been covered
at any time with ice or snow.
B. Comply with insulation manufacturer's recommendations and installation sequence.
Provide permanent placement and support of insulation.
C. Install materials in a manner which will maximize continuity of thermal envelope.
Use a single layer of insulation wherever possible to achieve indicated requirements,
unless otherwise indicated.
D. Insulation Boards:
1. Cut insulation neatly as required to fit tightly around obstructions. -R
2. Install boards as indicated. Butt board edges and ends tightly. Form solid
joints where insulation boards meet protrusions and between adjacent boards.
Stagger joints. ..�
3. Cavity-wall installation: Install properly sized boards conforming to
spacings of through-wall reinforcement.
a. Where installing against steel spandrel beams, use impaling pins or ,.
adhesive as required.
b. Adhesive: Apply insulation manufacturer's recommended adhesive
to contact face of boards to produce permanent bond with substrate.
Press boards firmly against substrate. Maximize contact bedding.
Building Insulation 07210-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Provide manufacturer's standard preformed insulation units, sized for proper fit in
indicated applications.
B. Glass Fiber Insulation-Blanket/Batt:
1. Unfaced blanket,,batt: Type I (ASTNI C 665), passing ASTNI E 136
combustion test requirements.
a. Used as thermal insulation between stud framing.
b. Use for thermal and sound insulation above ceilings, in all interior
partitions, and in other miscellaneous locations as indicated on
Drawings. -
C. Used as thermal insulation fill in joints, gaps in exterior walls.
2. Foil-scrim-kraft faced blanket/batt with flanges: Type III, Class A (ASTM C
665); blanket/batt exclusive of facing must pass ASTM E 136 combustion
test requirements.
a. Use in between stud framing in exterior walls and soffits, as indicated
on Drawings.
3. Thickness to fit wall studs and 9 ''/z" over ceilings.
4. Products of the following manufacturers, provided they comply with
requirements of the contract documents, will be among those considered
acceptable:
a. Certain Teed Corporation.
b. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation.
D. Vapor Retarder:
1. Polyethylene film, in all locations where glass fiber insulation is installed
above ceilings; install between ceiling and insulation.
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide accessories as necessary to properly install specified products.
1. Adhesive: Insulation manufacturer's recommended adhesive, complying
with fire performance requirements.
2. Mastic sealer: Insulation manufacturer's recommended mastic sealer for
application on board edges during installation, and for filling voids.
3. Screens to be used with loose granular insulation: Provide suitable screens
of bronze or stainless steel,properly sized and designed to permanently
maintain drainage and ventilation openings.
4. Impaling clips and pins: Insulation manufactures recommended devices, as
required where installing to curtain wall framing or steel. Include all
miscellaneous sheet metal shields, angles, or channels.
Building Insulation 07210-3
no
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street '"
9911
G. ASTM E 119-88 -- Standard Test ;%Iethods for Fire Tests of Building Construction
and %Iaterials; 1988.
H. AST%l E 814-94 -- Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-
Penetration Fire
Stops; 1994.
I. Fire Resistance Directory; underwriters Laboratories Inc.; 1994.
J. FM P7825 -- Approval Guide 1992; Factory Mutual System; 1992 (with supplement
I).
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. Thermal Resistivity (r-value): The temperature difference in degrees F between the
two surfaces of a material exactly 1 inch thick, required to make 1 Btu of energy
flow through 1 square foot of the material in 1 hour.
B. Thermal Resistance (R-value): The temperature difference in degrees F between the
two surfaces of a material of given thickness, required to make I Btu of energy flow
through 1 square foot of the material in 1 hour.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit for each product specified in this section.
B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Obtain and submit manufacturer's instructions for
installation of products in specific applications indicated for this project. If
preprinted instructions do not clearly establish installation procedures applicable to
project conditions, submit manufacturer's instructions prepared specifically for this
proj ect.
1. Include instructions for examination, preparation, and protection of adjacent
work.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firm regularly engaged in manufacturing of products
specified in this section and whose products have been in satisfactory use under
similar service conditions for not less than 5 years.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Foamed Plastic Insulation: Minimize period between product delivery and actual
installation. Protect against exposure to flame, sparks, or excessive heat. Minimize
exposure to sunlight.
Building Insulation 07210-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to the work of this Section.
B. Section 0 10 10 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
a
A. Section Includes:
1. Glass fiber blanket/batt.
2. Sound insulation.
B. Related Sections:
1. Aluminum Store Front Assemblies: Division 8.
2. Gypsum drywall assemblies: Division 9.
3. Acoustical Tile Lay-in Ceiling: Division 9.
4. Mechanical system insulation: Division 15.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C 549-81(86) -- Standard Specification for Perlite Loose Fill Insulation;
1981 (Reapproved 1986).
B. ASTM C 578-92 -- Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal
Insulation; 1992.
C. ASTM C 612-93 -- Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board
Thermal Insulation; 1993.
D. ASTM C 665-91 -- Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal
Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing; 1991.
E. ASTM E 84-91 a-- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials; 1991.
F. ASTM E 136-93d-- Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical
Tube Furnace at 750 Degrees C; 1993.
Building Insulation 07210-1
1
1
1
1
7
1
1
1
DIVISION 7—THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION
Building Insulation
Roofing&Sheet Metal Work
Joint Sealers
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
B. Clean, lubricate and adjust hardware.
C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied
finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to
manufacturer and Installer, that ensures that woodwork is being without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
3.05 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
*" END OF SECTION 06410
OR
Custom Cabinetwork 06410-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Strut
PART 3 - F.NFCI�TION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation aeas
before installing.
B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for
completion and complete work as required, including back priming and remo%al of
packing.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for same
grade specified in Part 2 of this section for type of woodwork involved.
B Install woodwork plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as
required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8'-0" for plumb
and level (including tops) and with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces.
C. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates.
Secure to ground, striping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and
blind nailing as required for a complete installation. Except where prefinished
marching fastener heads are required, use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, ..R
countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish where
transparent finish is indicated.
D. Cabinets; Install without distortion so that doors and drawers At openings properly
and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in
openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Anchor tops securely; install *�*
tops level,within 1/8 inch in 8 feet. Complete the installation of hardware and
accessory items as indicated.
E. Complete the finishing work specified in this section to whatever extent not
completed at shop or before installation of woodwork.
B. Cork Board: Apply cork board to cabinets indicated using adhesive as
recommended by cork board manufacturer. Miter outside corners.
3.03 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible to eliminate defects
functionally and visually; where not possible to repair,replace woodwork. Adjust
joinery for uniform appearance.
Custom Cabinetwork 06410-8 """
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
991t
thickness).
b. Vertical Surfaces: GP-50 (0.050 inch nominal thickness).
C. Edges: GP-50 (0.050 inch nominal thickness).
2.08 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with
architectural cabinets.
B. Exposed hardware finishes: For exposed hardware, finish shall be polished brass.
C. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish.
D. Cabinet Hardware Scheduler
1. Cabinet hardware required for architectural cabinets. Architect to select
from list as follows:
a. Hinges: Blum Clip 170
b. Drawer slides: Blum 230 M
C. Brenson 96 MM
d. Shelf rests: Blum 340040
e. Cam locks Kenstan Disk Tumbler all doors and drawers
!! f. Pulls: Stanley No. 4477
g. Hinges: Stanley No, 332
h. Grommet: SRE called for by plastic Industries, Woodridge,NJ
i. Catches: Magnetic type—Stanley No. 46 Two sides—Drawer slide
j. Knape and Vogt No. 1300
k. Drawer Guides: As required
1. Walk track KV 87,Bracket 187 length to match shelf depth.
M. Adjustable Shelf Supports: End supports—Knape and Vogt No. 255
Standard(1/2"increments);with No. 256 brackets.
2.09 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS
A. Screws: Select material,type,size and finish required for each use. Comply with
FS FF-S-111 for applicable requirements.
B. Nails: Select material,type, size and finish required for each use. Comply with FS
FF-N-105 for applicable requirements.
D. Anchors: Select material,type, size and finish required by each substrate for secure
anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts on
„ indeed face of exterior was and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance.
Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors.
Furnish inserts and anchors, as required,to be set into concrete or masonry work for
subsequent woodwork anchorage.
Custom Cabinetwork 06410-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. Doors:
1. All unnumbered cabinet doors shall be '/4 solid core plywood with plastic
laminated on all faces and edges.
D. Fixed and adjustable shelves: Plastic laminated covered.
1. All locations shall be 3/4" plywood, solid hardwood edge bands at fixed
location adjustable shelves; wood front edges, laminate all other edges. Face
Of grain running long way of shelf. Depth of shelves shall be the full width
of the cabinets.
2. Open shelving shall be plywood with solid rabbet; hardwood ledge bands all
four edges. Face grain shall be run the long way of the shelf.
3. Partitions same as shelving. go
4. Toe space: 4" high; 3 1/16" recessed.
2.06 KITCHENETTE CABINETS
no
A. Fabricate and install base and wall cabinets for Kitchenette in the following areas
1. Employee Lounge.
B. Cabinet shall be fabricated as follows:
1. Solid plywood plastic laminate covered
2. Unexposed framing, sub top, tack and cleats fabricate from hardwood.
3. Drawer and door: solid plywood plastic laminate covered.
4. Shelf bottoms to be 1/4"plywood with plastic laminate covered •
5. Close back with V4'plywood.
6. Shop Drawings required.
2.07 LAMINATE CLAB CABINETS (PLASTIC-COVERED CASEWORK
A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 its Division 400B "Laminate
Clab Cabinets".
B. Grade: Premium. ..
C. AWI Type,of cabinet Construction: Reveal overlay.
D: Laminate Cladding: High pressure decorative laminate complying with the
following requirements:
1. Colors,patterns and finishes: Provide materials and products that result in
colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the
following requirements:
2. Laminate Grade for Exposed Surfaces: Provide laminate cladding ...
complying with the following requirements for type of surface and grade
(exposed surfaces shall include back of drawer and back of door faces).
a. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: GP-50(0.050 inch nominal
Custom Cabinetwork 06410-6 """
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank-
21 Locust Street
9911
5. Submit manufacturer's instructions on fabrication and installation.
6. Submit case and maintenance of product.
7. Use joint adhesive and joint filler as recommended by manufacturer.
a. Joint to be submitted with Shop Drawing.
8. Allow for expansion and contraction as required by manufacturer.
9. Thickness shall be %2" thick x length and widths shown.
10. Laminate layer for thickness required.
2.04 FABRICATION, GENERAL:
A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard
for moisture content of lumber in relation to relative humidity conditions existing
during time of fabrication and in installation areas.
B. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles and details indicated.
C. Complete fabrications, including assembly, finishing and hardware applications,
before shipment to project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble
components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for
fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming and fitting.
" D. Factory-cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances,
plumbing fixtures, electrical work and similar items. Locate openings accurately
and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped
openings. Smooth edges of cutouts, and where located in countertops and similar
exposures, seal edges of cutouts with a water-resistant coating; and paint two (2)
coats, color to be selected. Including 2"grommets in Teller line and Check desks;
color to be selected.
2.05 CABINET WORK
A. Notes apply to all file cabinets,counters,cabinets and shelving(open and closed).
B. Countertops:
1. Install on top of all base cabinets(open and closed).
a. Install countertops,back and end splashes 4"high, all locations
against vertical surfaces,1/4"plywood with plastic laminate on top
face and at all exposed edges.
(1) Counter edge shall be 1 %z"or as shown with plastic laminate
face. Teller line front and back, Sit Down Teller, and Check
Writing Desk install counter top avonite edges size as
indicated.
(2) Counter edge at work top shall have 2 x 2 x 1/4"angle with
apron board as detailed.
Custom Cabinetwork 06410-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
S. Hardwood: Grade in accordance with National Hardwood Lumber
Association grading riles.
9. For transparent finish, use only solid pieces of lumber; WM 4 N-grade.
W. Moisture content: Not greater than that required by applicable grading
rules; provide kiln-dried lumber.
11. Provide lumber dressed on all exposed faces, unless otherwise indicated.
12. Do not use twisted, warped, bowed, or otherwise defective lumber.
13. Sizes indicated are nominal, unless otherwise indicated.
14. Do not mark or color lumber, except where such marking will be
concealed in finish work. ..
15. Fire-retardant treated lumber: Pressure-treated using treatment materials
indicated, complying with AWPA C20, kiln-dried to specified moisture
content after treatment using methods which will not discolor, warp, or
otherwise impair appearance.
a. For lumber to be milled after treatment, use only treated products
listed by testing agency for milling after treatment; comply with
milling restrictions of testing agency.
b. Maintain moisture content required, before and after treatment.
C. Mark materials only with testing agency's removable paper
marking, unless marking will be concealed when installed.
d. Do not use treated lumber that is discolored or does not meet .,
requirements of the woodworking standard.
16. Plywood: Types, grades and cored as indicated.
a. Comply with applicable requirements of AWI Section 200. ..
b. Hardwood veneer plywood: Comply with HPVA HP-1993.
C. Decorative softwood veneer plywood: Comply with HPVA HP-
1993. .�
d. Fire-retardant,particleboard-core plywood: Untreated
e. Plywood shall be 3/4"thick unless indicated on drawings as follows:
(1) For plastic laminate backing: Grade AA INT-APA, Group **
2,Fir.
(2) All shelving 3/4"Grade AA INT-APA Group @ Fir.
(3) Provide 1' x V sample for Architect's approval prior to any
fabrication.
(4) Plywood for teller front and back counter. Fabricate with
min. 1/4" layered or %' plywood. For polyester surface
make up thickness required with plywood layer.
2.03 POLYESTER/ACRYLIC SOLID SURFACING
A. Provide and install avonite where shown on cabinetwork.
1. Rout edges to contour shown.
2. Submit sample of color selected 12"sq. of each color.
3. Submit installer qualifications.
4. Submit Shop Drawings of work.
Custom Cabinetwork 06410-4 ""
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank-
21 Locust Street
9911
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE MANUFACTURERS:
A. High-Pressure Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD 3.
1. Grades and thicknesses as indicated..
a. All plastic laminate shall be fire-rated grade, with a minimum class
II rating in accordance with ATSM-ES4 as follows:
(1) Smoke developed: Not greater than 450.
(2) Flame Spread: Not greater than 75.
2. Manufacturers: Provide products complying with requirements of the
contract documents and made by Nevamar Corp.
2.02 WOOD MATERIALS
+!* A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI
woodworking standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade indicated.
B. Types:
1. Hardwood Trim: Plain sawn maple, hard-select, white (sapwood)
manufactured to sized and patterns profile shown, from select First Grade
White (Sapwood) Lumber(NHLA); complying with following grade
requirements of referenced woodworking standard, for quality of materials
and manufacture.
2. Hardwood plywood panels complying with applicable requirements of PS
51 for species and grade of face veneers and backing, adhesive, construction,
thickness,panel size and finish.
a. Face Veneer Species: Plain sliced Maple. Premium(Grade AWI).
b. Thickness: 3/4 inch.
C. Panel Size: 48"x 96"and 48"x 120"
d. Face Pattern: flush,no grooves,pre-manufactured sets reduced.
e. Finish: as scheduled.
f. Furnish 1' x 1' sample for Architect's approval prior to fabrication.
3. Softwood shall be all clear western hard pine,permissible range of moisture
content 5%to 10%, average moisture content 7%kiln dried. Provide 1"x
6"x l'-0"sample for Architect's approval.
4. Cabinet lumber: Species and grade as specified in woodworking standard,
unless otherwise indicated.
5 Comply with applicable requirements of AWI Section 100.
6. Moisture content at time of fabrication: Not greater than optimum
moisture content as specified in woodworking standard.
7. Softwood: Comply with NIST PS 20 and grade in accordance with the
grading rules of the grading and inspection agency applicable to the
species.
Custom Cabinetwork 06410-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
D. Hardware:
I. Product data.
2. One sample of each type.
3. Samples showing each finish on each item of hardware exposed to view.
E. Eire-Retardant Treatment Materials:
1. Product data.
2. Treating plant's certification that treatment complies with specified
requirements.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single-Source Manufacturing and Installation Responsibility: Engage a qualified
Manufacturer to assume undivided responsibility for woodwork specified in this
section, including fabrication, finishing and installation.
B. AWI Quality Standard: Comply with applicable requirements of"Architectural
Woodwork Quality Standards"published by the Architectural Woodwork Institute
(AWI) except as otherwise indicated.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery storage and handling to prevent damage,
soilage and deterioration.
B. Do not deliver woodwork until painting,wet work, grinding and similar operations
that could damage, soil or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation •�
areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in
areas whose environmental conditions meet requirements specified in"Project
Conditions". ..
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Conditions: Obtain and comply with Woodwork Manufacturer's
and Installer's coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions
or woodwork during its storage and installation. Do not install woodwork until "
these conditions have been attained and stabilized within plus or minus 1.0 percent
of optimum moisture content from date of installation through remainder of
construction period.
B. Field measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other
construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field
measurements before manufacturing woodwork; show recorded measurements on
final shop drawings. Coordinate manufacturing schedule with construction progress
to avoid delay of work.
Custom Cabinetwork 06410-2 ""
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 06410 - CUSIONT CABINETWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
V 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division - 1 Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cabinet work and wood work(Teller Line, Back Counter, Check Desk)
2. Laminate clad cabinets (plastic-covered).
3. Cabinet tops, countertops (plastic-covered).
4. Wood trim.
5. Filler panel(plastic-covered).
6. Kitchenette wall and base cabinets.
7. Wall caps plastic laminated.
S. Polyester/Acrylic solid surfaces and moldings
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 5—Metal Fabrications
2. Division 6—Section-Rough Carpentry for furring,blocking, and other
carpentry work that is not exposed to view.
3. Division 6—Section-Finish Carpentry.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Plans and elevations; details at a large scale; show location of each
item,identify'components used, and indicate method of attachment.
1. Show,field measurements.
B. Lumber: Samples of each species and cut; 1 inch by 12 inch long pieces.
C. Plastic Laminate:
1. Product data.
2. Samples for selection: Manufacturer's full color and pattern range.
3. Certification of fire rating and classification.
Custom Cabinetwork 06410-1
am
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
3.06 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this
section.
END OF SECTION 06200
.R
Finish Carpentry 06200-8 *'
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. ylakejoints neatly, with uniform appearance.
D. Install woodwork incorrect location. plumb and level, without rack or warp.
1. Where adjoining surfaces are flush, install with maximum 1/16-inch
o ffset.
?. Where adjoining surfaces are separated by a reveal, install with maximum
1,S-inch offset.
3. Install cabinetry with no variation in flushness of adjoining surfaces.
E. Conceal all shims.
a�
F. Cut woodwork precisely to fit.
G. Touch-up shop finishes at field cuts.
H. Secure woodwork to blocking or use anchors indicated.
1. Where anchorage method is not indicated, conceal all fasteners where
possible.
2. Where exposed nailing is required or indicated use finishing nails,
countersink, and fill.
3. Use matching, prefinished fastener heads where indicated.
I. Fire Retardant-Treated Wood: Fabricate and install as recommended by treatment
manufacturer and within limitations of fire retardant listing.
J. Repair damaged and defective woodwork to eliminate visual and functional
defects; where repair is not possible, replace woodwork.
K. Standing and Running Trim: Use longest pieces available and as few joints as
possible.
1. Stagger joints in built-up trim members.
2. Use diagonal (scarfed)joints in lengths of trim.
!!� 3. Cope or miter at inside corners and miter at outside corners; fit tightly.
4. Allowed variation in plumb and level: Not more than 1/8 inch in 8 feet.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust and,lubricate cabinet hardware for smooth operation.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces.
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Protect woodwork from damage and maintain design environmental conditions.
Finish Carpentry 06200-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank-
')I Locust Street
9911 -■
2. Except where indicated otherwise, all closet poles shall be supported by
continuous wood cleats fastened to walls and by Stanley 19-2998 support .v
brackets (a-,) maximum Y-0" on center.
H. Other items: As indicated. No
2.05 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate in sizes and shapes indicated and using details indicated.
B. Complete fabrication and assembly in shop.
1. Ease edges of solid lumber members where indicated, using:
a. 1/16-inch radius for members 1 inch or less nominal thickness.
b. 1/8-inch radius for members more than 1 inch nominal thickness.
2. Disassemble units if too large for convenient shipping or installation.
3. Edges and trim to be scribed to fit may be left loose.
4. For applied fixtures and fittings, cut openings in shop.
5. For field-applied hardware, drill mounting holes in shop.
C. Where woodwork is indicated to be field finished, sand smooth, fill nail holes,
clean thoroughly, and otherwise prepare for finishing.
D. Prepare for finishing in accordance with woodworking standard.
E. Standing and Running Trim: Miter exposed ends of members to match profile.
1. Rout out backs of flat members over 2 inches wide, except at exposed
ends.
2. Kerf backs of flat members over inches wide, except at exposed ends.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Verify that blocking and backings have been installed at appropriate locations for ..
anchorage.
B. If shop-fabricated items are not fully fabricated, complete fabrication. ..
3.02 INSTALLATION- GENERAL
A. Do not begin installation of interior woodwork until potentially damaging
construction operations are complete in the installation area.
B. Field Joinery: Comply with requirements of the woodworking standard for shop
joinery.
Finish Carpentry 06200-6 '*
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Banff:
21 Locust Street
9911
>. Decorati�-e softwood veneer ply%%ood: Comply with HPVA HP-199".
4. Fire-retardant, particleboard-core plywood: Untreated veneer faces on
Fire-retardant treated particleboard; maximum flame spread rating of 25.
>. Fire-retardant, veneer-core plywood: Pressure-treated with treatment
materials indicated, in accordance with AWPA C27; maximum flame
spread rating of 25; kiln-dried after treatment to maximum 15 percent
moisture content; complying with other applicable specification
requirements.
6. Plywood in concealed locations: Comply with NBS PS 1, Grade C
minimum.
7. Face grade for application of laminates: Grade A, minimum.
C. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, M-2, or better; exterior glue when used in counters
with sinks.
D. Fire-Retardant Particleboard: Unfinished and unfaced panels manufactured with
fire retardant, not treated after manufacture; with maximum flame spread of 25.
E. Medium Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Product Class MD..
2.03 WOOD TREATMENTS
A. Fire-Retardant Treatment: Use only treatment materials that will not bleed or
bloom or be detrimental to applied finishes.
1. Use only organic resin-type treatment.
2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Wood Filler for Transparent Finish Woodwork: Match final fipish color.
B. Accessories, Adhesives, Etc. for Fire-Retardant Assemblies: As required by
classification or listing. .
C. Fasteners: Style, size, material, and finish as required for the purpose.
D. Where manufacturer or product names are indicated, other products will be
considered for substitution.
E. Finishes on exposed hardware: Comply with BHMA A156.18.
1. Polished Brass US 3.
F. Concealed hardware: Manufacturer's standard finish, complying with applicable
requirements of BHMA A156.9.
G. Closet poles: Stanley#V7052 1" diameter coat pole with end sockets in all coat
closets.
1. Closet poles shall be steel with zinc finish.
Finish Carpentry 06200-5
Expansion of Easthampton Saeings Bank
21 Locust Street
9011 ..
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 WOODWORK
A. All woodwork:
1. Maximum flame spread: 75 Maximum
B. Finish as indicated on drawing and finish schedules. *!�
2.02 WOOD MATERI aLS
A. Lumber: Species and grade as indicated; lumber ready for installation shall
comply with VvM 4, "General Requirements For Wood Molding," Wood Molding
and Millwork Producers (WMMP).
1. Comply with applicable requirements of AWI Section 100.
2. Moisture content at time of fabrication: Not greater than optimum
moisture content as specified in woodworking standard.
3. Softwood: Comply with NIST PS 20 and grade in accordance with the
grading rules of the grading and inspection agency applicable to the
species.
4. Hardwood: Grade in accordance with National Hardwood Lumber
Association grading rules.
5. For transparent finish, use only solid pieces of lumber; WM 4 N-grade.
6. Moisture content: Not greater than that required by applicable grading
rules; provide kiln-dried lumber.
7. Provide lumber dressed on all exposed faces, unless otherwise indicated. ..
8. Do not use twisted, warped, bowed, or otherwise defective lumber.
9. Sizes indicated are nominal, unless otherwise indicated.
10. Do not mark or color lumber, except where such marking will be
concealed in finish work.
11. Fire-retardant treated lumber: Pressure-treated using treatment materials .�
indicated, complying with AWPA C20, kiln-dried to specified moisture
content after treatment using methods which will not discolor, warp, or
otherwise impair appearance.
a. For lumber to be milled after treatment, use only treated products
listed by testing agency for milling after treatment; comply with
milling restrictions of testing agency.
b. Maintain moisture content required,before and after treatment.
C. Mark materials only with testing agency's removable paper
marking, unless marking will be concealed when installed.
d. Do not use treated lumber that is discolored or does not meet
requirements of the woodworking standard.
B. Plywood: Types, grades, and cores as indicated.
1. Comply with applicable requirements of AWI Section 200.
2. Hardwood veneer plywood: Comply with HPVA HP-1993.
Finish Carpentry 06200-4 ..
go Expansion of Easthampton Sa%imgs Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
B. Where contract documents indicate requirements that are less restricti�e than the
%�oodworking standard, comply with the minimum requirements of the
«oodworking standard.
C. Fabricator Qualifications:
1. All %vork of this section shall be fabricated by a single firm.
D. Standard for Testing Fire-Retardant yaterials: Where fire-retardant wood% ork is
indicated, provide products which, Mien tested in accordance with AST.%t E S-1,
have maximum flame spread as indicated and maximum smoke developed of 450.
1. Acceptable testing agencies:
a. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL).
2. All plastic laminate shall be fire retardant.
3. Provide fire retardant wood products where a fire retardant rating is
required, if indicated under the cabinetwork and/or woodwork item
description.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials for interior woodwork indoors in air-conditioned spaces
maintained within design temperature and humidity range.
B. Deliver inserts and anchors required to be built into concrete or masonry before
start of construction of these substrates.
C. Treated Wood Products: Handle and store as recommended by treatment
manufacturer.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Maintain final design temperature and humidity in areas where
woodwork is installed.
B. Fit woodwork to actual construction. Take field measurements before fabricating
woodwork.
C. Coordinate installation of woodwork with other work to avoid damage.
D. Coordination Data:
1. Furnish locations and types of all blocking and other anchors to be built
into substrates to installers of such work.
2. Furnish treatment manufacturer's instructions for fabrication, handling,
storage, installation, and finishing of treated wood materials to fabricators
and installers.
�, Finish Carpentry 06200-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
E. AWPA C20-91 -- Structural Lumber--Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure
Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 1991.
F. AWPA C27-91 -- Plywood--Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes;
American Wood-Preservers' Association; 1991.
G. BH%IA A 156.9-1994 -- American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware;
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 1994. *■
H. BHMA A156.18-1987 -- American National Standard for Materials and Finishes;
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 1987.
L HPVA HP-1993 -- Interim Voluntary Standard for Hardwood and Decorative
Plywood; Hardwood Plywood and Veneer Association; 1993.
J. NBS PS 1-83 -- Construction and Industrial Plywood; U.S. Department of
Commerce/National Bureau of Standards; 1984.
K. NIST PS 20-94 -- American Softwood Lumber Standard; U.S. Department of
Commerce/National Institute of Standards and Technology; 1994.
L. NEMA LD 3-1991 -- High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; National Electrical
Manufacturers Association; 1991.
M. Rules for the Measurement & Inspection of Hardwood & Cypress; National
Hardwood Lumber Association; 1994.
N. WM 4 - General Requirements For Wood Molding; Wood Molding and Millwork
Producers (WMMP); 1985 (part of WM 7-88).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Plans and elevations; details at a large scale; show location of
each item, identify components used, and indicate method of attachment.
1. Show field measurements.
B. Lumber: Samples of each species and cut; 1 inch by 12 inch long pieces.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality of Materials and Workmanship: Provide woodwork that complies with
requirements of"Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards," published by
Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) (hereinafter referred to as
"woodworking standard").
Finish Carpentry 06200-2 ""
Expansion of Easthampton Sa%in,rs Bank-
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drava ings and general pro%isions of Contract, including General and
S Lipp lementary Conditions and Di%ision-1 Specification sections, apply to the
work of this section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, and Phasing of Project
applies to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Standing/running trim.
a. All miscellaneous wood trim and moldings, as shown on
Drawings.
2. Closet poles and shelving.
3. Wall cap reveals/spacers.
4. Reveal/spacer for aluminum framing.
5. Cutting and modifying existing counter and shelving.
6. Miscellaneous finish carpentry as indicated on Drawings.
B. Related Sections:
1. Blocking and grounds for attachment of woodwork: Elsewhere in
Division 6.
2. Wood doors: Division 8.
! !" 3. Field finishing of woodwork: Division 9.
4. Door Hardware: Division 8.
5. Custom cabinet work: elsewhere in Division 6.
1.03 REFERENCES
A ANSI A208.1-1993 -- Wood Particleboard; 1993.
B. ANSI A208.2-1994 -- Medium Density Fiberboard(MDF); 1994.
C. Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards; Architectural Woodwork Institute;
1994.
D. ASTM E 84-91 a-- Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials; 1991.
Finish Carpentry 06200-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
B. Provide miscellaneous wood blocking and nailers in metal stud and furred walls and *�
partitions at all locations where casework, millwork, toilet accessories or other items
are to be installed on or against walls.
C. Install all miscellaneous concealed anchoring devices provided by others, for
installation in metal stud and furred walls and partitions.
D. Use countersunk fasteners appropriate to applied loading.
E. Install permanent grounds for concrete and masonry where required.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS
A. General: Install construction panels in accordance with APA Design/Construction
Guide "Residential & Commercial."
B. Employ the following fastening methods:
1. Fasten wall sheathing to metal framing with self-drilling screws.
2. Nail or screw miscellaneous plywood panels to supports.
C. Install building paper over wall sheathing in weatherboard fashion, free of tears or
gaps; lap edges at least 2 inches and ends at least 6 inches. Fasten using roofing
nails.
3.04 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 06100
Rough Carpentry 06100-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
'I Locust Strect
9911
B. Building Paper: Asphalt saturated felt, AST.%1 D 226, Type 1 (no riper torated),
(commonly known as 15-lb. felt).
2.04 «VOOD "TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS
A. Abo%c-round Lumber: AWPB LP-2 (waterborne preservatives).
1. Kiln dried after treatment to 19 percent maximum moisture content.
_. Treat the following:
a. AFood in contact with rooting, flashing,, or%v aterprootinU.
b. Wood in contact with masonry or concrete.
C. Wood blocking at perimeter of doors and windows.
d. Other members indicated.
B. Fasteners for Preservative Treated Wood: Hot-dip galvanized steel (ASTM A153).
C. Fire-Retardant Treatment:
1. Fire-retardant treated lumber: AWPA C20.
2. Fire-retardant treated plywood: AWPA C27.
3. Treat the following items:
a. All plywood sheathing used on parapet walls.
4. Provide treatment classified for use as Exterior Type.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
A. Arrange work to use full length pieces except where lengths would exceed
commercially available lengths. Discard pieces with defects that would lower the
required strength or appearance of the work.
B. Cut and fit members accurately. Install plumb and true to line and level.
C. Fasten carpentry in accordance with applicable codes and recognized standards.
D. Where exposed, countersink nails and fill flush with suitable wood filler.
E. Use fasteners of appropriate type and length. Predrill members when necessary to avoid
splitting wood.
3.02 MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY
!" A. Provide miscellaneous blocking, nailers, grounds, and framing as shown and as
required for support of facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. Cut and
shape to the required size. Provide in locations required by other work.
Rough Carpentry 06100-5
up
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
ground. Cover to protect from rain and snow. Select and arrange cover to allow air
circulation under and all around stacks to prevent condensation. Maintain and
restore displaced coverings. Remove from the site any wood products that have
been subjected to moisture or that do not comply with the specified moisture ow
requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 DIMENSION LUMBER
A. Size: Provide nominal sizes indicated, complying with NIST PS 20 except where
actual sizes are specifically required.
1. Surfacing: Dressed lumber(S4S).
2. Surfacing, concealed lumber: Dressed lumber(S4S).
3. Moisture content: Kiln-dry or MCI 5 (15 percent maximum moisture "`
content).
4. Moisture content, concealed lumber: Kiln-dry or MC 15 (15 percent
maximum moisture content).
B. Miscellaneous Lumber: Provide dimension lumber and boards necessary for the
support of work specified in other sections, whether or not specifically indicated,
and including but not limited to blocking, nailers, etc.
1. Moisture content: 19 percent maximum (S-dry). ,.
2. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or standard grade.
3. Boards: Standard, 3 common, or No. 3 grade.
2.02 CONSTRUCTION PANELS
A. Wall Sheathing:
1. APA rated sheathing:
a. Exterior exposure class.
b. 40/20 span rated, min. 5/8" thick.
B. Construction Panels/Plywood: Miscellaneous uses.
1. Concealed plywood: C-C Plugged exterior.
2. Exposed plywood: A-D interior.
3. Electrical/telephone panel backer: APA rated sheathing, Exposure 1,
Treating Grade fire-retardant treated. ..
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Provide as required by applicable codes and as otherwise indicated.
1. Provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating(ASTM A 153) for treated
lumber and where wood is in ground contact, subjected to high relative
humidity, or exposed to weather.
Rough Carpentry 06100-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
'0 ) iI !
1.04 DEFI\ITIO\S
�. Exposed: Wood products that will be exposed to view when work is completed,
� ith or %%ithout a paint or stain finish.
1.05 SUB.NIITTALS
A. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified by minimum allowable unit
stress, submit:
1. Statement of species and grade selected for each application.
2. Grading agency's grading rules showing allowable design %alues accepted by
the Board of Review of American Lumber Standards Committee.
B. Treated Wood: Treating plant's instructions for use, including storage, cutting, and
finishing.
Pressure preservative treatment: Treating plant's certification of compliance
with specified standards and stating process employed and preservative
retention values.
,. a. Treatment for above-ground use: Certification of kiln drying after
treatment.
2. Fire-retardant treatment: Treating plant's certification of compliance with
specified requirements.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Lumber: Comply with NIST PS 20 and approved grading rules and inspection
agencies.
B. Grade Stamps for Concealed Lumber: Each piece of lumber, applied by inspection
agency and showing compliance with each specified requirement.
C. Grade Stamps for Exposed Lumber: Apply to concealed surfaces or provide
unstamped lumber and submit certificate of compliance from inspection agency.
D. Construction Panels: Comply with NBS PS 1 where veneer plywood is specified;
comply with APA PRP-108 where APA rated panels are specified; bearing APA
trademark showing compliance with each specified requirement.
1. Marking of Fire-Retardant Treated Wood: Each piece of lumber or plywood,
applied by inspection agency, and showing compliance with specified
standards.
1.07 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Protect wood products against moisture and dimensional changes. Support stacks at
several uniformly spaced points to prevent deformation. Store stacks raised above
Rough Carpentry 06100-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
1i 91 1
B. APA PRP-108 -- Performance Standards and Policies for Structural-Use Panels;
American Plywood Association; 1988 (Revised 1989).
C. ASTNI A 153-82(87) -- Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron
and Steel Hardware; 1982 (Re-approved 1987).
D. ASTM D 226-89 -- Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used
in Roofing and Waterproofing; 1989.
E. AWPA C20-93 -- Structural Lumber--Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure
Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 1993.
F. AWPA C27-91 -- Plywood - Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes;
American Wood-Preservers' Association; 1991.
G. AWPB LP-2-88 -- American Wood Preservers Bureau Quality Control and
Inspection Procedures for Softwood Lumber, Timber and Plywood Pressure Treated
with Waterborne Preservatives for Above Ground Use; 1988.
H. National Design Specification for Wood Construction; American Forest and Paper
Association (formerly National Forest Products Association; 1991.
1. Design Values for Wood Construction, A Supplement to the 1991 Edition National
Design Specification; American Forest and Paper Association(formerly National
Forest Products Association); 1991.
J. NBS PS 1-83 -- Construction and Industrial Plywood; U.S. Department of
Commerce, National Bureau of Standards; 1983 (with 1984 Revision).
K. NIST PS 20-94 --American Softwood Lumber Standard; U.S. Department of
Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology; 1994.
L. NFPA WCD #1 -- Manual for Wood Frame Construction; American Forest and
Paper Association(formerly National Forest Products Association); 1988.
M. AITC A190.1-1992 -- American National Standard for Wood Products-- Structural ,
Glued Laminated Timber; American Institute of Timber Construction; 1992.
N. AITC 200-92 -- Inspection Manual; American Institute of Timber Construction;
1992.
O. UL 723 -- Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; ••
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; 1987.
Rough Carpentry 06100-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank-
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Carpentry work not specified as part of other sections and which generally is
not exposed, except as otherwise indicated.
2. Rough carpentry for:
a. Miscellaneous lumber for attachment and support of other work.
b. Plywood Sheathing.
C. Construction panels for miscellaneous uses.
d. All wood grounds, blocking, and nailers, curbs and sleepers required
for roofing.
e. All temporary bracing and shoring.
f. All wood bucks and blocking for rough openings at doors and
*� windows.
g. Rough and builders hardware including but not limited to; nails,
bolts, screws, lag screws, and hangers for the proper support of the
work in this section.
h. All wood grounds for fastening metal work, flashings, wood finish,
grilles and similar items, and wood blocking and furring as required
to accommodate the work shown on the drawings or specified herein.
3. Preservative treatment for all wood in contact with concrete or masonry and
wet areas.
4. Fire retardant treatment.
B. Related Sections:
1. Finish carpentry: Elsewhere in Division 6.
2. Toilet Accessories: Division 10.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. APA Form E30L-- Residential & Commercial; American Plywood Association;
1993.
Rough Carpentry 06100-1
a
DIVISION 6—WOOD & PLASTICS
Rough Carpentry
Finish Carpentry
Custom Cabinet Work
s
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. Provide temporary supports and bracing as required.
3.04 CLEAiNING AND TOUCH-UP
A. Touch up damage to galvanized surfaces using galvanizing repair paint in accordance
with ASTM A 780.
B. Touch up shop paint immediately after erection.
1. Clean field welds, bolted joints, and areas where primer is damaged.
2. Paint with material used for shop painting, minimum 2 mils dry film thickness.
3.05 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 05500
Metal Fabrications 05500-10 .,
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
OR 21 Locust Street
9911
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION- GENERAL
A. Anchor metal fabrications to substrates indicated; provide all fasteners required.
B. Perform all field fabrication required for installation.
1. Fit joints tightly.
2. Weld joints as indicated.
a. Weld in accordance with AWS code.
b. Exposed welds: Grind flush and smooth.
C. Do not cut or weld items galvanized after fabrication that are indicated for bolted or
screwed connections.
D. Install items in correct location,plumb and level,without rack or warp.
E. Provide temporary supports and bracing as required.
F. Install manufactured components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
G. Coat aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete and masonry with bituminous mastic.
H. Furnish installation drawings or other installation instructions to trades responsible for
preparing substrates to receive joint cover assemblies.
3.02 INSTALLATION-RAILINGS
A. Locate sleeved holes to fit railing.
B. Align joints before anchoring railing.
C. Verify that posts are plumb before anchoring.
D. Set posts with grout.
1. Build up exposed surface of grout to slope away from post.
2. Seal grout exposed to weather or water in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
3.03 INSTALLATION COLUMNS
A. Column base plates and anchor bolts shall be recessed minimum 1 %a"below finished
floor and filled over after installation with concrete.
+ ► B. Install in correct location,plumb and level.
, ,, Metal Fabrications 05500-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
other work.
a. For attachment to concrete or masonry: Provide inserts for installation into
concrete or masonry, or provide other type of anchorage.
b. For setting posts into concrete: Provide galvanized steel pipe sleeves ..
minimum 6 inches long, with inside diameter 1/2 inch larger than outside
diameter of pipe, and with galvanized steel plate welded to bottom,
minimum 1 inch larger than outside diameter of sleeve; set sleeves with top ..
edge 1/4 inch below surface of concrete.
(1) Provide temporary sleeve covers.
C. For anchoring to steel: Use fittings bolted to structure unless otherwise +*
indicated.
d. For anchoring to solid masonry: Use fittings fastened to masonry with bolts
and expansion shields unless otherwise indicated.
e. For anchoring to hollow masonry: Use fittings fastened to masonry with
toggle bolts unless otherwise indicated.
f. Fasten fittings to railings in same manner as railing connections. *'
10. Wall mounted handrails: Return railing to wall at ends except where otherwise
indicated.
2.07 FABRICATION- SHOP COATINGS
A. Shop prime all iron and steel fabrications, except:
11. Galvanized fabrications.
12. Fabrications embedded in concrete or mortar.
B. Prepare surfaces to be coated as follows:
1. Solvent-clean in accordance with SSPC-SP 1.
2. Exterior fabrications: Clean in accordance with SSPC-SP 5, SSPC-SP 6,
SSPC-SP 8, or SSPC-SP 10.
3. Interior fabrications: Clean in accordance with SSPC-SP 3, SSPC-SP 5, SSPC-SP
6, SSPC-SP 8,or SSPC-SP 10.
C. Shop Priming: Comply with SSPC-PA 1.
1. Apply primer immediately following surface preparation.
2. Do not prime surfaces to be welded.
3. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete.
4. Apply extra coat to corners,welds, edges, and fasteners.
D. Shop Painting: Comply with SSPC-PA 1.
E. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by using temporary protective
coverings.
1. Where corrosion occurs prior to application of finish coating, clean corroded areas
and re-apply shop coatings.
2. Touch up damaged factory finishes as recommended by fabricator. •�
Metal Fabrications 05500-8 „�,
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. Joints and Connections: Make exposed joints and connections tight, flush, and neat.
1. All joints and connections: Welded, unless concealed fasteners are feasible, and
except where otherwise indicated.
2. Exposed fasteners maybe used only for joints and connections specifically
indicated as requiring exposed fasteners.
D. Fasteners: Use concealed fasteners if possible.
1. Exposed fasteners: Flathead, countersunk type unless otherwise indicated.
�!* E. Anchors: Fabricate to suit conditions indicated; use anchors of same material and finish
as item except where specifically indicated otherwise.
F. Welding:
1. Welding of steel: Comply with AWS D 1.1 recommendations.
2. Provide continuous welds at welded corners and seams.
3. Exposed welds: Grind flush and smooth.
G. Joints Exposed to Weather: Fabricate to keep water out, or provide adequate drainage of
water that penetrates.
2.05 FABRICATION-SHEET METAL
A. Comply with general fabrication requirements.
B. Bend sheet metal corners to smallest possible radius.
C. Welding Steel Sheet: Comply with AWS D1.3 recommendations.
2.06 FABRICATION-RAILINGS
A. Railings -General: Construct as indicated.
1. Provide round pipe with minimum outside diameter of 1.315 inches; only at
handrails and where specifically indicated on the drawings, all other round pipe
shall be 1.660 inches outside dia.
1. Pipe/tube: Nominal wall thickness of 140 inch(standard weight) for horizontals
and.191 inch(extra strong)for posts.
2. Connections: Welded and ground.
3. Welding: Fill joints completely and grind off flush.
4. Elbows: Bends, only.
5. Tee and cross intersections: Coped and fitted.
6. Preassemble in shop to maximum extent practicable.
7. Bending of members: Use jigs to make each similar configuration the same;make
neat bends without other deformation.
8. Close exposed open ends of members using same material as used in member.
9. Provide all components necessary for assembly of railings and for attachment to
Metal Fabrications 05500-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ...
9911
B. Landings: Steel pan, filled with concrete and corrugated steel deck filled with concrete, *►
as indicated on Drawings.
C. Side railings: Round steel pipe.
1. 2 horizontal rails, as detailed on drawings on ramps.
2. Mounting: Wall anchor for wall type..
D. Landing guardrails: Same materials as side rails.
1. 2 horizontal rails.
E. Wall railings: Round steel pipe, 1 on each side of the steps.
2.03 MATERIALS - MISCELLANEOUS
A. Fasteners: Use fasteners suitable for the material being fastened and for the type of
connection required. ..
1. For exterior use or built into exterior walls: Nonferrous stainless steel, zinc coated
or cadmium plated.
2. Use fasteners of same material as items being fastened unless otherwise indicated.
3. Bolts and studs: ASTM A 307.
4. Nuts: ASTM A 563.
5. Lag bolts: FS FF-B-561.
6. Machine screws: FS FF-S-92.
7. Wood screws: FS FF-S-111.
8. Plain washers: FS FF-W-92.
9. Lock washers: FS FF-W-84.
10. Expansion shields: FS FF-S-325. .,
11. Toggle bolts: FS FF-B-588.
12. Epoxy set anchor bolts for column-base plates
B. Bituminous Mastic: SSPC-Paint 12.
C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: Zinc dust paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 or MIL
P-21035B,Type I or H.
D. Shop Primer: Rust-inhibitive, lead and chromate free, low VOC primer,complying with ..s
FS TT-P-664, or equivalent.
2.04 FABRICATION-GENERAL
A. Fabricate and shop-assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to site.
1. Prepare and reinforce fabrications as required to receive applied items. .»
2. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.
3. Make exposed joints tight, flush, and hairline.
B. Smooth off exposed edges and projections that are within reach and would otherwise be
uncomfortable to touch.
Metal Fabrications 05500-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
PART 2 - PRODit( T4
2.01 MATERIALS - METALS
A. Steel Shapes:
1. Plates, bars, angles, channels, and H-sections: ASTM A 36.
2. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanizing after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A
123.
3. Tube:
! a. Hot-rolled: ASTM A 501.
b. Cold-formed: ASTM A 500.
(1) Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanizing after fabrication in accordance with
ASTM A 123.
4. Pipe: ASTM A 53 (black steel and hot-dip galvanized).
a. Galvanizing: ASTM A 53, (G185 nominal).
B. Steel Sheet:
1. For structural uses: Hot-rolled, ASTM A 570; cold-rolled, ASTM A 611.
2. For nonstructural uses: Cold-rolled, ASTM A 366; hot-rolled, ASTM A 569.
C. Galvanized Steel Sheet:
1. For structural uses: ASTM A 446,
2. For nonstructural uses: ASTM A 526.
3. Galvanizing: In accordance with ASTM A 525, G90, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Galvanizing for Steel Rough Hardware Fabrications: Hot-dip galvanizing in accordance
with ASTM A 153.
E. Wide-flange beams:ASTM A 36.
F. Gray Iron Castings: ASTM A 48.
G. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A 47.
H. Abrasive cast iron: Class 20 iron;high silicon; machinable,hyper-euctectic.
I. Aluminum Shapes: Alloy and temper suitable for application, strength required, and
finish.
1. Plate: ASTM B 209.
2. Extrusions: ASTM B 221.
3. Castings: ASTM B 26.
2.02 METAL HANDRAILS
A. Locations: All steps and ramps.
Metal Fabrications 05500-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street «•�
9911
LL. SSPC-SP 1 -- Solvent Cleaning; Steel Structures Painting Council; 1982. '**
VIM. SSPC-SP 3 -- Power Tool Cleaning; Steel Structures Painting Council; 1989.
NN. SSPC-SP 5 -- White Metal Blast Cleaning; Steel Structures Painting Council; 1991.
00. SSPC-SP 6 -- Commercial Blast Cleaning; Steel Structures Painting Council; 1991.
PP. SSPC-SP 8 -- Pickling; Steel Structures Painting Council; 1991.
QQ. SSPC-SP 10 -- Near-White Blast Cleaning; Steel Structures Painting Council; 1991.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: For each fabricated item, show the following:
1. Plans and elevations.
2. Jointing and connections.
a. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS symbols; indicate net
weld length.
3. Profiles of sections and reinforcing.
4. Fasteners and anchors.
5. Accessories.
6. Location of each finish.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions. Submit for:
1. All manufactured products used in fabrications.
2. Paints. ..
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Fit fabrications accurately to actual construction. Record field measurements on shop
drawings.
B. Coordination with Masonry and Concrete Work: Where fabricated items or their
anchors are to be embedded into concrete and masonry work,deliver such items to those
performing the installation, together with coordination drawings and installation *
instructions.
Metal Fabrications 05500-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
U. ASTM B 209-93 -- Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet
and Plate; 1993.
!W V. ASTM B 221-93 -- Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy
Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes; 1993.
W. ASTM C 1107-91a-- Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement
Grout(Nonshrink); 1991.
X. AWS D1.1-92 -- Structural Welding Code -- Steel; American Welding Society; 1992.
Y_ AWS D1.3-89 -- Structural Welding Code--Sheet Steel; American Welding Society;
1989.
Z. MIL P-21035B(NAVY) --Paint, High Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing Repair(Metric);
1991.
A.A. FS FF-B-561D -- Bolts, (Screw), Lag; 1989.
1
BB. FS FF-B-588D -- Bolt, Toggle: and Expansion Sleeve, Screw; 1989.
CC. FS FF-S-92B -- Screw, Machine: Slotted, Cross-Recessed or Hexagon Head; 1974
(Amended 1975).
DD. FS FF-S-111D -- Screw, Wood; 1974.
EE. FS FF-S-325 -- Shield, Expansion;Nail Expansion; and Nail,Drive Screw(Devices,
Anchoring,Masonry); 1957(Amended 1965).
FF. FS FF-W-84A--Washers, Lock(Spring); 1967 (Amended 1980).
GG. FS FF-W-92B --Washer,Flat(Plain); 1974.
HH. FS TT-P-664D--Primer Coating,Alkyd,Corrosion-Inhibiting,Lead and Chromate Free,
VOC-Compliant; 1988.
U. SSPC-PA 1 -- Shop,Field, and Maintenance Painting; Steel Structures Painting Council;
1991.
JJ. SSPC-Paint 12 -- Cold-Applied Asphalt Mastic (Extra Thick Film); Steel Structures
Painting Council; 1991.
KK. SSPC-Paint 20--Zinc-Rich Primers(Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Steel
Structures Painting Council; 1991.
Metal Fabrications 05500-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
E. ASTM A 123-89a -- Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on ,.
Iron and Steel Products; 1989.
F. ASTM A 153-82(87) -- Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip) on Iron and .•
Steel Hardware; 1982(Reapproved 1987).
G. ASTM A 307-94 -- Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI w.
Tensile Strength; 1994.
H. ASTM A 366/A 366M-91(93) -- Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon,
Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality; 1991 (Reapproved 1993).
I. ASTM A 446/A 446M-93 -- Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality; 1993.
J. ASTM A 500-93 -- Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless
Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 1993.
K. ASTM A 501-93 -- Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless
Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 1993.
L. ASTM A 525-93 -- Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, `
Zinc-Coated(Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process; 1993.
M. ASTM A 526/A 526M-90-- Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial Quality; 1990.
N. ASTM A 563-93 -- Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts; 1993.
O. ASTM A 569/A 569M-91 a-- Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon(0.15 Maximum,
Percent),Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip Commercial Quality; 1991.
P. ASTM A 570/A 570M-92(93) -- Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, �..
Carbon,Hot-Rolled, Structural Quality; 1992 (Reapproved 1993).
Q. ASTM A 611-93 -- Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet,Carbon, Cold-Rolled,
Structural Quality; 1993.
R. ASTM A 780-93a-- Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of •
Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings; 1993.
S. ASTM A 786/A 786M-93 -- Standard Specification for Rolled Steel Floor Plates; 1993. �*
T. ASTM B 26B 26M-92a-- Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings;
1992.
Metal Fabrications 05500-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 05500 - M1iF.TAI, FARgIcATIONS
PART 1 - GF.NF.RAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary
' " Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to the work of this section.
B. Section 01010- Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project, applies to this
section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Pipe and tube railings.
2. Miscellaneous metal fabrications.
3. Shop coatings.
4. Angle lintels
5. Beam &plate lintels
6. Column Base and Cap plates
7. Epoxy set anchor bolts
B. Related Sections:
1. Masonry—Division 4.
2. Cold Formed Metal Framing-Division 5.
3. Blocking for hand rails -Division 6.
C. Work specified under this section,to be installed under another specification Section:
1. Angle lintels in Masonry—Division 4
2. Angle in Division 6.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A 36/A 36M-94-- Standard Specification Carbon for Structural Steel; 1994.
B. ASTM A 47-90 -- Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings; 1990.
C. ASTM A 48-94a-- Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings; 1994.
D. ASTM A 53-93a-- Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,
Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless; 1993.
Metal Fabrications 05500-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
' 21 Locust Street
9911
A. Correctly position runner tracks at base and top of studs.
1. Attach runner tracks to structure in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations for substrate and fastener type used. Use fasteners at all
track terminations and corners.
B. Place studs at spacing indicated on drawings.
C. Construct corners using minimum of 3 studs.
D. Erect studs one piece, full length. Splicing of studs not permitted. Brace and
reinforce to develop full strength.
E. Make provisions for movement of building structure to prevent transfer of
structural load or movement to curtain wall framing system.
3.05 SHEATHING CEMENT BOARDS
A. Install sheathing so that long edges are parallel to studs. Center edges over studs.
B. Provide solid wood blocking or metal framing to support horizontal edges which
do not bear on horizontal framing members.
C. Attach sheathing to each support, spacing screws at 4 inches on center at edge and
end supports, and 8 inches on center at supports in field of sheathing board.
D. Apply one layer of building paper over sheathing, lapping ends and edges 3
inches, minimum. Use galvanized steel fasteners.
3.06 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variance from True Position: 1/4 inch.
B. Maximum Offset of Any Member from Plane: 1/8 inch.
3.07 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this
section.
END OF SECTION 05400
Cold Formed Metal Framing 05400-5
an
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street go
9911
E. Sheathing: Gypsum sheathing, complying with ASTM C 79. ..
1. Type X: Special fire-resistant.
2. Edges and ends: Square.
3. Thickness: 5/8 inch. ..
4. Size: 4 feet by 8 feet, or 4 feet by 9 feet, as required for coordination with
framing.
5. Fasteners: ASTM C 954; self-drilling, self-tapping, bugle head galvanized
or cadmium-plated steel screws.
F. Building Paper: ASTM D 226, Type I, asphalt-saturated organic felt, without •�
perforations, 15 lb nominal weight.
1. Provide building paper over sheathing in all exterior walls behind face
brick and masonry veneer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Inspection: Verify that project conditions and substrates are appropriate to begin
installation of cold formed metal framing systems.
1. Verify that inserts, clips, and similar attachment devices installed as work
of other sections are located and installed properly.
3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
A. Comply with requirements of ASTM C 1007 except where exceeded by other
requirements.
B. Install framing accessories such as web stiffeners, diagonal bracing, and bridging
as indicated or required.
C. Install insulation to fill spaces at exterior which will be inaccessible after framing
is erected.
D. Fastening: Join components by welding or by using screws or bolts, as
recommended by framing component manufacturer for members to be joined.
1. Wire tying of framing elements is prohibited.
2. Clean welds,removing spatter and slag, and apply one coat of touch-up
paint.
E. Weld decking to Metal Framing am
3.04 WALL FRAMING on
Cold Formed Metal Framing 05400-4 UM
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1. Yield strength: Manufacturer's standard for metal thickness used, but not
less than 33,000 psi.
2. Finish: Galvanized (zinc-coated), Class G60, minimum.
B. C-Shaped Studs: Provide load-bearing studs fabricated from steel and sized as
indicated; C-shaped in cross section, 1.625-inch flange, with flange return lip.
„ 1. Minimum gage: 16 gage.
C. Joists: Provide manufacturer's steel and sized as indicated on drawings and
details.
1. Minimum gage: 16 gage.
wr D. Framing Accessories: Fabricate from minimum 16 gage steel sheet of the type
and finish used for framing members. Provide manufacturer's standard
configuration for the following accessory items:
► 1. Track channel.
2. Deep-leg track channel.
3. V-bridging.
4. Vertical slide track.
5. Clip angles. .
6. Flat strapping.
7. Web stiffeners.
8. Joist hangers.
9. Vertical slide clips.
+! 10. Rafter clips.
E. Metal Deck: Fabricate from 20 gage galvanized steel
1. Type: Deck 1.5-VL
2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Welding Materials: Conform to requirements of AWS Code.
B. Fasteners:
1. Threaded fasteners: ASTM A 90, hot-dip galvanized.
2. Anchorage devices: Hot-dip galvanized steel or stainless steel.
Acceptable types include:
a. Powder actuated fasteners.
b. Power-driven anchor screws.
C. Drilled expansion bolts.
C. Touch-up Paint: FS TT-P-645, zinc-molybdate alkyd.
D. Insulation: Provide under Division 7.
Cold Formed Metal Framing 05400-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
G. ASTM C 1007-83(90) -- Standard Specification for Installation of Load Bearing ow
(Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs and Related Accessories; 1983 (Reapproved
1990).
MW
H. ASTM D 226-95 -- Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt
Used in Roofing and Waterproofing; 1995.
I. AWS D1.3-89 -- Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel; American Welding
Society; 1989.
J. FS TT-P-645B -- Primer, Paint, Zinc-Molybdate Alkyd Type; 1990.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify welding procedures and each welder in accordance with *"
American Welding Society(AWS) D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet
Steel."
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products in a manner to prevent damage and
deterioration, including rust.
B. Store materials above the ground in a dry area, in manufacturer's original
packaging. Keep labels showing product type, name, and grade intact.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products of the following manufacturers,provided they comply with requirements
of the contract documents, will be among those considered acceptable:
1. Dale/Incor.
2. Gold Bond Building Products, a National Gypsum Division. ..
3. Marino Industries Corporation..
4. Unimast, Inc. (formerly a part of USG).
2.02 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING
A. Fabricate metal framing units from ASTM A 446, A 570, or A 611 steel sheet.
Cold Formed Metal Framing 05400-2 ,
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
P 21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 05400 - COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to the
work of this section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project, applies
to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Stud framing for ramp.
2. Accessories such as clips, stiffeners, bridging, bracing, and fasteners.
3. Metal decking for ramp.
B. Related Sections:
1. Wood blocking: Division 6.
2. Cement Board: Division 9.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A 90-81(91) -- Standard Test Method for Weight of Coating on Zinc-
Coated(Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles; 1981 (Reapproved 1991).
B. ASTM A 446/A 446M-93 -- Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality; 1993.
C. ASTM A 570/A 570M-92(93) -- Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and
Strip, Carbon, Hot-Rolled, Structural Quality; 1992 (Reapproved 1993).
D. ASTM A 611-93 -- Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled,
Structural Quality; 1993.
E. ASTM C 79-94-- Standard Specification for Gypsum Sheathing Board; 1994.
F. ASTM C 954-93 -- Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the
Application of Gypsum Board or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033
In. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 In. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 1993.
Cold Formed Metal Framing 05400-1
i
i
i
i
i
DIVISION 5--METALS
Cold Formed Metal Framing
Metal Fabrication
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
8. Comply with directions of concrete unit masonry manufacturer and NCMA Tek
Bulletin No. 45 for cleaning CMU.
9. Clean ALL new and existing face brick, structural clay facing tile and masonry.
a. Clean as many times as required to achieve results satisfactory to the
Architect.
*" 3.05 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 04200
Unit Masonry 04200-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street 4W
9911
more than 1 gram per square inch per minute (ASTM C 67), before laying fresh ..
masonry.
D. Built-in Work: As work progresses, build in items indicated for installation in masonry,
filling around built-in items solidly with masonry.
1. Fill joints between masonry and metal frames solidly with mortar, unless specific
conditions are otherwise detailed.
2. At locations where built-in items are to be connected to hollow unit masonry,
solidly grout cores to provide adequate anchorage.
3. Unless other conditions are specifically detailed, solidly grout cores for at least 24
inches below bearing plates, lintels, and similar features and conditions.
E. Expansion and Control Joints: Build in movement joints where indicated, installing
accessory items as masonry is constructed.
1. Install prefabricated elastic joints in accordance with Division 7 specifications.
2. Install non-elastic joint fillers as indicated.
3. Create pressure-relieving joints beneath supports for masonry veneer, either
leaving completely open for subsequent installation of backer rod and sealant, or
installing compressible filler material as backing for sealant.
F. Nonbearing Partitions: Extend full height to solid structure above, unless otherwise
detailed.
1. Except as otherwise indicated,treat joint between top of wall and structure above
as resilient connection, using a neoprene compressible filler of the proper
dimensions, and conforming to the requirements for expansion joint strips.
G. Lintels: Install steel lintels at all openings.
1. Bearing: Provide not less than 8 inches of bearing at each jamb.
2. Reinforcement: At masonry openings greater than one foot in width, install
horizontal joint reinforcement in 2 courses immediately above lintel and 2 courses
immediately below sill. Except at control joints, install opening reinforcement to
extend not less than 24 inches beyond jamb on each side.
3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean masonry after mortar is thoroughly set and cured. -�►
3. Scrape off adhered mortar particles by hand, using non-metallic tools.
4. Test cleaning methods on half of sample panel, leaving other half in original state.
5. Protect adjacent surfaces from cleaner with appropriate coating or polyethylene
sheet.
6. Before applying cleaning solution, saturate masonry surfaces with water;rinse
thoroughly immediately after cleaning.
7. Use bucket and brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes
No. 20 Revised for brick masonry, using acidic cleaner applied in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
Unit Masonry 04200-8
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
,r 3.02 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
A. Variation from Plumb: Do not exceed the following construction tolerances in vertical
elements, including surfaces of walls, columns, and arises:
1. 1/4 inch in 10 feet.
2. 3/8 inch in one story height, or 20 feet, whichever is less, except 1/4 inch for
external corners, expansion joints, and other highly conspicuous vertical elements.
3. 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more.
4. Plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 1/2 inch maximum, for vertical alignment of head joints.
B. Variation from Level: Do not exceed the following construction tolerances for bed joints
and lines of exposed lintels, sills,parapets,horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous
horizontal elements:
1. 1/4 inch in one bay or in 10 feet maximum.
2. 1/2 inch in 20 feet or more.
C. Variation from Plan Lines: Do not exceed the following horizontal construction
tolerances for related portions of columns,walls, and partitions:
1. 1/2 inch in any bay or 16 feet maximum.
W D. Variation in Cross Section: Do not exceed the following construction tolerances for
thickness of walls and other masonry elements:
1. Plus or minus 1/4 inch.
E. Variation in Mortar Joint Thickness: Do not exceed the following construction
tolerances for thickness of mortar joints:
1. Plus or minus 1/8 inch, all joints.
3.03 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION-GENERAL
A. Layout: Lay out masonry for accurate pattern bond,for uniform joint widths, and for
accurate location of specific features before beginning actual construction. Avoid use of
masonry units of less than 1/2 size. Do not use units with less than nominal 4 inch
horizontal face dimensions at corners and jambs.
B. Pattern Bond: Lay exposed masonry in running bond except where other bonds are
indicated at special features.
1. Lay concealed masonry in running bond, or lap units at least 2 inches.
2. Interlock wythes at corners and offsets in each course with masonry bond.
C. Stopping Work: Lay masonry in proper sequence to avoid toothing. Rack walls back in
each course at end of each work day. Before resuming, clean exposed surfaces and
remove loose masonry units and mortar.
1. Lightly wet previously laid clay masonry units which have rate of absorption of
Unit Masonry 04200-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2.07 FIRE SAFING
A. Fire safing materials will be provided under Division 15 and 16, for plumbing,
mechanical and electrical penetrations through fire rated walls. ••
B. Install sleeves provided by others and co-ordinate with the other trades for the proper
construction of masonry, as it relates to the work of fire safing by others at masonry
walls.
PART 3 - F.XFC1JT10
3.01 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
A. Clay masonry: Before laying, wet clay masonry with initial absorption rate of more than
1 gram per square inch per minute, when measured in accordance with ASTM C 67, •"`
using technique that will saturate clay masonry but leave it dry to the touch.
B. Concrete Masonry Units: Do not wet concrete masonry units prior to laying.
C. Reinforcement and Anchorage: Before placing metal masonry accessories, remove loose
rust, dirt, and other coatings.
D. Masonry Thickness: Build masonry elements to full thickness shown. .�
1. Build single-wythe walls to actual thickness of masonry units.
E. Chases and Recesses: Build masonry to accommodate the work of other trades,
including chases and recesses as shown or required. Provide not less°than 8 inches of
masonry between jambs of openings and chases and recesses.
F. Openings for Equipment and Services: Leave openings in masonry as required for
subsequent installation of equipment and services. Make openings in designated
locations and in exact size required, if known; otherwise, leave rough openings in .,
approximate size required and complete masonry work after installation of equipment,
matching adjoining masonry.
G. Cutting: Where cutting is required, use power saws to provide clean, sharp,unchipped
edges.
1. Do not use wet cutting techniques with concrete unit masonry unless they are left
to dry before laying.
H. Matching existing masonry: Where indicated,provide new work,which duplicates +
color, coursing,pattern bond and texture of adjoining existing masonry.
1. Re-use existing masonry units where indicated on Drawings, or otherwise allowed
by the Architect. •
Unit Masonry 04200-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
D. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C 404.
E. Water: Potable.
F. Mortar Mix Color: Standard mortar color as approved by the architect on approved
mock-up panels.
2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE
A. As required for work shown.
2.04 CONCEALED FLASHING MATERIALS
A. Sheet Metal Flashing: Furnish materials and fabricate as specified in Division 7.
B. Flexible Sheet Flashing: Wasco "Wascoseal", or approved equal flexible plastic sheet,
type 30 weighing approximately 33 ounces per square yard,.030" thick. Embed
completely,both sides, in mortar, unless indicated otherwise.
2.05 MASONRY CLEANER
A. Acidic Cleaner: General-purpose cleaner designed for new and existing masonry
surfaces, comprised of blended acids combined with special wetting systems, and
approved by manufacturer of masonry units.
2.06 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures unless indicated as acceptable in the contract
documents.
1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout mixture.
B. Mixing: Use mechanical batch mixer and comply with referenced ASTM standards.
C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C 270,Proportion Specification.
1. Limit cementitious materials to lime and portland cement.
! ► 2. Reinforced'masonry: Type S.
3. Applications as follows: Type N.
a. Exterior, above-grade walls.
b. Interior walls.
C. Locations for which another mortar type has not been specifically indicated.
D. Grout: ASTM C 476;provide consistency required at time of placement to fill
completely all spaces indicated to be grouted.
1. Use fine grout in spaces less than 2 inches in least horizontal dimension.
2. Use coarse grout in spaces 2 inches or more in least horizontal dimension.
Unit Masonry 04200-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ••
9911
other materials.
2. Handle and store structural clay facing tile units in protective cartons or trays. Do
not remove from protective packaging until units are installed.
3. Provide protection which will limit moisture absorption of concrete masonry units **
to the maximum percentage specified for Type I units at a relative humidity which
is normal for the project site.
WA
B. Protect cementitious materials from precipitation and absorption of ground moisture.
C. Store masonry accessories to prevent corrosion, dirt accumulation, and other go
deterioration.
D. Deliver reinforcing to site,bundled, tagged and marked. Use metal tags indicating size, av
lengths and other markings, shown on placement drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUC'TS
2.01 BRICK MASONRY UNITS
A. Facing Brick: ASTM C 216, and as follows:
1. Grade SW.
2. Type FBS.
3. Size: Actual manufactured dimensions in inches, as follows:
a. Standard Modular: 3-5/8 by 2-1/4 by 7-5/8.
4. Manufacturer, Face Brick: Match existing face brick.
5. Wherever brick is shown or specified"match existing,"provide facing brick of
color,texture and size,which duplicate the corresponding properties of existing
masonry at the site.
B. Building(Common)Brick: At concealed locations and as otherwise indicated,provide
building brick complying with ASTM C 62 and as follows:
1. Grade SW.
2. Size: Actual manufactured dimensions in inches, as follows:
a. Standard Modular: 3-5/8 by 2-1/4 by 7-5/8.
2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type I.
1. Type III may be substituted during cold-weather construction.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207,Type S.
C. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144.
Unit Masonry 04200-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
S. ASTM C 404-93 -- Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout; 1993.
T. ASTM C 476-91 -- Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry; 1991.
'U. ASTM C 780 -- Standard Test Method for Pre-Construction and Construction
Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Masonry.
V. ASTM C 744-94-- Standard Specification for Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate
Masonry Units; 1994.
W. ASTM D 226-89 -- Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in
Roofing and Waterproofing; 1989.
X. ASTM D 1056-91 -- Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials--Sponge or
Expanded Rubber; 1991.
Y. ASTM D 2000-90--Standard Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive
Applications; 1990.
Z. ASTM D 2287-92 --Standard Specification for Nonrigid Vinyl Chloride Polymer and
Copolymer Molding and Extrusion Compounds; 1992.
AA. ASTM E 119-88 -- Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and
Materials; 1988.
BB. ASTM E 447-92b --Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Masonry
Prisms; 1992.
CC. AWS D1.1-92-- Structural Welding Code-- Steel; American Welding Society; 1992.
DD. Cleaning Brick Masonry;Technical Notes on Brick Construction,No. 20 Revised 11;
Brick Institute of America(BIA); 1990.
EE. NCMA-TEK 45 --Removal of Stains from Concrete Masonry Walls;National Concrete
Masonry Association; 1972.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Requirements: Minimum ultimate compressive strength of engineered
masonry, determined in accordance with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602:
1. 1000 psi throughout.
1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means which will prevent mechanical
damage and deterioration due to moisture,temperature changes, and contamination by
Unit Masonry 04200-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..
9911
C. ASTM A 82-94 -- Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement; 1994.
D. ASTM A 153-82(87) -- Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and
Steel Hardware; 1982 (Reapproved 1987).
E. ASTM A 366/A 366M-91(93) -- Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon,
Cold-Rolled, Commercial Quality; 1991 (Reapproved 1993).
F. ASTM A 615-92 -- Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement; 1992.
G. ASTM A 635/A 635M-93 -- Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip,
Heavy-Thickness Coils, Carbon, Hot-Rolled; 1993.
H. ASTM A 641-92 -- Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) Carbon Steel
Wire; 1992.
I. ASTM A 767/A 767M-90-- Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) Steel
Bars for Concrete Reinforcement; 1990.
J. ASTM C 62-92c -- Standard Specification for Building Brick(Solid Masonry Units
Made from Clay or Shale); 1992.
K. ASTM C 67-93a-- Standard Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural
Clay Tile; 1993.
L. ASTM C 90-94a-- Standard Specification for Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units;
1994.
M. ASTM C 126-94-- Standard Specification for Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing
Tile,Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry Units; 1994.
N. ASTM C 144-93 -- Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar; 1993.
O. ASTM C 150-94-- Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 1994.
P. ASTM C 207-91(92) -- Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry
Purposes; 1991 (Reapproved 1992).
Q. ASTM C 216-94-- Standard Specification for Facing Brick(Solid Masonry Units Made
from Clay or Shale); 1994.
R. ASTM C 270-94-- Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry; 1994.
Unit Masonry 04200-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 04100-UNIT MA.SONRV
PART 1 - GFNF.RAi,
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section.
B. Section 01010 - Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to this
section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Reinforced Unit Masonry as shown on the Drawings and described in these
Specifications.
2. Bricks.
3. Mortar and grout.
4. Metal and flexible sheet flashings.
5. Reinforcement, anchorage, and accessories.
6. Unit masonry as shown on the Drawings and described herein.
B. Related Sections:
1. Quality Control Services: Division 1.
2. Flashings and sheet metal: Division 7.
3. Joint sealers: Division 7.
4. Loose steel lintels: Division 5.
5. Louvers and Vents: Division 15.
C. Related work specified elsewhere but installed under this section includes,but is not
limited to:
1. Setting loose steel lintels furnished under Division 5.
• 2. Expansion bolts in masonry for miscellaneous wall bracing angles and brackets.
.1.03. REFERENCES
A. ACI 530.1-92/ASCE 6-92/TMS 602-92 -- Specifications for Masonry Structures; Amer
Concrete Institute, American Society of Civil Engineers, and The Masonry Society;
1992.
B. ACI SP-66(88) --ACI Detailing Manual;American Concrete Institute; 1988.
Unit Masonry 04200-1
OR
7
1
1
7
1
1
7
1
1
1
7
1
1
1
7
1
DIVISION 4—MASONRY
Unit Masonry
M.
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
section.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 03300
,fit
.0
am
.W
w
Concrete 03300-8 *o
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
3. Be supported by concrete or metal supports, spacers or metal hangers.
Where concrete surface is to be exposed to the weather, metal supports,
spacers and hangers shall have at least 1" coverage of concrete.
1W 4. Be accurately maintained in correct position during concrete operations.
5. Be placed so that the clearance from concrete surfaces exposed to the
weather is not less than two (2) inches and three (3) inches where exposed
• to ground.
D. S li in - Reinforcement shall be spliced only as shown on the drawings or a
minimum of 40 bar s.f. or approved by the Architect.
1.16 INSERTS AND HANGERS
A. All inserts for the mechanical trades shall be installed by the Subcontractor whose
work requires such inserts.
B. Provide sleeves for water, sewer, telephone and electric lines, as required by Site,
Mechanical and Electrical Contractors and for items to be inserted into concrete.
1.17 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS OF CONCRETE WORK
A. This Subcontractor shall:
1. Build all outside concrete platforms and miscellaneous footing, curbs and
bases as shown on drawings.
2. All concrete pads for mechanical units as soon on drawings.
3. This Subcontractor shall do all other concrete work indicated on drawings.
4. This Subcontractor shall build the platforms at exterior doors as shown on
drawings.
5. This Subcontractor shall provide concrete encasement for underground
and underfloor piping and ducts where called for in the drawings.
1.18 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings to the Architect for approval prior to fabrication of
reinforcement.
B. Shop drawings shall be fully dimensioned and shall indicate size, type, length,
quantity and location of all reinforcement, type, height, location and quantity of
chairs and other reinforcement supports, splice lengths for reinforcement, and
reinforcing clearances. All chairs and accessories supporting reinforcing bars on
grade shall be fabricated with sand plates or other means of positive support.
1.19 ALTERNATES
+ A. Refer to Division 2, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this
�„ Concrete 03300-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street •�•
9911
F. Concrete slabs to be covered with finish materials shall:
1. Have a smooth hand-even surface, free from high or low spots or other
defects.
am
1.13 EXTERIOR CONCRETE PLATFORMS
A. Build the exterior concrete platforms as shown on the drawings. All edges shall on
be slightly rounded off and all exposed surfaces shall e finished as follows:
1. Before the slab has hardened, it shall be thoroughly cleaned of scum and
laitance by brushing with a stiff broom after the slab has sufficiently set to SW
prevent serious imprints.
we
1.14 FORMS
A. Forms for concrete walls and footing shall 3/4" plywood or approved equal.
B. Forms shall be oiled just before pouring concrete.
C. Build the forms to the shape, line and dimension indicated, tied together to
maintain position.
D. Do not remove forms until minimum three days after pouring.
E. Replace work damaged as a result of inadequate maintenance, improper or
premature removal of forms.
F. Prevent leakage of concrete. no
1.15 METAL REINFORCEMENT
.R
A. Material shall-
1. Conform to the requirements for A.S.T.M. standard specifications 615,
steel reinforcement bars,with yield point of 60,000 p.s.i. ••
a. Use No. 4 bars @ 12"each way unless noted otherwise.
2. Reinforcing shall be free from mill scale, excessive rust and coating which
would reduce bond.
B. Fahricatinn - Reinforcement shall be accurately formed to dimensions on the
drawings, details and schedules. Fabrication shall not commence until details and +**
schedules have been approved by the Architect.
C. Pla .in -Reinforcement shall:
1. Be accurately placed
2. Be secured against displacement with annealed wire ties or suitable clips
at intersections.
Concrete 03300-6
4
to Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
make the patches the same color as the remaining of the concrete.
G. Mortar patches shall be kept moist for several days.
H. All fins shall be removed.
I. Rough spots, stains and hardened mortar shall be removed.
J. When the patching is completed, give all surrounding surfaces the following
treatment:
Mix one part white cement and 1 1/2 parts sand with sufficient water to give a
grout having the consistency of thick paint. Wet the surface and apply the grout
with brushes, uniformly over the entire surface, completely filling air bubbles and
holes. Immediately after applying the grout, float the surface with wood float,
securing the wall vigorously, then allow the cement to partially set for an hour or
two depending on the weather. If the weather is hot, keep the surface damp
during the surfacing, using a fine, fog spray. When the grout has hardened
sufficiently so that it can be scraped from the surface with the edge of a steel
trowel without removing the grout from the small air holes, cut all that can be
removed with a trowel. Allow the surface to dry thoroughly and rub vigorously
with a burlap to completely remove any dried grout. The entire cleaning operation
of any area must be completed the day it is started. Grout must not be allowed to
stand on the surface over night.
K. Grout in all openings around all pipes and sleeves after installation by other
trades.
1.12 CONCRETE FLOOR
A. Before pouring the concrete slab, lay a thickness of eight(8)mil thick
polyethelene on the gravel or pea stone fill at the area of concrete floor slab and
pad. Lap sides and edges.
B. At all slabs which rest upon compacted gravel, or pea stone 12",provide 6 x 6 -
1.4 x 1.4 steel mesh,mats;lap joints 6"min each way, except where other
reinforcement is specified.
C. Pour the concrete to a thickness of four(4) inches, or as shown on drawing.
D. The topping shall be brought to a smooth and level finish with a steel trowel to a
tolerance of 1/8" in ten feet.
E. Thicken slabs where indicated on Drawings.
Concrete 03300-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street �.
9911
3. Curing agents will not be allowed. •"
1.10 STRENGTH OF CONCRETE
am
A. Strength, cement, water and consistency of concrete shall be as follows for all
concrete work:
1. Minimum allowable strength in pounds per square inch: 3,000 p.s.i. at 28 go
days
2. Minimum cement content, bags per cubic yard of concrete, six (6)
3. Maximum allowable net water content—6 `/4 gallons per bag of cement. 'W
4. Consistency range in slump 2"-5"
5. Maximum size of aggregate—3/4 inch
1.11 FINISHING OF CONCRETE
A. All concrete which is to be exposed to view shall be finished as described in the
following paragraphs.
B. Tie rod holes shall be filled, honeycomb spot corrected, fins removed and the
entire surface cleaned.
C. If tie rods are the type that are entirely removed from the wall, they shall be pulled
from the inside face to avoid spilling the concrete on the exterior surface. The
holes shall be filled solid with mortar. Tie rod holes left by removing only the
outer ends of the rod shall leave no metal closer than 1 `/2 inches to the surface and
shall be filled solid with mortar.
D. If honeycomb occurs at any location, the concrete shall be removed immediately
after stripping forms until solid concrete is revealed, and to a depth of at least one
inch. Edges shall be cut perpendicular to the outer surface to avoid feathered 4
edges in the patch. An area of concrete extending several inches beyond the hole
shall be saturated with water.
E. A grout of equal parts Portland cement and sand,with sufficient water to produce
a brushing consistency shall be well brushed into the surfaces to be patched. This
shall be foll6wed immediately by the parching mortar. The mortar shall be fairly
stiff consistency and, if necessary, shall be placed in the holes in several
compacted layers to prevent sagging. The patch shall be left slightly higher than
the surrounding surface. After an hour or two, depending on weather conditions, **
it shall be finished flush with the surface of the wall by use of a wood float.
F. Mortar for patching shall be of the same materials and in the same proportions as
used for concrete, except that coarse aggregate shall be omitted. A richer mix.
about 1 %Z shall be used for tie holes. No more water than is necessary for proper
placing shall be used. White cement shall be used with the gray as required to
Concrete 03300-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
!! ► degrees F.
2. Be maintained after depositing at the temperature specified under "Curing"
or until thoroughly hardened.
3. Not be mixed with salts, chemicals or other foreign matter to prevent
freezing.
G. Concrete may be deposited under water only when, and in the manner approved
by the Architect.
1.07 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Construction joints shall be located as herein specified, where shown on the
drawings, or as approved by the Architect.
B. Exposed joints shall be straight and true.
C. Bulkheads shall be keyed.
D. Reinforcement shall be continuous throughout construction joints.
E. At expansion joints in concrete walls,provide remolded expansion joints strips
the full height of the walls. Seal the caulk with knife grade elastic compound.
1.08 FREEZING WEATHER
A. Concrete shall not be poured during freezing weather without the approval of the
Architect.
B. When approval is given, the following conditions must be met:
1. No frozen materials shall be used.
2. The concrete materials, all reinforcement, forms, fillers and ground, which
the concrete is to touch shall be free from frost. Whenever the temperature
of the surrounding air is 40 degrees or lower, concrete placed in the forms
shall have a temperature between 70 degrees and 100 degrees and means
of maintaining temperature in keeping with the requirements for"curing"
!+! in the next paragraph.
1.09 CURING OF CONCRETE
A. All concrete in which normal Portland cement is used, shall, after placement:
1. Be kept in a continuously moist condition for a period of not less than five
' (5) days by ponding,Kraft paper or other methods approved by the
Architect.
2. Be maintained at a temperature of not less than 70 degrees F for Three (3)
days or 50 degrees F for five(5) days.
aer Concrete 03300-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street •••
9911
E. Coarse aggregate shall be washed 3/4" gravel or trap rock. *�
F. All concrete aggregates shall conform to the "Specifications for Concrete
Aggregate ASTM C33."
1.05 CONCRETE
up
A. Consistency of concrete shall be such that it can be worked readily into the
corners and angles of the forms and around the reinforcement without segregation
of materials.
1.06 DEPOSITING CONCRETE
A. Before depositing concrete, the Contractor shall
1. Remove from space to be occupied by concrete, all debris, including snow,
ice and water.
2. Provide diversion, satisfactory to the Architects, of any flow of water into
an excavation so as to avoid washing and freshly deposited concrete.
3. Secure firmly in correct position all reinforcement and other items to be .�
encased, remove from there all coating, including frost or ice.
B. Depositing of concrete shall:
1. Proceed continuously after once starting, until reaching the end of a
section or construction joint. The operations shall be conducted so that no
concrete is deposited on concrete sufficiently hardened to cause formation
of seams and planes of weakness.
C. Concrete, when deposited, shall
1. Be thoroughly worked into the forms and around reinforcement.
2. Be thoroughly compacted by means of mechanical vibrations of a type
approved by the Architect.
3. Be brought to a level surface and be free so far as possible from
accumulation of water on the surface.
D. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has acquired its
initial set, the forms shall be retightened and the hardened surface roughened,
cleaned of foreign matter and laitance, and saturated with water. Immediately
before the new concrete reaches the hardened surface, a thorough coating of neat
cement grout shall be applied, except that in columns and walls a 1:1 mortar at
least two inches deep shall be placed ahead of the new concrete.
E. Partially hardened concrete shall not be placed in the work.
F. Concrete deposited in cold weather shall:
1. Have a temperature of not less than 65 degrees F nor more than 100
Concrete 03300-2 ■-
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 03300 - CONCRETE
PART 1 — GENFRAr
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division— 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 01010— Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to this section.
1.02 INTENT
A. The Contractor under this section shall furnish all labor, materials, appliances and
equipment necessary for concrete work, complete in accordance with this section
of the specifications and applicable drawings, and subject to the terms and
conditions of the contract.
1.03 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section of the specifications includes all plain and reinforced concrete work,
including concrete slabs on the ground or decking, walls, steps, steel reinforcing,
wood or metal forms, and other items of concrete shown on plans and described
herein.
1.04 MATERIALS
�r
A. Cement shall be an American made Portland cement meeting all the requirements
of the latest revision of the standard specifications of the American Society for
r Testing Materials (ASTM) serial designation C 150.
B. Concrete exposed to the elements shall have 5%to 6% entrained air.
C. Water shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic
matter, or other deleterious material.
D. Aggregate shall:
1. Consist of graded, natural sands and gravel or crushed stone having clean,
uncoated grains of hard and durable minerals.
2. Be free from vegetable and organic matter, clay lumps, sticks and foreign
substances.
Concrete 03300-1
i
i
t
i
i
t
DIVISION 3-CONCRETE
Concrete
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street •
9911
A. Patch bituminous concrete pavement on a prepared base to match existing surface. *�
B. Materials: Conform to Massachusetts DPW Specifications, 1988, Section M3.11.03,
Table "A" for Type I bituminous concrete pavement.
so
1.06 PAINTED TRAFFIC LINES
A. Paint to be chlorinated rubber base traffic marking paint, compatible with bituminous
concrete, factory-mixed, quick-drying, and non-bleeding. Color-white
B. Paint all traffic lines, parking lines, and handicap symbols in white color.
C. Snap chalk lines for all stalls,prior to painting, to ensure accuracy and straight,parallel
alignment of all stall markings. Review with Architect before painting. Do not paint
when wind causes overspray.
E. Correct any unacceptable line painting, as directed.
1.07. MISCELLANEOUS SITE CONCRETE WORK
A. Contractor shall perform all work related to items of site concrete work as indicated on
the site drawings and as herein specified.
B. These items of work include,but are not limited to, the following:
1. Concrete paving,walks and ramps
2. Not Applicable
3. Miscellaneous concrete footings
C. All work to conform to applicable requirements for materials and workmanship
specified in Division 3 of these specifications.
1.08 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
PART 2—PRODUCTS(Not Applicable) .�
PART 3—EXECUTION (Not Applicable) ..
AM
END OF SECTION 02900
Site Improvements 02900-2 *�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 02900-SITE IMPROVEMENTS
PART 1 —GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section.
B. Section 01010—Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing Project applies to this
section.
1.02. INTENT
A. Contractor under this section shall furnish all labor, materials, appliances, and
equipment necessary for completion of all site improvements in accordance with this
section of the specifications and applicable site drawings and subject to terms and
conditions of the contract. Completion of all site improvements includes all pavement
work and specialty items herein and detailed on the site plans.
1.03 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Site improvements include,but is not limited to, the following:
1. Subgrade preparation for pavement
2. Gravel base for pavements and other site improvements
3. Processed gravel for pavements
4. Bituminous concrete cutting and patching
5. Miscellaneous site concrete work--walks,ramps,pavement, cutting&patching,
bituminous paving and trenching for sign wiring.
1.04. GRAVEL BASE FOR PAVEMENTS
A. On prepared subgrade,construct well-drained gravel base conforming to details on
drawings and these specifications. Gravel to be of sound gravel particles free of thin
shale, clay,or organic material,with no stone over three(3)inches in size. See
SECTION 2B for gradation.
w
B. Construct base in one(1)course when depth required is eight(8)inches or less and two
(2)courses where depth required is over eight(8)inches. Compact each course with
five-ton roller,minimum. Course thicknesses required are after compaction.
1.05 BITUNIINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT
Site Improvements 02900-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ••
9911
roller min. weight at "'
min. dynamic drum 3000#
force 10,000#
C. Fxterior Rackfill Around Foundation Walls:
1. Perform as promptly as work permits but not until completion of the following: *®
a. Acceptance by Architect of construction below finish grade.
b. Inspection, testing, approval and recording locations of underground
utilities. ,.
C. Removal of concrete form work.
d. Removal of shoring and bracing.
e. Removal of trash and debris.
2. Preparation of ground surfares to receive fill:
Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and all
deleterious materials from ground surfaces prior to backfilling or rough-grading.
Do not place material on muddy or frozen surfaces.
3. Material shall be placed as stated above for interior compacted backfill.
D. Testing and Observations;
I. Testing_Labor-tnrT4ervices
a. Services to be provided by this Contractor as outlined in Section 2B - SITE
EARTHWORK Paragraph 123.
b. One test required at elevator pit.
1.08. TEST BORINGS
aw
A. Test boring logs are available at the end of this section.
1.09 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1,General Requirements for Alternates,as they affect this section.
PART 2—PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3—EXECUTION(Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 02202
Building Earthwork 02202-4 �.
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.07. BACKFILL
A. Interior Backfill:
1. All areas under new concrete slabs:
2. The first one inch sand fill shall be used over the crushed aggregate. Any
protruding or sharp pieces of aggregate are to be removed to avoid injury to the
vapor barrier.
3. The next four inches below new slabs shall be Size#5 crushed aggregate meeting
ASTM C-33-90 standard specification for Concrete Aggregates. Compact as
deter-mined by ASTM D 1557, Method C (mechanical compaction).
4. The next six inches to be all well-drained gravel. Optimum moisture content.
Compact as determined by ASTM D1557, Method C (mechanical compaction).
!W Compact to not less than 98 percent of maximum dry density of the materials
being compacted.
B. Controlled Fill:
1. The entire area of the new building to be excavated to 12 inches below new
footing elevations, including footings for building canopies.
2. Fill material shall be placed throughout this entire area in layers of 12 inches
(maximum) loose depth, before compaction, and as per compaction method
shown elsewhere herein. Compaction, as determined by ASTM D1557, Method
C (mechanical compaction), shall be no less than 98 percent of maximum dry
density of the materials being compacted.
3. The following table summarizes several methods of compacting granular fill and
the corresponding maximum loose lift thickness and minimum number of passes.
The compaction alternatives given below are stated to provide minimum
compaction standards only and do not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to
achieve the specified degree of compaction by whatever additional effort is
necessary.
Loose Lift Minimum No.
C amrnartion Method Thirknem of p cc p.c
Hand operated vibratory 4" 4
plate or light roller in
confined area.
Hand operated vibratory 6" 4
drum roller weighing at
least 1000#in confined
areas.
Loaded 10-wheel truck 10" 4
or D-8 crawler.
Light vibratory drum 12" 6
Building Earthwork 02202-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street •.
9911
Percent by Weight
Sieve Passing Through
Designation Minimum Maximum
4 inch 100 -
1 inch 60 100
No. 4 25 85
No. 16 10 60
No. 50 4 30
No. 200 - 5
1.06. EXCAVATION- GENERAL
A. It is assumed excavation can be done without explosives. If ledge is encountered,
adjustment in contract sum will be made. Report immediately to Architect of any
extraordinary conditions which may be encountered in excavation. w'
B. Ilnauthori7 d excavation: Do not overexcavate. Unauthorized excavation consists of
removal of material beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without
specific directions of Architect.
C. S nhili of Sides: Excavations over three feet depth shore and brace where sloping is
not possible.
Take precautions to prevent slides or cave-ins when excavations are made adjacent to
other backfilled excavations and when sides of excavation are subjected to vibrations.
Provide minimum requirements for trench shoring and bracing to comply with ANSI
A10.1 "Safety Code for Building Construction" and with local codes and authorities
having jurisdiction.
D. p .-w terin : Perform earthwork in a manner to prevent surface water and ground
water from flowing into excavations and to prevent water from flooding the project site
and surrounding area. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove
water using dewatering methods which will prevent softening of foundation bottoms, ..
undercutting footing and changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations.
Provide and maintain pumps, sums, suction and discharge lines necessary to convey
water away from excavations. Convey water from excavations and surface water to �••
.run-off areas using temporary drainage ditches.
E. Material Storage: Stockpile acceptable (for fill or backfill) excavated materials until -p
required. Locate and retain materials away from edges of excavations to prevent
materials from edges of excavations to prevent materials from falling or sliding into
excavations.
F. Remove excess and unacceptable excavated material from building and site.
Building Earthwork 02202-2 "�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 02202 - F,ARTNWORK_ HUIi DING
PART 1 —G ENERA1.
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division— 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Section 01010 — Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing of Project applies to
'! this Section.
1.02 INTENT
A. The Contractor under this section shall furnish all labor, materials, appliances, and
equipment necessary for execution and completion of all building earthwork in
accordance with this section of the specifications and applicable drawings and subject
to the terms and conditions of the Contract.
" 1.03 RELATED WORK
A. SITE EARTHWORK- Section 02201
1.04. SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section includes,but is not limited to, the following items of work:
1. Excavation
a. Excavation for all footings,piers, and foundation.
b. Excavation of all trenches for pipes, drains, sumps, and conduits within the
building.
C. Miscellaneous items of excavation required to perform the work shown on
plans.
2. Rackfilling
a. Backfilling around the foundation walls, footings, and piers.
b. Backfilling of all trenches after piping has been installed.
C. Testing as required.
1.05. SOIL MATERIALS
A. Unless further specified in more detail, fill material used for structural fill shall meet
the following criteria:
1. Well-Drained Gravel - Well-graded natural sand and gravel conforming to the
following gradations:
Building Earthwork 02202-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
B. Quality Control Testing During Construction: The Contractor will pay for a qualified -�
testing service, which will inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers before further
construction work is performed.
1. Submit names of three independent testing laboratories for Architect's review and *■
selection of one laboratory.
2. Laboratory shall perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D-1556
(sand cone method) or ASTM D-2167 (rubber balloon method), as applicable. ■*
a. Controlled fill for Specifications Section 02202 EARTHWORK -
BUILDING: For each strata of soil on which footings will be placed,
conduct at least two tests to verify required design-bearing capacities. °
b. Paved Areas Subgrad_e: Make at least two field density test of subgrade at
oil tank backfill
C. If, in opinion of Architect, based on testing service reports and inspection, subgrade or
fills which have been placed are below specified density, provide additional
compaction at no additional expense.
1.12 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
PART 2—PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3—EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 02201
ow
Site Earthwork 02201- 6 �*
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
meeting requirements of sieve gradation - Paragraph M2.01.7. Largest stone size
shall be two (2) inches.
4. Processed Gravel - Sound, durable particles of stone free of thin shale, loam, or
organic material with no stone over three (3) inches in greatest dimension.
Percentage by Weight
P Sieve Passing Square Mesh Sieves
Designation Minimum Maximum
3 inch 100 0
1-1/2 inch 70 100
3/4 inch 50 85
No. 4 30 55
No. 40 5 35
No. 200 0 5
1.09 SITE GRADING
A. Finish grades shall be uniform levels or slopes between points where grades are given.
Abrupt changes in grades shall be rounded. Blend new and existing grades smoothly.
Conduct ground surface water away from buildings and structure walls, sidewalks,
platforms and other structures.
B. Finish grades for lawn areas shall be uniform, smooth and with no depressions to
collect water in any surface plane. Perform all grading so that all surface water is
properly conducted to drainage swales and catch basins, and away from walls,
sidewalks, and other structures.
1.10 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL
A. Remove poor-bearing material encountered in site earthwork and dispose of as directed.
- B. Poor-bearing or unstable material means deposits of peat, muck, clay, or organic soils
incapable of adequate compaction, in Architect's opinion.
C. Dispose of off site, at no extra cost. Place borrow in eight(8) inch layers and compact
to required density.
1.11 SETTLEMENTS
A. Correct any settlement within one year after final acceptance of the project at no
expense to the Owner. Corrective action includes removal and replacement of
pavements, curbs, utility lines, or structures adversely affected by such settlements.
Remove and reset plant materials around foundations of buildings if areas of backfill
settle to a negative gradient.
Site Earthwork 02201- 5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities;
3. Removal of concrete formwork;
4. Removal of shoring and bracing;
5. Removal of trash and debris.
Backfill in 8 inch lifts. Each lift compacted to 95 percent compaction as specified
elsewhere herein. •■
D. Preparation of Ground Surface to Receive Fill
1. Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and ..�
deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Place
backfill and fill materials in layers not more than eight (8) inches in loose depth.
Do not place material on muddy or frozen surfaces.
E. Fill Materials
1. Ordinary Fill - Well-graded natural inorganic soil approved by the Architect and �*
meeting the following requirements:
a. Free of organic materials, frozen materials, and stones larger than six (6)
inches maximum dimension.
b. Capable of specified compaction in a reasonable period of time.
C. Free of plastic clays, cinders, and other deleterious materials.
d. Maximum dry density of at least 100 pounds per cubic foot.
Material from site excavation may be used as ordinary fill if it meets the above
requirements.
All site backfill and fill material (excluding fill within building foundation walls)
to be on-site material or off-site borrow from an approved borrow area.
General Contractor is responsible for coordinating a schedule, excavating,
trucking, and depositing materials on-site as per specifications.
2. Well-Drained Gravel - Well-graded natural sand and gravel conforming to the
following gradations:
Percent by Weight
Sieve Passing Through
Designation Minimum Maximum
4 inch 100 -
1 inch 60 100
No. 4 25 85
No. 16 10 60
No. 50 4 30
No. 200 - 5
3. Underdrain Filter Material - Shall be uniformly graded crusher-run stone
fragments conforming to Massachusetts DPW "Standard Specifications" of 1988
Site Earthwork 02201- 4 ...
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
F. Material Storage
1. Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required for
backfill or fill. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
2. Locate and retain materials away from edge of excavations, even though such
excavations may be sheeted and braced, to prevent such material falling or sliding
into the excavations.
3. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials, such as unsatisfactory or
surplus excavated soil material, trash and debris, off site, as specified herein.
G. Excavations for Pavements
1. Cut ground under new pavements to comply with cross-sections, elevations, and
grades as shown.
H. Excavation for Trenches
1. Cut trenches to cross-sections required and grades as shown. Deposit excavated
materials a sufficient distance from the edge of trenches to prevent cave-ins or
material falling or sliding into trench. Keep trenches free of leaves, sticks, and
other debris until final acceptance of work.
I. Removal of Unsatisfactory Soil Materials
1. Excavate unsatisfactory soil materials encountered that extend below required
elevations,to additional depth directed by Architect.
1.07. COMPACTION
A. General
1. Perform compaction of soil materials for backfills and fills using suitable soil
compaction equipment for materials to be compacted. Compact to not less than
95 percent optimum density(AASHO T-180,Method A)under pavements.
2. Where subgrade must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly
apply water to surface of subgrade, or base material, to prevent free water
appearing on surface during or subsequent to com- paction operations. Scarify
and air dry soil that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density.
1.08. BACKFILL AND FILL
A. Backfill consists of placement of acceptable soil material in layers, in excavations, to
required subgrade elevations.
B. Fill consists of placement of acceptable soil material in la y ers over
ground surface to
required elevations.
C. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the
following:
1. Acceptance by Architect of construction below finish grade;
, ,, Site Earthwork 02201- 3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.06. EXCAVATION
A. Excavation consists of cutting, moving or removing materials. for all pavements
materials, and trenching for water and service, removal of oil tank. ..
B. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade
elevations or dimensions without specific direction of Architect.
1. Under footings or foundation bases, fill unauthorized excavation by extending the
indicated footings elevations to the excavation bottom without altering required
top elevation.
C. Stability of Sides
1. Slope sides of excavations over five (5) feet deep to angle of repose of material
excavated; otherwise, shore and brace where sloping is not possible either
because of space restrictions or material excavated.
2. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of
backfilling by scaling,benching, shelving, or bracing.
3. Take precautions to prevent slides or cave-ins when excavations are made in
locations adjacent to back-filled excavations, and when sides of excavations are
subjected to vibrations from vehicular traffic or the operation of machinery, or
any other source.
D. Shoring and Bracing
1. Provide materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling,uprights, stringers
and cross-braces, in good serviceable condition.
2. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period
excavations will be open. Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation
progresses.
3. Provide minimum requirements for trench shoring and bracing to comply with
ANSI A10.1 SAFETY CODE FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, and local
codes and authorities having jurisdiction.
E. Dewatering
1. Perform earthwork in a manner to prevent surface water and subsurface or
ground water from flowing into excavations, and to prevent water from flooding
project site and surrounding area.
2. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water using
dewatering methods which will prevent softening of foundation bottoms,
undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and
foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, sumps, suction and discharge lines,
and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from
excavation.
3. Convey water removed from excavations and rain water to collecting or run-off
areas. Provide and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions
outside excavation limits for each structure. Do not use trench excavations as
temporary drainage ditches.
Site Earthwork 02201- 2 ,�
OR
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
PP
SECTION 02201 - EARTHWORK- SITE
Mp
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section.
B. Section 01010 — Summary of Work, Project Schedule, Phasing Project applies to this
section.
1.02 INTENT
A. The Contractor under this section shall furnish all labor, materials, appliances and
equipment necessary for completion of site earthwork in accordance with this section of
the specifications and applicable drawings and subject to terms and conditions of the
contract.
1.03 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work under this section includes, but is not limited to, the excavation and
backfilling for the following:
1. Providing borrow material, as necessary, to establish new grades and to establish
all pavement and trench cross-sections,backfilling for electric line to sign.
2. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling for all underground utilities.
1.04. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
A. Barricade open excavations and post with warning lights for safety of persons. Operate
warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day.
B. Protect structures, utilities, existing irrigation system, sidewalks, pavements, and other
facilities immediately adjacent to excavations from damage caused by settlement,
lateral movement, undermining,washout, and other hazards.
C. Excavation and backfill of trench for electrical to sign shall not interrupt the operation
of the Drive —up Banking window. This work to be performed during "off' window
operating hours.
Site Earthwork
02201- 1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK
Earthwork Site
Earthwork Building
Site Improvements
aw
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ON
9911
retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of
patching and refinishing.
2. Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another
patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even ..
surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall
coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary to achieve uniform
color and appearance. .A
a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final
paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch, after
the patched area has received primer and second coat.
b. Patch, repair or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an
even plane surface of uniform appearance.
K. In all exposed existing surfaces, which become concealed in the completed
construction, remove all loose, unsound, insecurely attached and/or destroyed
material and debris and patch.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is performed.
3.05 ALTERNATES
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 01750
Cutting and Patching 01750-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
integrity of affected portion of Work.
B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage.
C. Provide protection from elements for that portion of the Project which may be
exposed by cutting and patching work, and maintain excavations free from water.
D. Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit or ductwork
serving the building, but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have
!!!� been made to bypass them.
3.03 PERFORMANCE
A. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will prevent damage to other
work, and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs.
B. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will prevent settlement or
damage to other work.
C. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to
comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes.
D. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide
completed Work in accord with requirements of Contract Documents.
E. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduits and other penetrations through
surfaces.
F. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent
surfaces:
1. For continuous surfaces,refinish to nearest intersection.
2. For an assembly,refinish entire unit.
G. Except where sleeves are called for and cast into concrete or installed in masonry,
the General Contractor shall core drill all holes larger than 2" in diameter in any
slab, concrete wall or masonry wall, required by any subcontractor for items passing
through it(pipes,conduits,etc.,). The Subcontractor shall mark all locations.
H. Patch all holes, openings and accesses left by the removal and installation of any
mechanical or electrical items in Division 15 or Division 16.
I. Patch all holes, cracks, openings left by the removal of the educational equipment by
the Owner.
J. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible.
1. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into
Cutting and Patching 01750-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ...
9911
4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements. -�
5. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.
B. Request shall include:
1. Identification of the Project. "'
2. Description of affected work.
3. The necessary for cutting, alteration or excavation.
4. Effect on work of Owner or any separate contractor, or on structural or dw
weatherproof integrity of Project.
5. Description of proposed work:
a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.
b. Trades who will execute the work.
C. Products proposed to be used.
d. Extent of refinishing to be done.
6. Alternatives to cutting and patching.
C. Should conditions of Work or the work schedule indicate a change of products from
original installation, Contractor shall submit request for substitution as specified in
Section 01600.
D. Submit written notice to Architect designating the date and the time
the work will be uncovered.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Comply with specifications and standards for each specific product involved.
PART 3 -F.XF.CI1TTON
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing conditions of Project, including elements subject to damage or to
movement during cutting and patching.
B. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of Products, or
performance of work.
C. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Architect in writing, do not
proceed with work until Architect has provided further instructions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure structural value or
Cutting and Patching 01750-2 ••
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SFC'TfON 01750-CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GF.NFRAi
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. The General Contractor, unless specifically indicated otherwise, shall be responsible
for all cutting, fitting and patching, including attendant excavation and backfill,
required to complete the work or to:
1. Make its several parts fit together properly.
2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective work.
4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract
Documents.
5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing.
6. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of
piping and electrical conduit.
7. Core drilling required for all trades.
8. Saw cutting down foundation for column base plates recesses.
B. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations.
Refer to Division — 15 and Division — 16 Sections for other requirements and
limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations.
C. Demolition of selected portions of the building is included in this Section.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01010: Summary of Work
B. Section 05500: Metal Fabrication
B. Section 15000: Plumbing and H.V.A.0
C. Section 16000: Electrical
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a written request to Architect well in advance of executing any cutting or
alteration which affects:
1. Work of the Owner or any separate Contractor.
2. Structural Value or integrity of any element of the Project.
!! ' 3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or moisture resistant elements
or systems.
Cutting and Patching . 01750-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
3.02 FINAL. CLEANING
A. General: General cleaning during construction is required by the General
Conditions and included in Section"Temporary Facilities".
B. C auin : Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.
* Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial
building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's
instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for
Final Acceptance.
a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
b. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and
windows (interior and exterior). Remove glazing compound and
other substances that are noticeable vision-obscuring materials.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent
materials.
C. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a
dust-free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign
substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective
condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted
surfaces.
d. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove
excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to
a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps.
e. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish,
litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean;
remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that
are neither paved nor planted,to a smooth even-textured surface.
C. Pest Control: engage an experienced exterminator to make a final inspection, and
rid the Project of rodents, insects and other pests.
D. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for
protection of the Work during construction.
E. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety
standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess
materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous
materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose
of in a lawful manner.
1. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated
Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these
materials as directed.
END OF SECTION 01700
Project Closeout 01700-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
manuals: am
1. Emergency instructions.
2. Spare parts list.
3. Copies of warranties. am
4. Wiring diagrams.
5. Recommended "turn around" cycles.
6. Inspection procedures.
7. Shop Drawings and Product Data.
8. Fixture lamping schedule.
.R
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 - EXEC UT10
3.01 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Operating and Maintenance ffistnintioxis: Arrange for each installer of equipment
that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide
instruction in proper operation and maintenance. If installers are not experienced in
procedures, provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives. Include a detailed
review of the following items:
1. Maintenance manuals.
2. Record documents.
3. Spare parts and materials.
4. Tools.
5. Lubricants.
6. Fuels.
7. Identification Systems.
8. Control sequences.
9. Hazards.
10. Cleaning.
11. Warranties and bonds.
12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following
procedures:
1. Start-up. ..
2. Shutdown.
3. Emergency operations.
4. Noise and vibration adjustments. -R
5. Safety procedures.
6. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
7. Effective energy utilization. �*
Project Closeout 01700-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
'! 21 Locust Street
- 9911
obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance.
2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated.
► 1.05 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from
deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record
documents for the Architect's reference during normal working hours.
W, B. Record Drawinga: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line
white-prints of Contract Drawing and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the
actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as
originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions
fully and accurately. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be
difficult to measure and record at a later date.
1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish
between variations in separate categories of the Work.
2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown on
Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings.
3. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable.
4. Organize field record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with
durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other
identification on the cover of each set.
5. Transfer above information to a set of reproducible documents and transmit
both copies to the Architect.
C. Record Sp r-ifi .a inns: Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual,
including addenda, and one copy of other written construction documents such as
Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. Mark
these documents to show substantial variations in actual Work performed in
comparison with the text of the Specifications and modifications. Give particular
attention to substitutions, selection of options and similar information on elements
that are concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct
observation. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.
1. Upon Completion of the Work, submit record specifications to the Architect
for the Owner's records.
D. Maintenance Manuals: Submit to Architect, for delivery to Owner, three (3) sets of
Maintenance Manuals. Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets
of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual heavy-duty 2-inch,
3-ring vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information.
! Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include an
information sheet containing contractors name, address, phone number, project
superintendent, and project manager. Provide complete listing of subcontractors
"! and material suppliers including company name, address, phone number, and
contact person. Include the following information in the operation and maintenance
Project Closeout 01700-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ^�^
9911
7. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's
operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and
remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools,
mock-ups, and similar elements.
8. Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting.
touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes.
B. lnsnertion Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will
either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements.
The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following
inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or
corrected before the certificate will be issued.
1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the
Work has been substantially completed.
2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for
final acceptance.
1.04 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A. Preliminary Proredures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final
acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the
request.
1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates
of insurance for products and completed operations where required.
2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to
the Contract Sum.
3. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or
otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated .�
by the Architect.
4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel,
and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion, or when the
Owner took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of
the Work.
5. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement.
7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements.
B. Reinsoection Prnrednre: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of
notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has
been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of
circumstances acceptable to the Architect.
1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of
final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of work that is incomplete or of
Project Closeout 01700-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01700- PROJECT C1 0SF01iT
PART 1 -GENERAL
" 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout,
including but not limited to:
1. Occupancy Permits
2. Inspection procedures.
3. Project record document submittal.
4. Operating and maintenance manual submittal.
5. Submittal of warranties.
6. Final cleaning.
B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the
appropriate Sections in Divisions-2 through-16.
1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Prelimij3sry Proredureq: Before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion,complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
m, 1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date
Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the
portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Include supporting
documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and
a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
a. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of
incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons
the Work is not complete.
2. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements,
final certifications and similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work
!' and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating
certificates and similar releases.
5. Deliver tools, spare parts,extra stock, and similar items.
!' 6. Make final change-over of permanent locks and transmit keys to the Owner.
Advise the Owner's personnel of change-over in security provisions.
Project Closeout 01700-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street *-
9911
the product specified.
C. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the
Work, and make such other changes as may be required to make the
Work complete in all respects.
d. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility,
which may subsequently become apparent.
D. Lack of information and unfamiliarity of the product and manufacturer shall
automatically disqualify the substitution request.
E. No substitution will be allowed after the award of the Contract.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS:
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of
products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place,
accurately located and aligned with other Work.
1. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from
damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
3.02 ALTERNATES .�
A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements for Alternates, as they affect this section.
END OF SECTION 01600
Materials and Equipment 01600-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic
inspections of stored products to assure that products are maintained under specified
conditions, and free from damage or deterioration.
D. Protection After installation;
1. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from
damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when
no longer needed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT SELECTION
A. Selection of Products, and Manufachirers:
1. For products specified only by reference standard, select product and
manufacturer meeting that standard and follow submittal requirements.
2. For products specified by naming several products and/or manufacturers as
an approved equivalent, selection shall be made from those listed.
3. For products specified by naming several products and/or manufacturers "or
approved equal", the contractor selecting "or approved equal" items shall
follow submittal requirements.
4. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, there
are no exceptions.
B. Suhmittal R rniir m nts;
1. Submit prior to bid separate approval request for each product supported
with complete data,with drawings and samples as necessary, including:
a. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with that
specified.
b. Changes required in other elements of the Work because of the
substitution.
C. Effect on the construction schedule.
d. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product
specified.
e. Any required license fees or royalties.
f. Availability of maintenance service, and source of replacement
materials.
2. Architect shall be the judge of the acceptability of the proposed substitution.
PP C. C-nntractor's R=resentatinn:
1. A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that the Contractor:
a. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal
to or superior in all respects to that specified.
b. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for
Materials and Equipment 01600-3
.w
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street -*
9911
1.04 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. When Contract Documents require that installation of Work shall comply with
manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions
to parties involved in the installation, including two (2) copies to the Architect.
B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition, and adjust products in strict accord with
such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements.
1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's
instructions, consult with Architect for further instructions.
2. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions.
C. Perform work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any
preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted
by Contract Documents.
1.05 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules, coordinate to
avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site.
1. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original
containers or packaging,with identifying labels intact and legible.
2. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with
requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals, and that
products are properly protected and undamaged.
B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling
or damage to products or packaging.
1.06 STORAGE AND PROTECTION •
A. Store products in accord with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels
intact and legible. ..
1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather tight
enclosures.
2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by ..
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Exterior Storage:
1. Store fabrication products above the ground, on blocking or skids to prevent
soiling or staining. cover products which are subject to deterioration with
impervious sheet coverings, provide adequate ventilation to avoid
condensation.
2. Store loose granular materials in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to
prevent mixing with foreign matter.
Materials and Equipment 01600-2 -•
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
! ! 21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01600- MATERIALS AND Fol IPA.EN
PART 1 - GE.NERAL.
PM 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division-1 specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the
Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project.
B. Stndards: Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for applicability of industry
standards to products specified.
1.03 DESCRIPTION
A. Requirements Included: Material and equipment incorporated into the work shall
comply with the following:
1. Conform to applicable specifications and standards.
2. Comply with size, make, type, and quality specified, or as specifically
approved in writing by the Architect.
3. Manufactured and fabricated products:
a. Design, fabricate, and assemble in accord with the best engineering
and shop practices.
b. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and
gauges,to be interchangeable.
C. Two (2) or more items of the same kind shall be identical, by the
same manufacturer.
d. Products shall be suitable for service conditions.
e. Equipment capacities, sizes, and dimensions shown or specified
shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in
writing.
4. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is
designed or is specified.
B. Related e_d Reguir .m .n c:
OF 1. Conditions of the Contract.
2. Section 01010- Summary of Work.
3. Section 01340- Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples.
Materials and Equipment 01600-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
(1) All combustibles shall be located 30 ft. to 40 ft. from the �*
operation and the remainder protected with asbestos curtains,
metal guards or flame proofed covers (not ordinary
tarpaulins).
(2) All floor and wall openings within 40 ft. of the operations
shall be covered tightly.
(3) Responsible persons shall be assigned to watch for
dangerous sparks in the area and on floors above and below
the area of operations.
d. Flame or spark-producing equipment to be used shall be inspected
and must be found to be in good repair.
e. The Contractor shall make arrangements for a patrol of the area of
operations and the floors above and below such area,during any
lunch or rest period and for at least one-half hour after the work has
been completed.
3.04 OPERATION,TERMINATION AND REMOVAL
A. Sn ervisinn: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit
availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended use to minimize waste
and abuse.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect
from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
C. Termination anti Removal: Unless the Architect requests that it be maintained
longer,remove each temporary facility when the need has ended,or when replaced ..
by authorized use of a permanent facility,or no later than Substantial Completion.
Complete construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the
temporary facility. Repair damaged Work,clean exposed surfaces and replace ••
construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the
Contractor. The Owner reserves the right to take possession of Project �-
identification signs.
2. At Substantial completion,clean and renovate permanent facilities that have
been used during the construction period,including but not limited to: -•
a. Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings.
b. Replace significantly worn parts that have been subject to unusual
operating conditions.
C. Replace lamps that are burned out or noticeably dimmed by
substantial hours of use.
END OF SECTION 01500
Temporary Facilities 01500-8 .A
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
H. Te znnrarry Partitions
1. Provide temporary partitions to separate the areas of work from occupied
areas of the project and/or where indicated on drawings before starting any
Phase of the work, in accordance with the After Hours Work Requirements.
2. Construction
a. Partitions shall be full height from top of slab to the underside of the
0 floor or roof deck, built of 2 x 4 wood studs at 16" o.c., with shoe at
floor and cap at the top, with cross-blocking at 4'-0" o.c. Cover
Owner occupied face with 1/2" gyp board over Servico Vinyl #210
full height. Provide angular tape at floor and head 2" on floor or
deck to seal against dust. Partitions in exterior openings shall be
insulated and faced with painted exterior plywood.
b. Provide three(3) foot wide doors in each temporary partitions with
approved hardware.
C. Partitions shall be constructed and maintained at all times as not to
allow any construction debris and dust to enter the adjoining spaces.
I. Fire Protection
1. The Contractor shall O
one lace 1
p dry chemical fire extinguisher, minimum
U.L. rating 2A=10BC, for every 1,500 sq. ft. throughout the building.
2. Fire hydrants shall be kept activated for emergency use during construction.
J. Welding Protection-
1. Cutting and welding protections shall be provided in strict conformity with
the Industrial Risk Insurer's recommendations. The Contractor shall obtain,
be familiar with, and enforce the fire precautions outlined in the pamphlet
entitled"Preventing Cutting and Welding Fires: as published by the Factory
Insurance Association,January, 1971.
2. The Contractor shall not cut,weld or use other open flame or spark
producing equipment until the following precautions have been taken:
a. The location where the work is to be performed shall be personally
examined by the Contractor.
(1) Automatic fire sprinklers,where operable, shall not be taken
out of service until the work has been completed.
(2) There shall be no flammable lint,duct,vapors, liquids or
unpurged tanks or equipment previously containing such
materials in the area.
(3) The work shall be confined to the area or equipment
designated.
b. The following safeguards shall be provided:
(1) Floors and surrounding shall be swept clean and wet down
M prior to any cutting and/or welding.
(2) Ample portable extinguishing equipment, i.e. hand hose,
extinguishers,water pails, etc., shall be provided.
C. If the work involves cutting,welding or other spark-producing
equipment,the following additional safeguards shall be provided:
Temporary Facilities 01500-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..
9911
accommodate required office personnel at the Project site: ..�
1-5'-0" desk
1-4 drawer steel file
1-Plan Table an
1-Plan rack
2'-0" x 10' table
10 chairs
overhead lights
1 outdoor thermometer
1 telephone
Heat/Air conditioner
D. FAX Machine_ The Contractor shall provide and maintain at the filed office, on a
dedicated line, a FAX machine that is compatible with Fujitsu Dex Express 6000
and is capable of automatically receiving transmissions 24 hours a day. FAX
machine shall be maintained for the duration of a Project.
E. Sanitary Facilities: include temporary toilets,wash facilities and drinking water
fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type,number, location,
operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. The existing facilities within
the building shall not be used by any construction personnel.
1. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy.
Use of pit-type privies will not be permitted.
2. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at
convenient locations for personnel involved in handling materials that
require wash-up for a health and sanitary condition. Dispose of drainage
properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each condition.
3. Drinking Water Facilities: Provide containerized tap-dispenser bottled-
water type drinking water units, including paper supply.
F. Collection anti Disnasal Waste- The General Contractor shall pay all costs for the
removal and disposal of waste materials and rubbish.. Each sub-contractor shall
collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily and deposit in the General
Contractor's approved receptacle. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for
removal of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly.
Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 degree F(27 degrees Q. Handle
hazardous,dangerous or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by
containerizing properly. Dispose of material in a lawful manner.
G. Water Control: Provide methods to control surface water to prevent damage to the
Project,the site, or adjoining properties. *�
1. Control fill, grading, and ditching to direct surface drainage away from
excavations,pits and other construction areas, and to direct drainage to
proper runoff.
Temporary Facilities 01500-6 ..
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
incidental to such, should be provided and paid by the General Contractor.
The fuel equipment and method of heating shall at all times be satisfactory
to the Architect. The maintenance of proper heat and ventilation and
adequate drying out of the structure, including the cost of manning the
temporary heating plant, are the responsibility of the General Contractor and
any part of the structure damaged by dampness or abnormal heat shall be
replaced by the General Contractor. In addition, the General Contractor
shall pay for all labor, materials and fuel used to conduct the tests required
by these specifications.
a. The General Contractor shall provide weather protection for
masonry work specified
b. The Masonry Contractor shall provide all temporary heating required
for maintaining mortar, grout and masonry unit surface temperatures
during installation, in accordance with the procedures for masonry
construction.
3. The General Contractor may request to utilize existing heating equipment
installed under this contract,once the building is weathertight, but shall
supply any additional heating equipment, as may be required. Care and
precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to protect the equipment from
improper use and damage. Damaged parts must be replaced. Heating
equipment, when accepted, must be in the conditions required by the
specifications. Sufficient heating equipment and radiation must be in service
to maintain at least 70 degrees F for interior finish, or as otherwise required
to properly protect all work and materials. Temporary connections, setting
or radiators and the furnishings and operation of equipment shall be done as
part of the work of this contract.
3.02 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities and other temporary
construction and support facilities for easy access.
1. Maintain temporary construction and support facilities until near Substantial
Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining
after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities,
under conditions acceptable to the Owner.
B. Tempmmn Heat: Provide temporary heat required by construction activities, for curing
or drying of completed installations or protection of installed construction from adverse
effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select safe equipment that will not have a
harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate
ventilation requirements to produce the ambient condition required and minimize
consumption of energy. The General Contractor shall,at a minimum,provide adequate
heat required by the construction activities during the months of November through
March, in conformance with M.G.L. Chapter 149: 44F(1).
C. Field Offices: Provide insulated,weathertight temporary offices of sufficient size to
Temporary Facilities 01500-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
B. Temrnr�Fl ctrical Service
1. The General Contractor will pay for all electricity consumed for construction
purposes throughout the duration of the project.
2. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install a temporary electrical
service to the project, in accordance with and including the following
services:
a. Provide a temporary service meter, which all electrical power
consumed passes through.
b. Temporary lighting and power shall be installed as construction
progresses. It shall consist of(as a minimum)the following:
(1) 1-200 Watt lamp for each 24'x 24'bay or each 576 square
feet.
(2) 1-200 Watt lamp in each separately partitioned room.
(3) Maintain temporary lighting throughout the entire Project.
Replace damaged or burned-out lamps as required.
(4) Duplex receptacle installed so that no working area will
require more than a 50'extension cord to have power.
Extension cords shall be furnished by the Contractor
requiring them.
(5) When any temporary wiring is no longer needed or used, it
shall be removed.
(6) All temporary wiring shall conform to the N.E. Code and
OSHA standards.
(7) The Electrical Contractor shall maintain the existing electric
system to provide an interrupted service to the area occupied
by the Owner and all building tenants. Any temporary
connections shall be made and maintained by the Electrical ..
Contractor.
(8) Temporary electrical service shall be relocated as required to
accommodate the phasing sequences for this project. .�.
C. Tempor=Tel=hnne-
1. Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel engaged in
construction activities,throughout the construction period. Contractor shall
install adequate number of telephone lines and telephones required for his
personnel to conduct business. "•
D. TTemT ar_T Pam
1. The General Contractor shall pay for all fuel consumed until the area is no
accepted by the Owner.
2. Except as indicated below for masonry work,the General Contractor shall
provide weather protection,temporary heating,covering and enclosure in
compliance with M.G.L. Chapter 149: 44F and as necessary to protect all
work and material against damage by cold,to dry out the building and to
facilitate the completion of the work. All apparatus,heating devices, fuel,
water, electricity, attendance, ash removal and other items reasonably
Temporary Facilities 01500-4 �*
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
for connecting of power tools and equipment.
C. T amps and Tight Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage
required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered glass
enclosures, where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to
moisture. Replace broken or burned-out lamps as required throughout the entire
+! job.
D. Heating T Tnits: Provide temporary heating units that have been tested and labeled by UL, FM or another recognized trade association related to the type of fuel being
consumed.
E. Tempnr��nffres: Provide prefabricated or mobile units or similar job-built
construction with lockable entrances, operable windows and serviceable finishes.
Provide heated and air-conditioned units on foundations adequate for normal
loading.
F. Te_mnnrar;Toilet T Tnits: Provide self-contained single-occupant toilet units of the
chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type, properly vented and fully
enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent
material.
G. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations.
H. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried,portable UL-rated, class "A" fire
extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations provide
hand-carried,portable,UL-rated,class "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a
combination of extinguishers of NFPA recommended classes for the exposures.
L C onstmrtion Fen .ing: Provide temporary construction fencing to secure the
contract areas of the site during construction, in accordance with the Phasing
Requirements for this Project. Fencing shall be open-mesh fencing, installed in
locations indicated, separating construction activities from Owner occupied areas of
the site. Remove and relocate fencing during construction and provide additional
sections, if required to maintain a secure site during all Project Phases.
PART 3 - FXFCUT10N
3.01 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
op A. Temno�Water
1. The Plumbing Subcontractor will install a temporary water service to the
project, in accordance with specification Section 15400 from existing water
service system. The General Contractor shall pay for water used for the duration
of the project.
Temporary Facilities 01500-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
Operations", ANSI-A10 Series standards for"Safety Requirements for Construction *■
and Demolition", and NECA Electrical Design Library"Temporary Electrical
Facilities".
1. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities and
Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry
recommendations.
2. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA,NECA, and UL standards and
regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with
National Electric Code(NFPA 70).
C. Insn . tinny: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits and pay fees
for same.
1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Conditions of i Tse: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in
appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention
measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do
not allow hazardous dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to
develop or persist on the site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. General: Provide new materials; if acceptable to the Architect,undamaged
previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials
suitable for the use intended. •�•
B. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities.
C. Open-Meth Cnnstrnctinn Fencing: Provide 11-gage, galvanized 2-inch,chain link
fabric fencing 6-feet high and galvanized steel pipe posts, 1-1/2" I.E. for line posts
and 2-1/2" I.D. for corner posts. *�
2.02 EQUIPMENT
Wo
A. General: Provide new equipment; if acceptable to the Architect,undamaged,
previously used equipment in serviceable condition may be used. Provide
equipment suitable for use intended.
B. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to prevent
insertion of 110-120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle
outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters,reset button and pilot light,
Temporary Facilities 01500-2 �*
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
1 Locust Street
9911
SF.C'TfON 01500- TEMPORARV FACE LITIFS
PART 1 - GENF.RAT,
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies requirements for temporary services, facilities, utilities,
construction and support facilities, security and protection.
B. Teml Draw ntilitiec required include, but are not limited to:
1. Water service and distribution. See Section 15400 -Article 1.09
2. Temporary electric power and light. See Section 16100- Article 1.10
3. Telephone service.
C. Temporary porary ronstruction and support facilities required include but are not limited
to:
1. Temporary heat.
2. Sanitary facilities, including drinking water.
3. Temporary Project identification signs and bulletin boards.
4. Dust and water control.
5. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.
6. Temporary Partitions
7. Fire Protection
8. Disposal of waste
w
D. S .cur; and pmtection facilities required include but are not limited to:
1. Barricades, warning signs, lights and watchman.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations if
authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to:
1. Building Code requirements
2. Health and safety regulations.
3. Utility company regulations.
4. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules.
"! 5. Environmental protection regulations.
B. Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241, 'Building Construction and Demolition
Temporary Facilities 01500-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
M 21 Locust Street
9911
a. Date of issue.
b. Project title and number
C. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency.
d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
f. Designation of the Work and test method.
g. Identification of product and Specification Section.
h. Complete inspection or test data.
i. Test results and an interpretation of test results.
j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample-taking and testing.
k. Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested
Work complies with Contract Document requirements.
1. Time of job site by laboratory inspector.
M. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
n. Recommendations on re-testing.
1.06 ALLOWANCES:
• A. The General Contractor shall allow and include in his Base Bid the sum of one
thousand($1.000.00) for the cost of the testing agency.
u B. This allowance represents the actual cost of testing and does not include the
Contractor's overhead and profit. They shall be included in the Base Bid.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 -EXEC LITTON
3.01 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking and similar
services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to
eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes.
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect
repaired construction.
C. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility,ty, regazdless of the assignment
of responsibility for inspection,testing or similar services.
END OF SECTION 01400
' ` Quality Control Services 01400-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
testing or assisting the agency in taking samples.
3. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of
samples to testing laboratories.
4. Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for
materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. "M
5. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site.
B. The Contractor shall notify the laboratory a minimum of twenty-four hours in .w
advance of the operations to allow for laboratory assignment of personnel and
scheduling of tests.
,R
C. All additional testing and inspection required to satisfy the Contractor's own control
requirements during construction, shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor.
D. The costs of all testing and inspection, resulting from the Contractor's failure to
comply with the Contract Documents shall be deducted from the contract payments.
Cause for such deductions for testing and inspection shall be as follows:
1. To re-examine materials or workmanship which has failed.
2. To examine conditions arising from errors or omissions by the contractor. ..
3. To core drill and examine materials which have not met specification
requirements.
4. To re-examine materials and workmanship which have been unacceptable. •�
5. To examine and certify materials which lack specified certification or
identification, and/or expedite the contractor's operation.
1.04 LABORATORY'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to perform
inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified in
individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and Contractor
in performance of its duties, and shall provide qualified personnel to perform
required inspections and test.
1. The agency shall notify the Architect and contractor promptly of
irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its
services.
2. The agency is not authorized to release,revoke, alter or enlarge requirements
of the Contract Documents,or approve or accept any portion of the Work.
3. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each
inspection,test or similar service,to the Architect.
1. Submit three(3) copies of written.report and additional copies directly to the
governing authority,when the authority so directs.
2. Report data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service shall
include,but not be limited to:
Quality Control Services 01400-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01400- UAi ITV
CONTROL CFuvrrFc
PART 1 - GENFRAI.
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for quality
control services.
B. Except as noted below, the Contractor for each section shall employ and pay for the
services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all specified testing and
inspections. The Contractor for each section shall submit the names of three (3)
independent testing laboratories for Architect review and approval. The testing
laboratory approved or selected by the Architect shall report directly to the
Architect. The Contractor shall schedule and arrange all testing as required
throughout the duration of the entire project.
C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements
specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility
for compliance with Contract Document requirements.
D. Perform all testing required in the specifications and in conformance with Chapter
17 of the Sixth Edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code.
E. Testing laboratory inspection, sampling and testing is required for the following:
1. Section 0221(1-Building Earthwork
2. Section 01100—Concrete Work
3. Section 04200-Unit Masonry(Includes testing of mortar and grout).
4. Section 05500—Metal Fabrication.
1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Duties of the Contractor: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing
required inspections, tests and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary
services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to
p ermit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not
limited to:
1. Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities
necessary to facilitate inspections and tests.
2. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of material that require
' Quality Control Services 01400-1
PP
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01370- SC'HF,DULF OR VAi UFS
PART 1 - GF.NFRAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this
Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Work included:
1. Submit to the Architect a Schedule of Values within ten (10) days after
award of Contract.
2. If requested by Architect, support the values with data, which will
substantiate their correctness.
3. The Schedule of Values (AIA Document G702A) shall be used as the basis
for the Contractor's applications for payment.
1.03 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. AIA Form G702A, will be used unless prior approval is received from Owner of
Contractor's form.
B. Acceptable alternate form, if approved by Owner, shall be:
1. Automatic printout.
go 2. Detailed form providing more information than AIA Form G702A.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 -F.XF.0 UT1QN (Not Applicable).
END OF SECTION 01370
Schedule of Values 01370-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street *�
9911
self-explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, as follows, 4M
to indicate the action taken:
1.
Final I Tnr s rict d R 1 s .: Where submittals are marked"Approved",that
part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies
with requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend
upon that compliance.
2. Final-Rut-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked "Approved as
Corrected", that part of the work covered by the submittal may proceed
provided it complies with both the Architect's notations or corrections on the
submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will
depend on that compliance.
3. Returned for Resuhmittal: When submittal is marked"Not Approved" or
"Revise and Resubmit", do not proceed with that part of the work covered
by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other
activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the
Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain
a different action mark.
a. Do not permit submittals marked "Not Approved" or"Revise and
Resubmit" to be used at the Project site,or elsewhere where
construction is in progress.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 -F.XFC ITTION (Not Applicable).
END OF SECTION 01340
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 01340-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
C. Sample source.
d. Product name or name of manufacturer.
e. Compliance with recognized standards.
f. Compliance with governing regulations.
g. Availability.
h. Delivery time.
2. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a final
check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of
these characteristics between the final submittal and the actual component as
delivered and installed.
a. Where variations in color, pattern, texture or other characteristics are
inherent in the material or product represented by a Sample, submit
sets of multiple units of the Sample(not less than 3 units), which
show approximate limits of the variations.
b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for Samples
that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of
assembly, connections,operation and similar construction
characteristics.
3. Preliminary Submittals; Where Samples are specified for selection of color,
pattern,texture or similar characteristics from a manufacturers range of
standard choices, submit a single, full set of available choices for the
material or product.
a. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with the
Architect's marking indicating selection and other action taken.
4. Submittals; Except for Samples intended to illustrate assembly details,
workmanship, fabrication techniques,connections, operation and other
characteristics, submit number of sets required by the Contractor plus two
(2) sets to be retained by the Architect.
a. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned by the Architect, at the Project
site, available for quality control comparisons throughout the course
of construction activity.
5. Distribution nf Ram 1PS; Prepare and distribute additional sets of Samples
to subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators,manufacturers, installers,governing
authorities, and others as required for performance of the work. Show
distribution on transmittal forms.
1.05 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
e• A. Except for submittals for the record, for information and similar purposes,where
action and return on submittals is required or requested,the Architect will review
each submittal,mark to indicate the action taken, and return promptly.
1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility,
and not considered part of the Architect's review and indication of action
taken.
B. Action Stamp: The architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform,
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 01340-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..�
9911
the Contractor requires plus five (5) copies which will be retained by the
Architect.
B. Produc t Data: Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of
construction or system. Mark each copy to show which choices and options are
applicable to the Project.
1. Where Product Data have been printed to include information on several *�
similar products, some of which are not required for use on the Project,
or are not included in this submittal, mark copies to clearly indicate which
information is applicable.
2. Where Product Data must be specially prepared for required products,
materials or systems,because standard printed data are not suitable for use,
submit as "Shop Drawings" not "Product Data".
3. Include the following information in Product Data:
a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
b. Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
C. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
d. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
f. Notation of coordination requirements.
g. Sample of manufacturer's standard warranty certificate and any
optional extended warranty certificates.
4. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the
Contract Documents has been confirmed.
5. Preliminan,S ,�tt?l: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data
where selection of options by the Architect is required.
6. Number of Submittals: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor
requires plus three(3)copies which will be retained by the Architect.
7. Distribution: Furnish copies of final Product Data submittal to
manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers,governing
authorities and others as required for performance of the construction
activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
a. Do not proceed with installation of materials,products and systems ..
until a copy of Product Data applicable to the installation is in the
installer's possession.
b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection ••»
with construction.
C. Samples: Submit Samples physically identical with the material or product
proposed for use; submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples, cured and finished in
the manner specified.
1. Mount,display, or package Samples in the manner specified to facilitate
review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match the Architect's
Sample where so indicated. Include the following information:
a. Generic description of the Sample.
b. Size limitations.
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 01340-4 •
ee
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
r h. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
i. Similar definitive information as necessary.
4. All drawings submitted shall be 24" x 36" sheets or on 8 %" x 11"or 11" x
17" only.
C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Architect, and to other
destinations, as indicated,by use of a transmittal form. Submittals received from
sources other than the Contractor will be returned to the sender without action.
1. Record relevant information and requests for data on the transmittal form.
On the form, or an attached separate sheet, record deviations from
requirements of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and
limitations.
2. Include the Contractor's signed certification stating that information
submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Transmittal Form: Prepare a draft of a transmittal form and submit it to the
Architect for acceptance. Provide places on the form for the following
information:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Destination(To:).
d. Source(From:).
e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer and supplier.
f. Category and type of submittal.
g. Submittal purpose and description.
h. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
i. Remarks.
j. Signature of transmitter.
1.04 SPECIFIC SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Shun Drawings: Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. do
not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard printed information as the basis
of Shop Drawings.
1. Include the following information on Shop Drawings:
a. Dimensions:
b. Identification of products and materials included.
C. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
2. Highlight, encircle or otherwise indicatedeviations, from the Contrast
Documen s on the Shnp Drawings.
3. Do not permit Shop Drawing copies without an appropriate final stamp or
other marking indicating the action taken by the Architect to be used in
connection with construction.
4. Number of Submittals: Submit the number of opaque reproductions which
,. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 01340-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2. Small cuts or containers of materials. "
3. Complete units of repetitively-used materials.
4. Swatches showing color, texture and pattern.
5. Color range sets.
6. Components used for independent inspection and testing.
1.03 SUBMITTALS PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with
performance of the Work. Transmit each submittal to the Architect sufficiently in
advance of scheduled performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.
1. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for the same element
of the Work and different elements of related parts of the Work so that
processing will not be delayed by the Architect's need to review submittals
concurrently for coordination
a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal
requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals
are forthcoming.
2. Pro . .ssin : Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be
delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including time
for resubmittals.
a. Architect will review submittals with reasonable promptness and in
accord with schedule.
b. Advise the Architect when processing time is critical to progress,
and the Work would be expedited if processing time could be
shortened.
C. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's
failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently in advance
of the Work to permit processing.
B. Suhmittal P=am n: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for
identification.
1. Indicate the name of the firm or entity that prepared each submittal on the
label or title block.
2. Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or beside the title block
to record the Contractor's review and approval markings and the action taken
by the Architect.
3. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording
action taken.
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Name of Contractor.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Name of manufacturer. `
g. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 01340-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 LATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
" Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for submittal of
Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples to verify that products, materials and
systems proposed for use comply with provisions of the Contract Documents.
B. Designate in the Construction Schedule, or in separate coordinated schedule, the
dates for submission and the dates that reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and
Samples will be needed.
C. Shorn Drawings include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Fabrication Drawings.
2. Installation Drawings.
3. Setting diagrams.
4. Shopwork manufacturing instructions.
5. Templates and patterns.
6. Schedules.
7. Design mix formulas.
1P
D. Product Dgta include,but are not limited to,the following:
1. Manufacturer's Product Specifications.
2. Manufacturer's installation instructions.
3. Standard color charts.
4. Catalog cuts.
5. Roughing-in diagrams and templates.
6. Standard wiring diagrams.
7. Printed performance curves.
8. Operational range diagrams.
9. Mill reports.
10. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals.
11. Manufacturer's standard warranty and optional extended warranty
certificates.
E. Samples include,but are not limited to,the following:
1: Partial Sections of manufactured or fabricated components.
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples .01340-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 - F.XF.C11TI0N (Not Applicable).
END-OF SECTION 01310
Construction Schedules 01310-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01310- C ONSTRUC'TfON SCHEDULES
ES
PART 1 - GENERAL
+! 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this
Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Work included:
1. Promptly after award of Contract, prepare and submit to Architect the
Contractor's Construction Schedule for the Work, with sub-schedules of
related activities, which are essential to its progress.
B. Related requirements:
1. Section 01010—Summary of Work
2. Section 01027 -Applications for Payment.
3. Section 01200- Project meetings.
4. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
1.03 TERM OF SCHEDULES
A. Prepare s .h .dul .in the form of a horizontal bar chart.
1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation.
2. Horizontal time scale shall identify first work day of each week.
3. Scale and spacing shall allow for notations and future revisions.
B. Format of listings shall be in chronological order of the start of each item of work.
C. Identify listings by major specification section numbers.
1.04 DISTRIBUTION
+ ! A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Job site file.
2. Subcontractors.
3. Other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor, in writing, any problems
anticipated by the projections shown in the schedules.
Construction Schedules 01310-1
OR
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable).
END OF SECTION 01200
+u•
Project Meetings 01200-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..
9911
b. Proposal Requests.
C. Submittals.
d. Change Orders.
e. Applications for Payment.
S. Procedures for maintaining record documents.
9. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids.
10. Temporary utilities.
11. Safety and first-aid procedures.
12. Security procedures.
13. Housekeeping procedures.
14. Working hours.
15. Owner's use of existing spaces.
1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Conduct progress meetings at the Project site at regularly scheduled intervals.
Notify the Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates. Coordinate dates of
meetings with preparation of the payment request.
B. Attendees:
1. Architect and his professional consultants.
2. Owner's representative.
3. Contractor's Superintendent.
4. Subcontractors as appropriate.
5. Others.
C. Suggested agenda: ..�
1. Review of work in progress.
2. Field observations,problems,conflicts.
3. Construction schedule and related issues. ...
4. Maintenance of quality standards.
5. Pending changes and substitutions.
6. Other business.
D. Reporting: The Architect shall distribute copies of minutes of the meeting to each
party present and to other parties who should have been present. Include a brief
summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report.
1. Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. The
revised construction schedule must be submitted with each application for
payment; Contractor will be entitled to progress payment only upon
approval of estimates as determined from the updated construction schedule.
Project Meetings 01200-2 "'�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01200- PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GE.NE.RAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project
meetings including but not limited to:
1. Pre-Construction Conference.
2. Progress Meetings.
1.03 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Schedule a nre-constrnctinn conference and organizational meeting after execution
of the Agreement and prior to commencement of construction activities at a
mutually agreed time and location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities
and personnel assignments.
B. Attendees:
1. Owner's representative.
2. Architect and his professional consultants.
3. Contractor's Superintendent.
4. Major Subcontractors.
5. Others as appropriate.
C. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress including such
topics as:
1. Instruction of procedural documents and blank forms along with instructions
as to time and method of their submittal.
2. Distribution and discussion of-
a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers.
b. Projected construction schedules.
3. Critical Work sequencing.
4. Owner furnished items and deliveries.
5. Prefab metal building and its delivery
6. Project coordination.
7. Procedures and processing of
a. Field decisions.
Project Meetings 01200-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
„ libraries.
1.06 GOVERNING REGULATIONS/AUTHORITIES
A. The Architect has contacted authorities having jurisdiction where necessary to
obtain information necessary for the preparation of Contract Documents; that
information may or may not be of significance to the Contractor. Contact
authorities having jurisdiction directly for information and decisions having a
bearing on the Work.
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of
permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases jurisdictional
settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, and similar documents,
correspondence, and records established in conjunction with compliance with
standards and regulations bearing upon performance of the Work.
PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION(Not Applicable)
e.
END OF SECTION 01090
Definitions and Standards 01090-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.05 INDUSTRY STANDARDS **
A. Applicability of Standards: Except where the Contract documents include more
stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same
force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract documents by reference. Individual
Sections indicate which codes and standards the Contractor must keep available at
the Project Site for reference.
B. Publication Dates: Where the date of issue of a referenced standard is not specified,
comply with the standard in effect as of date of Contract Documents.
1. Updated Standards: At the request of the Architect, contractor, or authority
having jurisdiction, submit a Change Order proposal where an applicable
code or standard has been revised and reissued after the date of the Contract
Documents and before performance of Work affected. The Architect will
decide whether to issue a Change Order to proceed with the updated
standard.
C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is
specified, and they establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum
quantities or quality levels, the most stringent requirement will be enforced, unless
the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. Refer requirements that are different,
but apparently equal, and uncertainties to which quality level is more stringent to the
Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: In every instance the quantity or
quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum to be provided or
performed. The actual installation may comply exactly, within specified ,..
tolerances, with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed
that minimum within reasonable limits. In complying with these
requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum values, ..
as noted, or appropriate for the context of the requirement. Refer instances
of uncertainty to the architect for a decision before proceeding.
D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required
to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that entity's construction activity.
copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed for performance of a required
construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the
publication source. **
E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards
are frequently abbreviated. Where such acronyms or abbreviations are used in the
Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the
trade association, standards generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, or
other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to the
"Encyclopedia of Associations", published by Gale Research Co., available in most
Definitions and Standards 01090-4 *■
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
Project Manual.
6. Underscoring is used strictly to assist the reader of specification text in
scanning the text of key words. No emphasis or relative importance is
intended for text where underscoring is used.
B. Specification Content: This Specification uses certain conventions in the use of
language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used
in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as
follows:
1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other
Contract documents are the abbreviated type. Implied words and meanings
will be appropriately interpreted. Singular words will be interpreted as
plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable and where
the full context of the Contract Documents so indicates.
2. Imperative and streamlined language is used generally in the specifications.
Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by the
Contractor. At certain locations in the text, for clarity, subjective language
is used to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the
Contractor, or by others when so noted.
a. The words "shall be" shall be included by inference wherever a colon
40 (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
C. Assignment of Specialists: The Specification requires that certain specific
construction activities shall be performed by specialists who are recognized experts
in the operations to be performed. The specialists must be engaged for those
activities, and assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no
choice or option. Nevertheless, the ultimate responsibility for fulfilling Contract
requirements remains with the Contractor.
1. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcement of
building codes and similar regulations governing the Work. It is also not
intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements and
similar conventions.
2. Trades: Use of titles such as "carpentry" is not intended to imply that certain
construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized
individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also
does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to
tradesperson of the corresponding generic name.
1.04 DRAWING SYMBOLS
A. Refer to Drawing's General Information sheet G 101 for graphic symbols, material
legend and abbreviations.
B. Other graphic symbols: Where not otherwise noted, symbols are defined by
"Architectural Graphic Standards", published by John Wiley & son, Inc., ninth
edition.
Definitions and Standards . 01090-3
..
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street '"
9911
the intended use."
I. Installer: An "Installer" is the Contractor or an entity engaged by the Contractor,
either as an employee, subcontractor, or sub-subcontractor for performance of a
particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, and
similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they
are engaged to perform.
J. Project Site is the space available to the Contractor for performance of construction
activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other ..
construction activities as part of the Project. The extent of the Project Site is shown
on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land
upon which the Project is to be built.
K. Testing Laboratories: A "testing laboratory" is an independent entity engaged to �
perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to
report on and, if required, to interpret results of those inspections or tests.
1.03 SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION
A. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and
Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 16-Division format and
MASTERFORMAT numbering system.
1. Sections: For convenience "Sections" are considered as the basic units of
work. The section title is descriptive only and not intended to limit the
meaning or content of a section or to be completely descriptive of
requirements specified therein. ..
2. Section Numbering is used to facilitate cross-references in the contract
documents. Sections are placed in the Project Manual in numeric sequence;
however, the numeric sequence is not complete and the listing of the -*
sections in the "Table of Contents: at the beginning of the Project Manual
must be consulted to determine the numbers and names of specification
sections in the contract documents. Each section is divided into three parts;
PART 1 - GENERAL, PART 2 - PRODUCTS, and PART 3 -
EXECUTION.
3. Article and Paragraph Numbering: Articles are numbered using the decimal
system with the first digit indicating the respective section part and the last
two digits indicating the numerical sequence of each article as follows; 1.01,
1.02, 2.01, 2.02, 3.01, etc. Paragraphs follow the alpha-numeric system in
descending order as follows: A., 1., a., (1), (a).
4. Project Identification: The project name and number are recorded at the top
of each page of the specifications.
5. Page Numbering: Pages are numbered independently for each section, and
are recorded in the listing of sections (Table of Contents) at the beginning of
the Project Manual. The section number is shown together with the page
number at the bottom of each page to facilitate the location of text in the
Definitions and Standards 01090-2 ""`
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01090- DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS
PART 1 - GENF,RAI.
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic contract definitions are included in the General Conditions.
B. Iutlicated refers to graphic representations, notes or schedules on the Drawings, or
other Paragraphs or Schedules in Specifications, such as "shown", "noted",
"scheduled", and "specified" are used, it is to help locate the reference; no limitation
on location is intended except as specifically noted.
C. Directed: Terms such as "directed", "requested", "authorized", "selected",
approved", "required", and permitted mean directed by the Architect", requested
by the Architect", and similar phrases. However, no implied meaning shall be
interpreted to extend the Architect's responsibility into the Contractor's area of
construction supervision.
D. Approve: The term "approved", where used in conjunction with the Architect's
action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the
duties and responsibilities of the Architect as stated in General and Supplementary
Conditions. Such approval shall not release the Contractor from responsibility to
fulfill Contract requirements unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
E. legulatinn: The term "Regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful
orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and
agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work,
whether lawfully imposed by authorities having jurisdiction or not.
F. Eumish: The term "furnish" is used to mean "supply and deliver to the Project site,
ready for unloading,unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.
G. Install: The term "install" is used to describe operations at project site including the
actual "unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying,
working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar
operations."
H. Provide: The term "provide" means "to furnish and install, complete and ready for
Definitions and Standards 01090-1
+ Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
" ! instructions from Architect as to method of making transition.
3. All abandoned piping in floor shall be cut below floor surface, capped,
plugged and patched flush with existing surface.
B. Trim and refinish existing doors as necessary to clear new floors and new floor
finishes.
3.03 DAMAGED SURFACES
A. Patch and replace any portion of an existing finished surface which is found to be
damaged, lifted,discolored, or shows other imperfections, with matching material.
1. Provide adequate support of substrate prior to patching the finish.
2. Refinish patched portions of painted or coated surfaces in a manner to
produce uniform color and texture over entire surface.
3. When existing surface finish cannot be matched,refinish entire surface to
nearest intersections.
3.04 TRANSITION FROM EXISTING TO NEW WORK
A. When new work abuts or finishes flush with existing work,make a smooth and
workmanlike transition. Patched work shall match existing adjacent work in texture
and appearance so that the patch or transition is invisible at a distance of five feet.
1. When finished surfaces are cut in such a way that a smooth transition with
new work is not possible, terminate existing surface in a neat manner along a
straight line at a natural line of division, and provide trim appropriate to
finished surface. Install control joint material and caulk.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Perform periodic and final cleaning as specified in Section 01015 and.
1. Clean spillage,overspray, and heavy collection of dust in Owner-occupied
areas immediately.
B. At completion of work of each trade,clean area and make surfaces ready for work
of successive trades.
C. At completion of alterations work in each area,provide final cleaning and return
space to a condition suitable for use by Owner.
END OF SECTION 01060
+! ! Alteration Project Procedures 01060-3
MR
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street .R
9911
C. Perform cutting and patching as specified in Section 01750. *�
D. Protect existing finishes, equipment, and adjacent work, which is scheduled to
remain, from damage. �**
1. Protect existing and new work from weather and extremes of temperature.
a. Provide weather protection,waterproofing, heat and humidity
control as needed to prevent damage to remaining existing work and
to new work.
E. Provide temporary enclosures as specified in Section 01500, to separate work areas
from existing building and from areas occupied by Owner, and to provide weather
protection.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCTS FOR PATCHING, EXTENDING AND MATCHING
A. General Requirements that Work be Complete: .w
1. Provide same products or types of construction as that in existing structure,
as needed to patch,extend or match existing work.
a. Generally Contract Documents will not define products or standards
of workmanship present in existing construction; Contractor shall
determine products by inspection and any necessary testing, and
workmanship by use of the existing as a sample of comparison.
2. Presence of a product, finish,or type of construction, requires that patching,
extending or matching shall be performed as necessary to make Work
complete and consistent to identical standards of quality.
PART 3 -F.XF.0 LITTON
3.01 PERFORMANCE
A. Patch and extend existing work using skilled mechanics who are capable of
matching existing quality of workmanship. Quality of patched or extended work �-
shall be not less than that specified for new work.
3.02 ADJUSTMENTS
A. Where partitions are removed,patch floors,walls, and ceilings,with finish materials
to match existing.
1. Where removal of partitions result in adjacent spaces becoming one,rework
floors and ceilings to provide smooth planes without breaks, steps, or
bulkheads.
2. Where extreme change of plane of two inches or more occurs,request
Alteration Project Procedures 01060-2 ■*
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01060- ALTFRATION PR0.IF.C'T PROC EDI1RFS
PART 1 - GF.NF.RAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
A. Coordinate work of trades and schedule elements of alterations and renovation work
by procedures and methods to expedite completion of the Work.
B. In addition to specified in Section 01750, and that specifically shown, cut, move or
remove items as necessary to provide access or to allow alterations and new work to
proceed. Include such items as:
1. Coordinate the repair or removal of hazardous materials.
2. Removal of abandoned items and items serving no useful purpose, such as
dust work, abandoned piping, conduit, light fixtures and wiring.
3. Removal of unsuitable or extraneous materials not marked for salvage, such
as abandoned furnishings and equipment, and debris such as rotted wood,
rusted metals and deteriorated concrete.
4. Cleaning of surfaces and removal of surface finishes as needed to install new
work and finishes.
C. Patch, repair and refinish existing items to remain, to the specified condition for
each material,With a workmanlike transition to adjacent new items of construction.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01010: Summary of Work
B. Section 01750: Cutting and Patching
1.03 SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULES
A. Schedule Work in the sequences and within times specified in Section 01010.
1.04 ALTERATIONS, CUTTING AND PROTECTION
+ ! A. Assign the work of shoring,moving,removal, cutting and patching to trades
qualified to perform the work in a manner to cause least damage to each type of
work,and provide means of returning surfaces to appearance of new work.
B. Perform cutting and removal work to remove minimum necessary, and in a manner
to avoid damage to adjacent work.
1. Cut finish surfaces such as masonry,tile plaster or metals,by methods to
terminate surfaces in a straight line at a natural point of division.
Alteration Project Procedures 01060-1
WWII I
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
!+
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
?' PART 3 - EXFCITTION (Not Applicable).
END OF SECTION 01035
R
Modification Procedures 01035-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..�
9911
5. Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in the Work
will have on the Contract Time.
B. Contractor-Initiated Change Order Proposal Requests: When latent or other
unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, the Contractor may
propose changes by submitting a request for a change to the Architect.
1. Include a statement outlining the reasons for the change and the effect of the ■*
change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed
change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and
Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased and unit costs along
with the total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish
survey data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of
trade discounts.
4. Comply with requirements in Section "Product Substitutions" if the
proposed change in the Work requires the substitution of one product or
system for a product or system specified.
C. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G 709 for Change Order Proposal
Requests.
1.05 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Constnuction Change Directive: When the Owner and Contractor are not in total
agreement on the terms of a Change Order Proposal Request, the Architect may
issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Form G714, instructing the
Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a
Change Order.
1. The construction Change Directive will contain a complete description of
the change in the Work and designate the method to be followed to
determine change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work
required by the Construction Change Directive.
1. After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and supporting ..
data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
1.07 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES ••�
A. Upon the Owner's approval of a Change Order Proposal Request, the Architect will
issue a Change Order for signatures of the Owner and Contractor on AIA Form ■*
G701, as provided in the Conditions of the Contract.
Modification Procedures 01035-2 ..
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTiON 01 035 - IVIODIFTC'ATiON PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GF.NF.RAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and
processing Contract modifications.
B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this
section:
1. Division 1 Section "Application for Payment„ for administrative procedures
governing applications for payment.
2. Division 1 Section "Product Suhstitutions": for administrative procedures
for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract.
1.03 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving an
adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract time, will be issued by the Architect on
AIA form G710,Architect's.Supplemental Instructions.
1.04 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner-Tnitiated Proposal Requests: Proposed changes in the Work that will require
so adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time will be issued by the Architect,
with a detailed description of the proposed change and supplemental or revised
Drawings and Specifications, if necessary.
1. Proposal requests issued by the Architect are for information only. Do not
consider them as instruction either to stop work in progress, or to execute the
proposed change.
2. Unless otherwise indicated in the proposal request, within 20 days of receipt
of the proposal request, submit to the Architect for the Owner's review an
estimate of cost necessary to execute the proposed change.
0 3. Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased and unit costs, along
with the total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish
survey data to substantiate quantities.
4. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of
trade discounts.
,,,�, Modification Procedures .01035-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street -■
9911
PART 3 - EXEC'IMON a..
3.01 ALTERNATE SCHEDULE:
A. Alternate No. 1 Bond
If this Alternate is accepted, as defined in the Specifications as Alternate No. 1, the
following shall be included
1. Alternate No. 1 is defined as the additional cost to provide a performance bond
and labor and material bond each in the amount of(100%) of the Contract
amount, if required by the Owner.
B. Alternate No. 2-Replace Existing Rear Door
1. If this Alternate is accepted all as defined on drawings and in the Specifications "
as Alternate No. 2, this.work shall be included in lieu of respective portions of
the work indicated in the base bid.
a. The work is defined as furnishing labor and material to remove and dispose .�
of existing aluminum door,hollow metal frame and associated framing
within the hollow metal frame, and replace with new.
b. The door is further defined as door No. 118C on the door schedule.
c. See drawing for details
d. See also plans and details of other trades as this Alternate affects their work
and include in bid.
e. Under base bid,no work to this door is to be done except change the
cylinder.
.w
END OF SECTION 01030
Alternates 01030-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01030- Ai.TFRNATF.S
PART 1 - GF.NF.RAI.
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for Alternates.
B. Definition: An Alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid
Form for certain construction activities defined in the Bidding Requirements that
may be added to or deducted from Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept
a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in
the products, materials; equipment, systems or installation methods described in
Contract Documents.
C. If selected, Alternates will be selected in sequence by numerical listing.
D. Coordination: Coordinate related Work and modify or adjust adjacent Work as
necessary to ensure that Work affected by each accepted Alternate is complete and
fully integrated into the project.
E. Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract,prepare and
distribute to each party involved notification of the status of each Alternate. Indicate
whether Alternates have been accepted,rejected or deferred for consideration at a
later date. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to Alternates.
F. Schedule: A"Schedule of Alternates": is included at the end of this Section.
Specification Sections contain requirements for materials and methods necessary to
achieve the Work described under each alternate.
1. Include as part of each alternate,miscellaneous devices, accessory objects
and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation
whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate.
PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
Alternates 01030-1
..
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..
9911
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) ••
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) ..
END OF SECTION 01027
Applications for Payment . 01027-4 •�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
10. Copies of building permits
11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for
performance of the Work.
12. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
15. Performance and payment bonds (if required).
16. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
K. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the
Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment; this
application shall reflect any Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
Administrative actions and submittals that shall proceed or coincide with this
application include:
1. Occupancy permits and similar approvals.
2. Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements.
3. Test/adjust/balance records.
4. Maintenance instructions.
5. Meter readings.
6. Start-up performance reports.
7. Change-over information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation and
maintenance.
8. Final cleaning.
9. Application for reduction of retainage, and consent of surety.
10. Advice on shifting insurance coverages.
11. Final progress photographs.
12. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Certificate
of Substantial Completion.
L. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals which must
precede or coincide with submittal of the final payment Application for Payment
include the following:
1. Completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion.
3. Assurance that Work not complete and accepted will be completed without
undue delay.
4. Transmittal of required Project construction records to Owner.
5. Certified property survey.
6. Proof that taxes, fees and similar obligations have been paid.
w 7. Removal of temporary facilities and services.
8. Removal of surplus materials,rubbish and similar elements.
9. Change of door locks to Owner's access.
w,
On Applications for Payment 01027-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street -�
9911
F. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is the 1st day of �—
each month. The period of Construction Work covered by each Application for
Payment is the period ending 15 days prior to the date for each progress payment
and starting the day following the end of the preceding period.
G. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G 702 and continuation Sheets G
703 as the form for Application for Payment.
H. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form, including notarization
and execution by person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Owner.
Incomplete applications will be returned without action.
1. Contractor shall submit an updated Construction Schedule with each
application for payment. The contractor shall be entitled to progress
payment only upon approval of estimates as determined form the updated
construction schedule revised, submitted and approved for month of current
invoice.
2. With each Application for Payment submitted, except the first Application
for Payment, the contractor shall submit an unconditional release of liens,
from each subcontractor or supplier, stating that amounts requested in the
previous Application for Payment have been paid.
3. If the Contractor fails to submit the updated construction schedule or the
release of liens from the subcontractors and suppliers, the Owner may
withhold approval of progress payment until such time as the Contractor
submits the required schedule and release of liens.
4. Entries in the application for payment shall match data on the Schedule of
Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule.
5. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives
issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the
application.
6. No payment for items in storage shall be made for any item, which is not
properly stored at the site.
I. Transmittal: Submit 3 executed copies of each Application for Payment to the ••
Architect by means ensuring receipt within 24 hours; one copy shall be complete,
including waivers of lien and similar attachments,when required.
J. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must
precede or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include the
following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. List of principal suppliers.
3. Schedule of Values.
4. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
5. Submittal Schedule.
8. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
9. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
Applications for Payment 01027-2 �*
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01027- APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL.
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1.03 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT:
A. Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the
first day of a month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than
the thirty-first day of the same month. If an Application for Payment is received by
the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the
Owner not later than thirty days after the Architect receives the Application for
Payment.
B. Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the schedule of values submitted
by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of
values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the
Work and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its
accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the
Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for
Payment.
C. Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each
portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for
'w Payment.
D. Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress
payment shall be computed.
E. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and
payments as certified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner.
1. The initial application for Payment, the application for Payment at time of
Substantial Completion, and the final Application for Payment involve
additional requirements.
Applications for Payment 01027-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ...
9911
D. Each subcontractor entering upon the work shall be responsible and will be required ..�
to clean his/her own rubbish and waste materials and will keep the premises and
surrounding area clean of such debris, and deposit all rubbish in General
Contractor's approved receptacle. ..
E. The General Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and disposal, from the
site, of all waste material, rubbish and building debris in full accordance with all ••�
State and Local Laws and will pay for all fees required for dumping in approved
landfills or other facilities designed to accept said waste.
F. At completion of the work, the General Contractor shall:
1. Remove from building and site all their materials, equipment **
2. The inside of the building shall be cleaned by the Contractor to remove
smears. stains dirt, rubbish and all windows shall be washed clean, both
inside and out.
1.04 HOISTING
A. Except as otherwise indicated, each subcontractor entering upon the work shall
furnish all hoisting equipment required to complete the work of his/her sub-contract.
Provide hoisting equipment, as often as required, and in sequence with the project
schedule. Place materials and equipment in final installed location, or in approved
temporary location.
B. The General Contractor shall furnish hoisting equipment for his own use during
construction of the building.
,w
C. Subcontractors shall schedule their hoisting operations with the General Contractor
so that the building progress is not delayed or obstructed by the presence of hoisting ..
equipment.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) so
PART 3 -F.XF.C'TTTION(Not Applicable)
IM
END OF SECTION 01015
MM
Special Conditions 01015-2 ,.,
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01015- SPECIAL CONDITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this
section.
1.02 STAGING AND SCAFFOLDING
A. Except as otherwise indicated, the General Contractor shall furnish, erect and
maintain all staging and scaffolding(exterior and interior)ten(10) feet or over in
height for all trades for their use during the construction of the building without
charge to the trades for such use. The Contractor shall also furnish, erect and
maintain all staging and scaffolding for his own use during the construction of the
building. Staging and scaffolding shall be approved design, erected and removed by
experienced stage builders and shall have all accident prevention devices required
by State and Local Laws.
B. The General Contractor shall erect such staging and scaffolding in sufficient time
and in proper sequence so as not to delay work. Subcontractors shall schedule and
commence their work so that building progress is not delayed or obstructed once
staging and scaffolding become available. .
C. Each subcontractor entering upon the work shall furnish,erect and maintain all
staging and scaffolding under ten(10) feet in height required for work under his
subcontract, and where so indicated all other staging and scaffolding required for his
work. On completion of his work, each subcontractor shall dismantle and remove
such staging and scaffolding.
1.03 CLEANING
A. The Contractor shall keep the premises clean at all times and debris shall not be
permitted to accumulate.
B. Debris shall be remove d from the site daily by the Contractor and legally and
properly disposed of at dump areas permitted for that purpose. All fees paid.for by
W Contractor.
C. Except as otherwise indicated,the General Contractor will be responsible for the
removal and disposal of all waste materials or rubbish accumulated during the
progress of the work as caused by operations under the Contract.
Special Conditions 01015-1
�w
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to the site, in accordance with the
construction schedule.
3. Submit claims for transportation damage.
4. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items.
5. Arrange for installation of bank equipment and their accessories that are not
included in the contract.
6. Owner will pay for permanent (not temporary) utility company connection
charges as may be required for the Project.
7. Arrange for bank vendors to supply bank equipment, alarm cabling,
telephone cabling, and data computer cabling that is required to be installed
in this Contract.
« ► C. Contractor's Responsibilities
1. Designate delivery date for each product in the construction schedule.
2. Review shop drawings and product data.
3. Receive and unload all Owner furnished products at the site.
4. Promptly inspect product; record shortages, damaged or defective items and
inform Owner.
5. Handle products at the site, including uncrating and storage.
6. Protect products form damage and exposure to elements.
7. Assemble, install, connect, adjust and finish products, as stipulated in the
respective sections of Specification
8. Repair or replace items damaged by Contractor.
9. Electrical Contractor shall provide conduit and sleeves through floors and
walls and as required to reach all parts of the building for cabling and
telephone.
1.08 EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS
A. The purchasing and installation of new equipment and furnishings is not in contract
unless indicated in the plans and specifications. All roughing information,delivery
date and installation procedure shall be coordinated by the General Contractor and
the Equipment Coordinator appointed by the Bank.
1. Offices and Conference Rooms shall be completed, including carpet base,
and ready to receive furnishings on the date scheduled by the Owner.
2. Floors,walls and base in area of safe(cash guard)shall be completed on
date scheduled by Owner for installation by others.
PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3-EXECUTION(Not applicable)
END OF SECTION 01010
�, Summary of Work . 01010-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
added and/or jointed with existing under counter equipment. ..,
b. Safe (cash guard), and alarm installed by Diebold. Power and
conduit with pull string for alarm by electrical contractor. Alarm
wire by Diebold; installed and pulled by Interactive ..
Communications.
C. Alarm System (provided by Diebold except as noted)
(1) Wire/cable furnished by Diebold; installed and pulled by ..
Interactive Communications to keypads, doors, detectors,
safes, night deposit,ATM, and etc. Electrical contractor
shall install conduit with pull string to all locations.
d. Camera/surveillance System (provided by Diebold except as noted)
(1) Wire/cable furnished by Diebold; installed and pulled by
Interactive Communications from camera locations to MDF "*
room and to monitor from MDF room. Electrical contractor
shall provide conduits with pull string..
e. Desk and workstations. See 1.08 Equipment.
f. Phone, Data and Communication System
(1) Outlet boxes and conduits with pull strings to above ceiling.
(Provide one 4x4 box with 2x4 face ring at each station.) (By
electrical contractor).
(2) Wire for phone and data provided and pulled by Interactive
Communications.
(3) Phone and Data Jack covers provided by Interactive
Communications.
g. Signage by Owner;installed by Bank's Vendor.
h. Fire Extinguishers and signage by Bank's Vendor.
i. Traffic Control furnished by Owner; installed by General Contractor.
j. Teller Line and Check Desk signage furnished by Owner; installed
by General Contractor.
k. Display Boards,other than in contract, furnished by Owner; installed
by General Contractor.
2. Installation of Bank Equipment by the Owner's vendors will require General
and electrical Contractors' coordination and support work. Such work will
include,but not be limited to the following:
a. Provide cutting and patching
b. Provide installation grouting
C. Provide and install closure and fillers
d. Provide caulking around penetrations
e. Provide electrical conduits and connections ..
f. Provide blocking in wall for attachment or anchoring
3. The cost of the above work and coordination of same shall be included in
the base bid price for each division of section involved. ••
B. Owner's Responsibility
1. Arrange for and deliver necessary shop drawings and product data to the �+
Contractor for related items listed.
Summary of Work 01010-8
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
W 21 Locust Street
9911
considered as explanatory of the drawings and specifications and not as
indicating additional work. Details shall be accurately followed and any
deviations there from shall be cause for the rejection of any work so
executed.
1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. General: During the construction period the Contractor shall have limited use of the
site for construction operations. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits
indicated. Portions of the site beyond areas in which construction operations are
indicated are not to be disturbed without written consent of the Owner. The
Contractor's use of the premises is also limited by the Owner's right to perform
construction operations with its own forces or to employ separate contractors on
portions of the project.
B. Coordinate use of the existing Leased Space with Mr. Henry S. Kozak, Vice
President of Easthampton Savings Bank.
C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under this
Contract, stored on the site.
" D. Move any stored products, under the Contractor's control,which interfere with
operations of the Owner.
" E. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations.
1.06 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. Co-operate with Owner's Representative in all Construction operations to minimize
conflict and to facilitate Owner usage of the facility.
B. The Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in
completed areas of the building,prior to Substantial Completion,provided that such
occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placing of
equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.
1.07 OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS OR WORK
A. Related Items of Equipment to be Installed
1. Bank Equipment/Systems
a. Under counter Equipment
(1) General Contractor shall assist Diebold by cutting and
removing existing teller line so that Diebold can remove
existing under counter equipment; separate,reconfigure and
reinstall in the new teller line. (after hours work)
(2) Owner will furnish some new under counter equipment to be
�,,� Summary of Work 01010-7
No
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
transportation and all facilities necessary for the proper execution and ••
satisfactory completion of the work.
2. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both materials and
workmanship shall be of the best quality. Each Contractor shall, if required, �*
furnish satisfactory evidence o the kind and quality of materials intended to
be used.
3. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all piping temporary or **
permanent, necessary for water or other facilities needed for the construction
work in this contract,or owner occupancy, and shall remove temporary at
the completion of the work. �*
4. The Contractor shall not load, nor permit any part of the structure to be
loaded with a weight, which will endanger their safety.
F. Lines, Levels and Measurements
1. The Contractor shall employ an experienced engineer, approved by the
Architect, to carefully lay out the work in accordance with the dimensions of
the plans and be responsible for all his calculations. He shall check carefully
all dimensions and verify all existing dimensions and conditions, as they
actually exist(V.I.F.),before starting any work and report to the Architect
any discrepancies for correction and adjustments, with no change in contract
price.
2. Before ordering any material or doing any work, each Contractor shall verify
all measurements at the building and shall be responsible for the correctness
of same.
G. Shoring
1. The Contractor shall provide all temporary shoring,anchoring and bracing
required by the nature of his work, in order to make all part absolutely stable
and rigid, even when such shoring,anchoring and bracing are not explicitly
called for. He will be held strictly accountable for any damage on the
premises resulting from failure to provide it, either through lack of proper
judgment of for any other cause. In addition,the Contractor shall be held
responsible for the temporary bracing and shoring during excavation and ,..
demolition work.
2. The Contractor should employ an experienced engineer approved by
Architect for this work. ,.
H. Cutting and Patching
1. Cutting and patching shall be down by the General Contractor for the work
of all Sub-Contractors, except where otherwise provided in other sections of
the specifications. *�
I. Additional Drawings
1. Large scale or full size details will be famished by the Architect for work, *■
which, in their opinion,will require such drawings,but these shall be
Summary of Work 01010-6 •.�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Drawings for Construction Purposes:
1. The Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, twenty-five(25) sets of
Drawings and Specifications for the execution of the Work. Additional sets
may be obtained by direct arrangement with the blueprinter.
B. Permits and Regulations:
1. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, including sidewalk and
street permits, and shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn
and specified. If the Contractor ascertains that the drawings and specifications
are at variance with any of the above-mentioned requirements, he shall promptly
notify the Architect, in writing, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted. If
the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations and, without such notice to the Architect,he
shall bear all costs and damages arising there from.
2. On completion of the work, the Contractor shall obtain certificate of compliance
approval or acceptance from all authorities having jurisdiction over the work.
This shall include certificate of occupancy.
C. Building Code
1. All work shall comply with the 2000 State Building Cade of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, 780 CMR Sixth Edition and its revisions.
2. All contractors shall be in compliance with the requirements of the Office of
Safety and Health Administration
D. Building and Site
1. The Contractor shall accept the premises in its present condition and carry
out all work in accordance with the requirements o the specifications and as
shown on the drawings.
2. The Contractors for their areas of work shall be responsible for all
coordination of, and around obstructions of every nature unless specifically
noted on the drawings,or specified herein to be relocated or removed,
temporarily or permanently.
3. After'taking possession of different portion of the building,the Contractor
shall be responsible thereafter,until completion, for the management, care
and maintenance, including heating and lighting,of the Building and shall
be solely responsible for damage thereto and for any and all injury to persons
or property incident to or on account of the execution of their areas of work
and shall adjust all the claims or suits arising there from without loss or
expense to the Architect or the Owner.
E. Materials,Appliances,Responsibility
1. Unless otherwise stipulated, each Contractor shall provide and pay for all
materials, labor,water, tools,equipment, appliances, light and power,
Summary of Work 01010-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..�
9911
a. Erection of temporary barriers, construction partitions, required for *-
dust control, noise control, odors and etc. Construct temporary lit
walkways, as required for direction and safe public access.
b. Maintain temporary electrical telephone&data systems for full **
operation of the bank
C. Construction of barriers shall be uniform, fit tightly together and
blend into existing surfaces and finishes.
6. PHASE 1
1. Complete the work in the new area ready to receive the under
counter equipment. ..
a. All furnishings and computer station, telephone and all
required banking systems shall be ready to operate.
b. The steps, door and frames and finishes of the two openings
that will connect the two spaces shall be complete.
C. All bank furnishings and equipment must be installed and
operating.
2. At a designated date(a holiday weekend, Saturday noon thru
Tuesday am), the following work shall be completed:
a. Remove temporary closers at the two new openings that
connect the spaces
b. Cut,remove and reconfigure existing teller line
C. Remove existing bank under counter equipment, (by
Diebold).
(1) Disassemble under counter equipment for ..
reconfiguration under the new teller and back teller
counter, (by Diebold). General Contractor shall
assist Diebold as required.
d. Relocate and install existing equipment reconfigured in new
teller line and back counter, (by Diebold). General
Contractor shall assist Diebold as required.
e. Install new under counter equipment to teller line and back
counter, (by Diebold).
f. Fit and install filler panels between and at ends of equipment �..
as shown.
g. Install carpet base to equipment.
h. Modify existing drive-up teller station counter. •�
i. Construct temporary protective enclosure around drive-up
teller area.
PHASE? ...
1. Install temporary wall at ATM lobby
2. Install accessible dust and noise partition at stair to teller line
3. Install temporary dust noise partition around Drive-up teller station.
4. Complete renovation of existing space as called for.
5. Access to drive-up teller enclosure and existing electric room shall
be maintained.
Summary of Work 01010-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
work such materials, appliances, and plant as may be on the site of the work
and necessary therefore, provided that the right of the Contractor to proceed
shall not be terminated because of any delays in the completion of the work,
due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or
negligence by the Contractor, including but not restricted to, Acts of God or
of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine
restrictions, strikes and freight embargoes, or delays of subcontractors due to
such causes; provided, further, that the Contractor shall, within ten days
from the beginning of any such delay notify the Owner in writing of the
causes of delay and the extension of time caused thereby and requested on
account thereof. If the Contractor fails to give written notice as aforesaid,
he/she shall not be entitled to any extension of time on account of said delay.
The Architect shall extend the time for completing the work if in the
judgment of the Architect,the finding of fact justifies such an extension.
2. Apart from extension of time for unavoidable delays, no payment or
allowance of any kind shall be made to the Contractor as compensation for
damages because of hindrance delay from any cause in the progress of the
work,whether such delays be avoidable or unavoidable. The Contractor
hereby agrees that he/she shall have no claim for damages of any kind or
account of any delay in the commencement of the work and/or any delay or
suspension of any portion of the work,whether such delay is caused by the
Owner,the Architect or otherwise.
3. Until such time as the Owner terminates the right of the Contractor to
proceed,the Contractor shall continue the work provided that the Owner
may accept the work if there has been such a degree of completion as will, in
its opinion,make the project reasonably safe, fit and convenient for the use
and accommodations for which it was intended. In such case the Owner
may assess the actual damages caused by such delay.
D. Construction Phase
1. Construct work to accommodate the Owner's occupancy and or use of
premises during the construction period; coordinate the construction
schedule and operations with the Owner's Representative.
2. The sequencing of work is generally indicated by areas to be worked in:
called"PHASE". Each Contractor must review all the contract Documents
for work he/she is to perform within the area.
3. After the building is occupied by the Contractor,the mechanical services
(electric,water,heat,telephone,data, etc.) shall not be interrupted during
regular operating hours. If such interruption is required,temporary relocated
! services must be provided(prior to start of work)by the contractor at no
additional cost, or be done as after hour's work.
4. After hours work is defined as work which is performed prior to bank
opening and after closing,Monday through Saturday, or a Sunday.
5. Work of the following Phases shall include but not be limited to:
Summary of Work 01010-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
15. Aluminum doors and frames
16. Glass and Glazing
17. Hardware
18. Acoustic tile
19. Resilient flooring and carpet
20. Ceramic tile floors/walls
21. Painting and wall covering ..
22. Plumbing, heating-ventilating-air conditioning
23. Electrical, telephone, data, ups, fire alarm, surveillance systems, security
system ..
24. Lighting
25. The General Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor and equipment
necessary to move or relocate existing bank equipment and furnishings
throughout the course of the contract and as required for phasing and
completing the work.
26. Temporary construction of partitions for phasing work
C. The work includes the legal disposal of all demolition materials, in accordance
with all applicable laws and regulations.
1.03 PROJECT SCHEDULE
A. In order to meet the Owner's projected schedules, it is mandatory that the General
Contractor and all his Subcontractors provide sufficient work force to achieve
Substantial Completion and to adhere to the following schedule:
1. Phase I work to be completed and ready to receive customers in the new
space at 9:00 AM on Tuesday, 30 May 2000.
2. Substantial Completion of the TOTAL PROJECT shall be no later than 12
July 2000.
B. The work shall be commenced on or about 14 March 2000 at the time stated in the
notice to the Contractor to proceed, and the Work shall be completed by the times so
stated above and in the Contract Agreement. It is understood and agreed that time is
of the essence.
C. Delays and Damages:
1. If the Contractor refuses or fails to execute the work or any separate part
thereof with such diligence as will assure its completion within the time
specified or any extension thereof,or fails to complete said work within ...
such time,the Owner may,by written notice to the Contractor,terminate
his/her right to proceed with the work or such part of the work as to which
there has been delay. In such event,the Owner may take over the work and .�
execute the same to completion by contract or otherwise, and the Contractor
and his/her sureties shall be liable to the Owner for any excess cost
occasioned to the Owner thereby. If the Contractor's right to proceed is so -�
terminated,the Owner may take possession of and utilize in completing the
Summary of Work 01010-2 ,..
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
A. The Project herein described and shown on drawings is for the renovations required
for the expansion of the existing Easthampton Savings Bank. The Project is shown
on Contract Documents prepared by Tessier Associates, Inc., dated 3 February 2000.
B. The work in phases consists of renovating one existing, leased store space
adjacent to the existing Easthampton Savings Bank branch and minimal
renovations to the existing branch space.
The renovation of the New 1,815 Square foot space will contain a new 6-station
stand-up and one sit-down teller line, 3 offices, modest conference room, ADA
toilet, back work area and cash guard, lobby and new entry. The existing 1,328
square foot branch space will retain existing drive-up window, night deposit,
ATM and ATM lobby. Renovation to existing space will consist of selected
demolition, modification of existing counters and shelving and installation of
ADA ramp and employee lounge.
The work includes,but is not limited to, the following:
1. Site work consists of cutting and patching existing paving and extending
concrete walk for handicap accessible entry to bank
2. Selective demolition to the interior spaces
3. Cutting and patching, shoring for two new openings that will connect the
two spaces
4. Cutting,patching and leveling of existing concrete floor slabs.
5. Concrete steps and ramp
6. Structural associated with new openings
7. Cold formed metal framing and metal decking for ramp
8. Rough and finish carpentry
9. Custom Cabinetwork
10. Insulation
11. Patching of Existing Roofing, Sheet Metal &Flashing
12. Metal studs and gypsum board
!! 13. Hollow metal frames
14. Wood doors
Summary of Work 01010-1
i
7
1
1
7
1
1
1
7
7
1
1
l
DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Summary of Work
Special Conditions
Application for Payment
Alternates
Modification Procedures
Alteration Project.Procedures
Definitions& Standards
Project Meetings
Construction Schedules
Shop Drawings,Project Data& Samples
Schedule of Values
Quality Control Services
Temporary Facilities
Materials&Equipment
Project Closeout
Cutting&Patching-
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
+r 21 Locust Street
9911
companies, as may be acceptable to the Owner.
11.4.2 In the event the form of any policy or certificates of insurance required under
W this contract or the amount thereof, if not especially specified herein, or the
companies writing the same are not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor
will secure other policies or certificates in form and amount and with
NO companies satisfactory to the Owner; the Contractor shall not cause any
policies to be cancelled or permit them to lapse, and all insurance policies
shall include a clause to the effect that the policy shall not be cancelled or
* changed until 30 days after the Owner, as hereinbefore denied, has received
written notice thereof as evidenced by return receipt of registered letter. All
certificates of insurance shall contain true transcripts from the policy,
authenticated by the proper officer of the insurer, evidencing in p articular
those insured,the extend of the insurance,the locations and operations to
which the insurance applies,the expiration date and the above mentioned
notice of cancellation clause. Failure to provide and continue in force such
insurance and aforesaid benefits shall be deemed a material breach of this
contract and shall operate as an immediate termination thereof at the election
of the Owner. Said insurance shall be written with such company as may be
acceptable to the Owner and the policy shall be submitted to the Owner for
examination. Satisfactory certificates of said insurance shall be filed with
the Owner in duplicate prior to the commencement of operations by the
Contractor.
11.4.3 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the
work prior to Substantial Completion thereof, such occupancy or use shall
not commence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner and the
Contractor and to which the insurance company or companies providing the
property insurance have consented by endorsement to the policy or policies.
This insurance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of such partial
occupancy or use. Consent of the Contractor and of the insurance company
or companies to such occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS(Not Applicable)
PART 3 -F.XFCTTTTON(Not Applicable).
END OF SECTION 00800
Supplementary General Conditions 00800-9
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street .�
9911
payment. ••
3. Contractual Liability
(a) Bodily Injury:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
(b) Property Damage:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$1,000,000 Annual Aggregate
4. Personal Injury,with Employment Exclusion deleted:
$1,000,000 Annual Aggregate
5. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Including
Owner,non-Owned and hired vehicles):
(a) Bodily Injury
$1,000,000 Each Person
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
(b) Property Damage:
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
11.1.3 Add the following at the end of the second sentence of subparagraph 11.1.3.
These certificates shall set forth evidence of all coverage required by 11.1.l
and 11.1.2,the form of certificate shall be AIA Document G705. The
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner copies of any endorsements that are
subsequently issued amending limits of coverage.
11.4 Property Insurance,delete paragraphs 11.4.1 through 11.4.10 and substitute as follows:
11.4.1 The Contractor shall effect and maintain insurance against physical loss or
damage by theft,vandalism and malicious mischief, fire, lightning,wind
storm, cyclone,tornado,hail, explosion,riot,riot attending strike, aircraft, �•
vehicle and smoke damage upon all work not in place and all materials
stored at the building site, and all work in place,whether or not covered by
partial payments made by the Owner. Work shall be considered to be in *�
place if it physically either built-in, attached,anchored, secured,piped,
wired, connected or otherwise,permanently affixed where and as shown on
the drawings or indicated in the specifications. This insurance shall be in an
amount equal to the full contract amount and shall be for the benefit of the
Owner, the Contractor, and each Sub-contractor, as their interest may
respectively appear. This insurance shall be placed with such company or
companies and where practicable re-insured with such other company or
Supplementary General Conditions 00800-8 ®+
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
Revise:11.1.l In the first sentence of paragraph 11.1.1 following the word
"jurisdiction" insert the words: " and State".
Revise:11.1.2 Change subparagraph 11.1.2 to read as follows and add the
following clause 11.1.2.1:
11.1.2 The insurance required by subparagraph 11.1.1 shall include
all major divisions of coverage,and shall be on a comprehensive
general basis including Premises and Operations(including X-C-U),
Owner's and Contractor's Protective, Products and Completed
Operation, and Owner,Non-Owned and Hired Motor Vehicles.
Such insurance shall be written for not less than any limits of
liability required by law or those set forth in the Contract
Documents, whichever is greater.
All insurance shall be written on an occurrence basis, unless the
Owner approves in writing, coverage on a claims-made basis, shall
be maintained without interruption from date of final payment and
termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final
payment. The Owner shall be added as an Additional Insured on all
policies.
11.1.2.1 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be for
not less than the following or greater, if required by law:
1. Worker's Compensation with Occupational Disease
Coverage
(a) State(Statutory)
(b) Employer's Liability
$500,000 Each Occurrence
2. Comprehensive General Liability(including
Premises Operations: Independent Contractor's
protective. Products and Completed Operations:
Broad Form Property Damage):
(a) Bodily Injury
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$1,000,000 Annual Aggregate
(b) Property Damage
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
$1,000,000 Annual Aggregate
(c) Products and Completed Operations to be
maintained for one(1)year after final
,�, Supplementary General Conditions 00800-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street �•*
9911
extension. �-
Add: 8.3.7 Provide further, that the contractor, shall within ten(10) days
from the beginning of such delay, unless the Owner shall grant a w.
further period of time prior to the final settlement of the Contract,
notify the Owner through the Architect as agent for the Owner, in
writing with a copy to the Owner of the causes of the delay for each
delay caused by reasons other than weather. The Architect shall,
where possible, ascertain the facts and extent of the delay or delays
for claims, between the 20th of the month to the 30th day of the
previous month and report his findings and recommendations to the
Owner with the Contractor's next monthly pay requisition. If he
recommends a time extension, it shall be accompanied by a Change
Order. In cases where a claim is filed, except those that are part of a
continuing nature and extend beyond the normal monthly report
period stated herein, the Architect shall ascertain the facts and render
his recommendation to the Owner within thirty(30)days of the
receipt of the final date relating to the claim. Claims for time losses
due to extreme weather conditions will not be considered in fractions
of less than one half(1/2)day. If the Contractor fails to file claims
within the time periods specified herein for delays, it shall be
considered Prima facie evidence that no basis for a claim exists.
G. ARTICLE 9: PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION R
9.3.1 In Section 9.3 An location for Pam, delete Paragraph 9.3.1 in its entirety
and substitute the following:
9.3.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Architect on or about the first day
of each month an itemized Application for Payment using the form approved
by the Architect and the Owner,supported by such data substantiating the
Contractor's right to payment, as the Owner or Architect may require. The
Application for Payment shall be for ninety five percent(95%)of the portion
of the Contract Sum properly allocable to each month's Application period. •�•
The five percent(5%)of the Contract Sum withheld hereunder shall
constitute retainage.
9.3.2 Delete in its entirety and substitute as follows:
9.3.2 No payments shall be made on account for any materials or
equipment stored off the site in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Payments will be made for only items installed in its
final location
H. ARTICLE 11: INSURANCE AND BONDS
11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance
Supplementary General Conditions 00800-6 *�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
P„ 21 Locust Street
9911
„M If the total accumulated number of calendar days lost to weather
from the start of work exceeds the accumulated number to be
expected for the same period from the table above, time for
completion will be extended by the number of calendar days needed
to include the excess number of calendar days lost, provided the
Contractor can verify that the period of time in which the abnormal
weather conditions occurred affected the critical work sequence of
the construction schedule.
t Add: 8.3.4 No change in Contract Sum will be authorized because of
adjustment in Contract Time due to weather. The said Contractor
shall not fail or refuse to complete the work within the time herein
specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner.
Add: 8.3.4 The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the
Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and
extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the
Owner would in such event, sustain, and said amount is agreed to be
the amount of damages which the Owner would sustain and said
amount shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from
current periodical estimates.
Add: 8.3.6. It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and
every portion of this Contract and of the Specifications wherein a
definite and certain length of time is fixed for the performance of any
act whatsoever; and where under the Contract an additional time is
allowed for the completion of any work,the time limit fixed by such
extension shall be of the essence of the Contract.
1. To any preference,priority of allocation order duly issued by the
Government or Owner.
2. To unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault
or negligence of the Contractor,restricted to, acts of God,or of
the public enemy,acts of the Owner,acts of another Contractor
in the performance of a Contract with the Owner, fire floods,
epidemics,quarantine restriction, freight embargoes or other
unusual delays and usually severe weather in excess of normal
weather losses allowed in paragraph 8.8.3;
3 To any delays of Subcontractors or suppliers occasioned by any
of the causes specified in Subsections 8.3.6.1 and 8.3.6.2 of this
Article,expect delays occasioned by the failure of the
Contractor, Subcontractors,or suppliers to assure delivery by the
date needed and production line schedule delays of the product
manufacturer shall not be considered grounds for a time
Supplementary General Conditions 00800-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..
9911
Revise:Delete paragraphs 8.3.1 and 8.3.3 in their entirety.
Add: 8.3.1 It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between
the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and the .�
time of completion of the work to be done hereunder are
ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this Contract; and it is further
mutually understood and agreed that the Contract Time specified in •
this Contract(See Section ) shall commence on the date
shown on the Construction Schedule.
Add: 8.3.2 The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted
regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as
will insure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is
expressly understood and agreed that the Contractor has considered
all contingencies and factors affecting his ability to perform all the
work within the time specified, including among others,delays
caused by weather(as detailed in 8.3.3 below) and other possible
delays caused by the industrial conditions prevailing in this locality,
and after consideration of these factors,he has made an allowance
for such factors before agreeing to completion date specified in the
Contract Documents, and does further agree that all things
considered, such completion date is a reasonable time for completion
of work to be performed hereunder,without the need for any
extension of time for any other reasons than those specified in
Paragraph 8.3.3.
Add: 8.3.3 Completion time will not be extended for normal bad weather.
The time for completion as stated in the Contract Documents
includes due allowance for calendar days on which work cannot be
performed out-of-doors. For the purpose of this Contract,the
Contractor agrees that he may expect to lose calendar days due to
weather in accordance with the following table:
Jan- 11 days May- 11 days Sept- 8 days
Feb - 11 days Jun- 9 days Oct - 7 days
Mar- 12 days Jul- 10 days Nov - 10 days ,.
Apr- 11 days Aug- 9 days Dec - 11 days
Also, the Contractor agrees that the measure of extreme weather ..
during the period covered by this contract shall be the number of
days in excess of those shown for each month in the table above, in
which precipitation exceeded .10 inch or the average temperature ..
failed to exceed 40 degrees fahrenheit and in which the maximum
temperature failed to exceed 50 degrees fahrenheit, averaged from
three local area weather stations over the same period of time.. This
is the same source of data used to determine normal weather losses.
Supplementary General Conditions . 00800-4 ..
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
Add: Under paragraph 4.6.6, add the following: Arbitration shall be held
at a place within the local jurisdiction of the project. Unless
otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor shall cant'on the work
and maintain its progress during the period(s) when any claims,
disputes, or other matters are filed and are in the process of being
arbitrated.
E. ARTICLE 7: CHANGES IN WORK
7.3 Construction Change Directives
Revise: Under paragraph 7.3.6, in the first sentence, on the fourth and fifth
lines, delete the words"...a reasonable allowance for overhead and
profit", and insert in lieu thereof- an allowance for overhead and
profit in acceptance with the schedule set forth at the end of this
Paragraph".
Add: At the end of paragraph 7.3.6, add the following: The maximum
percentage of overhead and profit which may be added to actual
costs of changes in the work shall be based on the following:.
The Contractor and/or Subcontractor, for that portion of the work
performed with their own respective forces, shall be allowed five
percent(5%)overhead and five percent(5%)profit.
The Contractor, for work performed by other than his own forces,
shall be allowed five percent(5%)profit.
The first-tier Subcontractor, for work performed by other than his
own forces(sub-contractors), shall be allowed five percent(5%)
profit.
F. ARTICLE 8: TIME
8.1 Definitions
Add: 8.1.5 The contractor's attention is directed to the fact that the work is
urgently needed by the Owner and that time is of the essence; for this
reason,it shall be agreed that the Contractor will substantially
complete all work under the Contract within the time established in
the Contract, and that he will complete the Contract in all its details
for final acceptance as specified after Substantial Completion.
8.3 Delays and Extension of Time
, , Supplementary General Conditions 00800-3
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
workmanship. They are not intended to show in detail all ..
accessories and related work necessary for the execution of the work,
but it is understood that such details are part of this work.
B. ARTICLE 2: OWNER
2.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner .�
Revise:2.2.5 Delete this paragraph in its entirety and insert in lieu thereof
the following:
The approved Contractor shall be furnished, free of charge twenty-
five (25) copies of the Contract Documents. Additional copies will
be furnished at cost of reproduction.
C. ARTICLE 3: CONTRACTOR
3.5 Warranty
Add: 3.5.2 All warranties and guarantees shall commence on the date
stated on the Certificate of Substantial Completion(A.I.A. form
G704).
Warranties and guarantees shall extend for a minimum of one year.
Special warranties required by the Contract Documents or
manufacturers'standard warranties, extending longer than one year,
shall remain in effect for the full warranty period and shall not be
nullified at the end of one year.
D. ARTICLE 4: ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.2 Architect's Administration of the Contract
Revise: Under paragraph 4.2.2, in the eighth line, following the sentence
"the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous
on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work",
insert the phrase, "unless the Owner specifically requests in writing
and agrees upon having the Architect or his representative be present ..
on the site through the course of the construction period".
4.3 Claims and Disputes —
Add: Under subparagraph 4.3.7.2, at the end of this subparagraph,add the
following: See Revised article 8 -TPAE. in Section 00800- -»
Supplementary General Conditions.
4.6 Arbitration *�
Supplementary General Conditions 00800-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
OR
SECTION 00900- SUPPLEMENTARY GFNFRAI, CONDITIONS
W
PART 1 - GF.NF.RAI.
1.01 SUMMARY
A. The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIA Document A-201,
1997 Edition, included herein preceding these supplements, is a part of this
Contract.
B. These Supplementary General Conditions take precedence over and modify the
General Conditions of the Contract.
C. Where any Article, Paragraph or Subparagraph in the General Conditions is
supplemented by one of the following Paragraphs, the provisions of such Article,
Paragraph, or Subparagraph shall remain in effect and the supplemental provisions
shall be considered as added hereto. Where any Article,Paragraph,or Subparagraph
in the General Conditions is amended, voided, or superseded by any of the
following Paragraphs, the provisions of such Article, Paragraph, or Subparagraph
not so amended,voided, or superseded shall remain in effect.
1.02 MODIFICATION TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. ARTICLE 1: GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents
Add: 1.2.4 Should conflict occur between the Contract Documents,the
Contractor is deemed to have based his estimate upon the more
expensive method of performing the work,unless he has requested
and received a written decision from the Architect.
Add: 1.2.5 Should the Contractor fail to request interpretation of
questionable items in the Contract Documents,neither the Owner
nor the Architect will thereafter entertain an excuse for failure to
execute the work in a manner satisfactory to the Architect.
Add: 1.2.6 All matters pertaining to Contract Drawings,Project manual,
interpretations, conflicts or inconsistencies therein shall be decided
! by the Architect.
Add: 1.2.7 The drawings show generally the location and arrangement of
'! construction, fixtures, and equipment and are intended to depict the
general intent of the work in scope, layout and quality of
! ! Supplementary General Conditions 00800-1
14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall: ..
.1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice;
.2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and
.3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate allow
existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders.
14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work
executed; and costs incurred by reason of such termination, along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed.
w
re
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#40 l,,
the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect.
terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.3.
14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE
14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor:
.1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials;
.2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements
between the Contractor and the Subcontractors;
.3 persistently disregards laws,ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction;or
.4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents.
14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify
such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the
Contractor's surety, if any, seven days'written notice,terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights
of the surety:
.1 take possession of the site and of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon
owned by the Contractor;
.2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4;and
A .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor,
the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the
Work.
14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not
be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished.
14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the
Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,
such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the
difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the
Architect,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract.
14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in
part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.
14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension,delay or
interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be
made to the extent:
.1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the
Contractor is responsible;or
.2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract.
14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause.
ALA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A20LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#39
the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where
the Project is located. „
13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD
13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor:
.1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial
Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be
deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; •�
.2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring
subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment,.
any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have
accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and
.3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of
the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause
of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by
the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work or
failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other
act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs last.
ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or
fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities
performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,for any of the following reasons:
.1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to be stopped;
.2 an act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped;
.3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for
withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a
Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or
.4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as
required by Subparagraph 2.2.1.
0■
14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor,
Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or
indirect contract with the Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described
in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120
days in any 365-day period,whichever is less.
14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days' written
notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for
proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable
overhead,profit and damages.
14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or
their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the
Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to
ALA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying w
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#38 ,,,�
the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants,
agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2, neither party to the
Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. if either party attempts to make such an
assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract.
#* 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an institutional lender providing construction
financing for the Project. In such event,the lender shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment.
13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE
13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm
or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to
the last business address known to the party giving notice.
13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in
addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law.
13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded
them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,
except as may be specifically agreed in writing.
I 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
13.5.1 Tests,inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise
provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory
or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and
approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that
the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not
become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded.
13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional
testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the
Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to
the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so
that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3, shall be at the
00 Owner's expense.
13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the
portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such
failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the
Contractor's expense.
13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be
secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect.
PR 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so
promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing.
13:5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay
in the Work.
13.6 INTEREST
13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid tinder the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page#37
the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of
such costs. ,w
12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK
12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the",
Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed of
completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the
Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense.
12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial
Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established undeiIm
Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is fount
to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of
written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of suclr-
condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction
of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner
waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to w
correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the
Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4.
12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after-
Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work.
12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor..
pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2.
12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. M
12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially
completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in,,,,,,
accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other
obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction'
of Work as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,and has
no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor
to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractoeswo
obligations other than specifically to correct the Work.
12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK
12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, them
Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate
and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made.
ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.1 GOVERNING LAW
13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located.
13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to'
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page 43f.
11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their
subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants,
separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for
damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph
11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the
Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate
contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by
appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated
herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be
effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or
otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable
!!! interest in the property damaged.
11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the
Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and
of Subparagraph 11.4.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the
Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make
payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner.
11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest,the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond
for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary.
The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such
agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as
provided in Paragraph 4.6. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for
convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in
accordance with Article 7.
11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall
object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the
dispute shall be resolved as provided in Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.6. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration, make
settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is
required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution.
11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract
W and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract
Documents on the date of execution of the Contract.
11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of
obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be
made.
ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK
12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the
Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect,be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced
at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time.
12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being
covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance
with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner's
W expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless
AfA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until,the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page#35
otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made
as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required..
by this Paragraph 11.4 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor.
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project.
11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance
against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft,
vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and
debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonablew
compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss.
11.4.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the
coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the
Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the
Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so.
notifying the Contractor in writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto.
11.4.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles,the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles.
.w
11.4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also portions of the Work in transit.
11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company ors""
companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The
Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without
mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction
of insurance.
11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by
the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final
acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors
in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds.
11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure them'
Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of
action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards
however caused. ••�
11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of
loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall
be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order.
11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties,real or personal or both,at or adjacent to the site
by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if after final payment property insurance is to be
provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction
period,the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other
causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by ••
endorsement or otherwise.
11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes
insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions,
exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or
allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the
Contractor.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying w
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#34�,,
employees;
.4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage;
.5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including
loss of use resulting therefrom;
.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership,
on maintenance or use of a motor vehicle;
.7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and
.8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18.
11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the
Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is
greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or
claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment
and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment.
11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work.
These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded
under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the
Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably
available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for
Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or
claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance
with the Contractor's information and belief.
11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance.
11.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.3.1 Optionally, the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective Liability
insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's,Contractor's and Architect's vicarious liability
for construction operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall reimburse
the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage,
and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner. The minimum
limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability
Insurance under Clauses 11.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5.
11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance, the Owner, Contractor and
Architect waive all rights against each other for damages,except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance.
I The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise.
11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner, Architect or other persons or entities as additional
insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Paragraph 11.1.
11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE
11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided,the Owner shall purchase and maintain,in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do
business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk "all-risk" or equivalent
policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of materials
supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without
optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.,WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#33
10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a
material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the,..
Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the
condition to the Owner and Architect in writing.
10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or"
substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to verify that it has been
rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor
and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of,,,,
such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. The
Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to
the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed
by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the''
material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner
and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the
Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up,which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in.
Article 7.
10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors,
Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and''
expenses, including but not limited to attorneys'fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area
if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Subparagraph 10.3.1 and has not been
rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death,.
or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage, loss or expense is
not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity.
10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by the
Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents.
10.5 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a.•
hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall
indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred.
10.6 EMERGENCIES '
10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to
prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of
an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7.
ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS
11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the
jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may
arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable,
whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,
or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:
.1 claims under workers'compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable
to the Work to be performed;
.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's'"`
employees;
.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than the Contractor's...
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be''
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page 432®
III
.2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or
.3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents.
9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims
by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for
Payment.
ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in
connection with the performance of the Contract.
l!w 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent
damage, injury or loss to:
.1 employees on the Work and other persons who maybe affected thereby;
2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care,
custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors;and
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures
and utilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of
public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable
safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety
regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities.
10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for
execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly
a qualified personnel.
10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance
required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the
Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for
whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3,except damage or
loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by
anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The
foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.I S.
10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the
prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in
writing to the Owner and Architect.
10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety.
10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#31
9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE
9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion..
is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as
required under Clause 1 1.4.l.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or
use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in
writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage'
to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of
warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor
shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial.
occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written
agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect.
9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area tom'
be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work.
9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute..
acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT
9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final
Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable
under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment
stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and ow
inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire
balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for
Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's
being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled.
9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the
Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for—
which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)have been paid
or otherwise satisfied,(2)a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final
payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been.,
given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be
renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if
required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of
liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated'
by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond
satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the
Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all.,,
costs and reasonable attorneys'fees.
9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the
Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon''
application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the
balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted.If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or
corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of,..
surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the
Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions
governing final payment,except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from:
.1 liens,Claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled;
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying.,
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page#30 .
9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor
except as may otherwise be required by law.
9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and
9.6.4.
9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not
constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments
received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those
Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which
payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not
commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for
breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the
requirements of this provision.
9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT
9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after
receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date
established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may,
upon seven additional days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been
received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the
Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents.
9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is
sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its
intended use.
9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is
substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or
corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to
complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated
portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the
Contractor's list,which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or
utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of
Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then
submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion.
9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of
Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion,shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and
Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the
Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall
commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Substantial Completion.
9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of
responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make
payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is
incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
1 violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#29
..
with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the
Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor,
deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The
issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the
amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made
exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means.""'
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material
suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to
ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. go
9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION
9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect
the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If theo"
Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as
provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly
issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The.
Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or
a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the
Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in
Subparagraph 3.3.2,because of: w
.1 defective Work not remedied;
.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to
the Owner is provided by the Contractor;
.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,materials or equipment;
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;
.5 damage to the Owner or another contractor;
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance,,
would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;or
.7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously
withheld.
9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS �.
9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the
time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect.
9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor,upon receipt of payment from the Owner,out of the amount paid
to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,
reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work..,",
The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to
Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner.
9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of"m
completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions
of the Work done by such Subcontractor.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be'
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#28 so
w
8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the
Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9.1 CONTRACT SUM
9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the
Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.
9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to
various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may
require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for
Payment.
9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an
itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be
notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may
require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for in the
Contract Documents.
sr 9.3.1.1 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the
Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but
not yet included in Change Orders.
9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not
intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor
intends to pay.
9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment
delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment
me may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for
materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures
satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,
and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored
off the site.
9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later
than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which
Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's
knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the
Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor,
materials and equipment relating to the Work.
9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either issue to the Owner
a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor,for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due,or notify the
Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in
P0 Subparagraph 9.5.1.
9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the
Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the
uI point indicated and that,to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief,the quality of the Work is in accordance
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
OR User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page 427
7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, amounts not in dispute for.
such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties'
agreement with part or all of such costs. For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute, the Architect will make an interim
determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs. That determination of cost shall adjust the
Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim ins'"
accordance with Article 4.
7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the."
Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective
immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order.
7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or
extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by
written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. No
ARTICLE 8 TIME
8.1 DEFINITIONS
8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the
Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.
8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement.
8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. .A
8.1.4 The term"day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined.
8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the
Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work.
8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence
operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor
and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date'"`
of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall
notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing
of mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests.
8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the
Contract Time.
.M
8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner
or Architect,or of an employee of either,or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner,or by changes ordered in the Work,...
or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or
by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may
justify delay,then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine.
8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3.
ALA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be"o
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#26,x,
7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect,
directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The
Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general
scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted
accordingly.
7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order.
7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on
one of the following methods:
.1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit
! evaluation;
.2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon;
.3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or
.4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6.
7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work
s involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the
Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
on 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including
adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective
immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order.
pp 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the
method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those
performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for
overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the
Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following:
!A" .1 costs of labor, including social security,old age and unemployment insurance,fringe benefits required by agreement
or custom,and workers'compensation insurance;
.2 costs of materials,supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation,whether incorporated or consumed;
.3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others;
.4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance,permit fees,and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work;and
.5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change.
7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net
decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering
related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net
increase, if any,with respect to that change.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page 425
aw
their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction
and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. no
6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or
a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect,.
apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results.
Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or
partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably
discoverable.
6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate
contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor. The Owner shall be.,
responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the
Work or defective construction of a separate contractor.
6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed
construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5.
6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for
the Contractor in Subparagraph 3.14.
6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their '""'
respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may
clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible.
ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.1 GENERAL
7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by *`
Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this
Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change
Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a
minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone.
7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor
shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor
change in the Work. no
7.2 CHANGE ORDERS
7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, an
stating their agreement upon all of the following:
.1 change in the Work;
.2 the amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum;and
.3 the extent of the adjustment,if any, in the Contract Time.
7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3.
7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES w.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying w
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#24 ,,,,,
5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to
the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents.
and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the
Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract
agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the
Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the
Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress
against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor
shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to
each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement,copies of the Contract Documents to which the
Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of
the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make
copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors.
5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS
5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that:
.1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and
only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in
writing;and
.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any,obligated under bond relating to the Contract.
5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall
Im be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension.
on ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,
and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site
under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and
waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the
Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Paragraph 4.3.
6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site,
the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate
Owner-Contractor Agreement.
6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor
with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors
e and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the
construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then
constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,separate contractors and the Other until subsequently revised.
6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to
the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same
rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in
Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12.
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
X11 violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#23
institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as
determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7.
on
4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include, by
consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect,the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent
containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity
sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner,
Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact
or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner,•+
Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to
an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall
not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein.
The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by"
parties to the Agreement shall be specifically,enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand—
all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded.
4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be.,
entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1 DEFINITIONS
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at
the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a.,
Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate
contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor.
5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion
of the Work at the site. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number
and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor.
5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK
5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable
after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities(including
those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special'design)proposed for each principal portion of the Work.
The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due
investigation,has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly
shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.
5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable
and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable
.�.
objection.
5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall
propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was**
reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Stun and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the
difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the
substitute Subcontractor's Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change
unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required.
5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes
reasonable objection to such substitute.
ALA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A20LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#22,�
'
the Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will be
furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in ��hole
or in part.
4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision, which shall state the reasons therefor and which shall
notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The approval or rejection of a Claim by the
Architect shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration.
4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that(1) the decision is final but subject to mediation and arbitration and
(2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party
making the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration within said 30 days' period shall result in
the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after
arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration
proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned.
4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Architect or the Owner may, but is not
obligated to, noti fy the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's
default, the Architect or the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving
the controversy.
4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien,the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with
applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect, by mediation or
by arbitration.
4.5 MEDIATION
on 4.5.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as
provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10, 9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall, after initial decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission
of the Claim to the Architect, be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or equitable
proceedings by either party.
4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall
be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect.
Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association.
The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for arbitration but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in
advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings,which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the
date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order.
4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the
Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as
settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
4.6 ARBITRATION
4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as
provided for in Subparagraphs 4.3.10, 9.10.4 and 9.10.5, shall, after decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the
Claim to the Architect, be subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration,the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation in
accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.5.
4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall
-- be in accordance With the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect.
The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration
' ► Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect.
4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable,
and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#21
am
4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time am
4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall b,
given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the
case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary.
ow
4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by datL
substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had
an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. a
4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property
because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, written notice of.
such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 day:
after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter.
4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities original)}l
contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such
unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices
shall be equitably adjusted.
4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential
damages arising out of or relating to this Contract.This mutual waiver includes:
.1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and
reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and
as
.2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed
there, for losses of financing, business and reputation,and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly
from the Work.
am
This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance
with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.10 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct
damages,when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. am
4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
4.4.1 Decision of Architect.Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but excluding those arising.
under Paragraphs 10.3 through 10.5, shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. An initial decision by the Architect
shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation,arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor and Owner
arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with
no decision having been rendered by the Architect. The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or■*
entities other than the Owner.
4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following..
actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2)
reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3)approve the Claim,(4)suggest a compromise,or(5)advise the parties that the Architect
is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect
concludes that,in the Architect's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim.
4.4.3 In evaluating Claims,the Architect may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party
or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may
request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons-at the Owner's expense.
4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data,such party shall
respond, within ten days after receipt of such request,and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data,advise
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page#20,,,
4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract
Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in
«riting within anv time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time
within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4 2, then delay shall
not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made
for them.
4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the
Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and initial decisions, the
Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will
not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith.
4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the
Contract Documents.
4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or
interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.
! The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or
relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the
party making the Claim.
4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise
to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later.
Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party.
4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing or as
provided in Subparagraph 9.7.1 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the
PW Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.
4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or
otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2) unknown
physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as
inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party
shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance
of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or
decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable
adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not
materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,
the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing,stating the reasons.Claims by either party in opposition to such
determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the conditions encountered are
materially different, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted, but if the Owner and Contractor cannot
W agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial
determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4.
4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum,written notice
as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an
- emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph 10.6.
4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to(1)a written interpretation
from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a written order for a
minor change in the Work issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by the
Owner,(6)Owner's suspension or(7)other reasonable grounds,Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Paragraph 4.3.
` AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
.. Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A20 LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#19
sm
4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's
operations(1) to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of^
the Work completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, and (3) to determine it
general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with
the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to
check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with
the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in
Subparagraph 3.3.1. am
4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for
acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing
portions of the Work.
4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or"*
when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each
other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect's
consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through,
the Contractor.Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner.
4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify
the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. *
4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the
Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work irim
accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However,
neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall
give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their
agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.
4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop
Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given andem
the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as
to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time
in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of
determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instruction"'
for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by
the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations
under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or,unless otherwise
specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's
approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component.
4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may authorize minor changes in the'®
Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4.
4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final—
completion,will receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents
required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor,and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents. sm
4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out
the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives
shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. as
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying„„„
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#I 8m
shall be charged to the Contractor.
3.16 ACCESS TO WORK
3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located.
3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS
3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of
copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be
responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is
required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other
documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process
! !! or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information
is promptly furnished to the Architect.
3.18 INDEMNIFICATION
3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered by Project
Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 11.3, the Contractor shall
indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and
against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from
performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or
death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent
acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts
they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified
hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which
would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18.
3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a
Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification
po obligation under Subparagraph 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits
payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee
benefit acts.
ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.1 ARCHITECT
to 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity,lawfully practicing architecture
identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term
"Architect"means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative.
4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be
restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the Contractor
has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect.
4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be an
Owner's representative (1)during construction, (2)until final payment is due and(3)with the Owner's concurrence, from time to
time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will have authority to act on
behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance
with other provisions of the Contract.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
e
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#17
=0
3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review ol ,
Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect.
3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of"*
responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product
Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at
the time of submittal and(1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, orm
(2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be
relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's
approval thereof.
3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or
similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written
notice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. no
3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture or
engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the
Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods,'
techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of
applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials or equipment
are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance•"
and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a
properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications,
certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to
the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when.
submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness
of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have
specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Subparagraph■*
3.12.10,the Architect will review,approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking
for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall not be
responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents.
am
3.13 USE OF SITE
3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract
Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. no
3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING
3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit
together properly.
3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the
Owner or separate contractors by cutting,patching or otherwise altering such construction,or by excavation.The Contractor shall
not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of
such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from
the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work.
3.15 CLEANING UP
3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish
caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project
waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials.
3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof aw
ALA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be "'
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#16 4W
3.9 SUPERINTENDENT
3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the
Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications `iven to the
superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other
communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. `
3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's
information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the
Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be
related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable
execution of the Work.
.. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is
P5 coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals.
3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner
and Architect.
3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda,
Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during
construction, and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These
shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work.
3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a
Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work.
3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other
information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work.
3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which
the Work will be judged.
3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their
submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way
by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract
Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the
Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not
required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action.
3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in
such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals which are
not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the
Architect without action.
3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents
that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or
will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work
and of the Contract Documents.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#15
3.5 WARRANTY
3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be
of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from
defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract
Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may bey
considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not
executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal usage.
If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and.■
equipment.
3.6 TAXES
3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor which area
legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into
effect.
3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES no
3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and
other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary.for proper execution and completion of the Work which
are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations
concluded.
3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of M
public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.
3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws,
statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract
Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary
changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification.
3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and
regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work
and shall bear the costs attributable to correction.
am
3.8 ALLOWANCES
3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by
allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall 4m
not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection.
3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents:
.1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required
taxes,less applicable trade discounts;
.W
.2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other
expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the
allowances; 4"
.3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change
Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances
under Clause 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.2.
3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid delay in the
Work.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be aw
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#14 ow
carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as
the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions
related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for- the purpose
of facilitating construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the
Contract Documents: however, any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor shall be reported promptly
to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require.
' 3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect,
but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design
professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the
Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations, but
any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect.
3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions issued by the
Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the
Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of
Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the
Contractor had performed such obligations. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting
from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditions
and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly
failed to report it to the Architect.
3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall
be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for
coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions
concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be
fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor
determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely
written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions
from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or
on procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting
loss or damage.
3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors
!w and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor
or any of its Subcontractors.
3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such
portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.
3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS
wP 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials,
equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services
necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or
OR to be incorporated in the Work.
3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in
accordance with a Change Order.
3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons
carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to
them.
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
11w violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
' Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20LCON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#13
sm
Contract. Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or continuation of the Work. After such
evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the..
Contractor.
2.2.2 Except for permits and fees, including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.1, which are the responsibility of the
Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments ands
charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities.
2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site ofRK
the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by
the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work.
2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner with w
reasonable promptness. Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's
control shall be furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services.
2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of
Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work.
2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as
required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may
issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated;
however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for
the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3.
2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a
seven-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect 00
with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct
such deficiencies within a three-day period. If the Contractor within such three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails
to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies,the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have,
correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter
due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the
Architect's additional services made necessary by such default,neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged
to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not
sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR "
3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as if singular in number.The term"Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative.
3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. .,.
3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests, inspections or approvals
required or performed by persons other than the Contractor.
3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR
3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting each portion of the Work, the'Contractor shall we
ALA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#12 ,�,
1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are(I)specifically defined, (2)the titles of numbered
articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents
published by the American Institute of Architects.
1.4 INTERPRETATION
1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles
such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not
intended to affect the interpretation of either statement.
1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not
sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request.
1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally
familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of
the Contract Documents.
1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE
1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic form,prepared by the Architect and the
Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The
Contractor may retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment
supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect or the
Architect's consultants,and unless otherwise indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of
them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyrights. All copies of Instruments
of Service, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon
completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's
consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used
by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to
this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect's
consultants. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and
reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's
consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this
authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents
prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for
other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's
consultants'copyrights or other reserved rights.
ARTICLE 2 OWNER
2.1 GENERAL
2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract
Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to
bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in
Subparagraph 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized
representative.
P" 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary
and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a
correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the
Owner's interest therein.
2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the written request of the Contractor, prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter, furnish to
the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
W violates U.S.copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A20LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#1 I
ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS am
1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the
Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the.,
Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is(l;
a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a
written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the
Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid,-
Instructions to Bidders, sample forms,the Contractor's bid or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements) .
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement
between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract
may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual
relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or-
Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and
Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended
to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties.
w
1.1.3 THE WORK
The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially
completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill'""
the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.
1.1.4 THE PROJECT
The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and
which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors.
1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS
The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of
the Work,generally including plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules and diagrams.
1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS '
The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment,
systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services.
1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL
The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample forms, Conditions
of the Contract and Specifications.
1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT_DOCUMENTS
1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the
Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if
required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and
reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results.
1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions,sections and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the
Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade.
1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction industry
meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.
1.3 CAPITALIZATION .�
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#10 .,
4.3.7.2 2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3,12.10, 4.3, 4.4.8, 4.6.5, 5.2.1,
Work, Definition of 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2, 12.2.4,
1.L3 13.3, 14
Written Consent Written Orders
1.6, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.6.4, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.6, 7, 8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12 2, 13.5.21
9.9.1, 9,10.2, 9.10.3, 11.4.1, 132, 13.4.2 14.3.1
Written Interpretations
4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6
Written Notice
PW
FP
op
PR
pe
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page 49
Subcontractor, Definition of Termination of the Architect
5.1.1 4.1.3
SUBCONTRACTORS Termination of the Contractor
5 14.2.2
Subcontractors, Work by TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.1,4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4,9.3.1.2, 9.6.7 14
Subcontractual Relations Tests and Inspections
5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10 10.2.1, 11.4.7, 11.4.8, 14.1, 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1,
14.2.1, 14.3.2 10.3.2, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1,13.5 no
Submittals TIME
1.6, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 42.7, 52.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8, 8
9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3 Time, Delays and Extensions of
Subrogation, Waivers of 3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4.1-
6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7 7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1, 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2
Substantial Completion Time Limits
42.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4.2, 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2,-
12.2, 13.7 4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2,9.3.1,
Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5,
9.8.1 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14
Substitution of Subcontractors Time Limits on Claims
5.2.3, 5.2.4 4.3.2,4.3.4,4.3.8,4.4,4.5,4.6
Substitution of Architect Title to Work
4.1.3 9.3.2,9.3.3 •
Substitutions of Materials UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
3.4.2,3.5.1, 7.3.7 12
Sub-subcontractor, Definition of Uncovering of Work
5.1.2 12.1 No
Subsurface Conditions Unforeseen Conditions
4.3.4 4.3.4, 8.3.1, 10.3
Successors and Assigns Unit Prices 4"
13.2 4.3.9, 7.3.3.2
Superintendent Use of Documents
3.9, 10.2.6 1.1.1, 1.6,2.2.5,3.12.6,5.3 ,
Supervision and Construction Procedures Use of Site
1.2.2, 34, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3,6.2.4, 3.13, 6.1.1,6.2.1
7.1.3, 7.3.6, 8.2, 8.3.1,9.4.2, 10, 12, 14 Values,Schedule of
Surety 9.2,9.3.1
4.4.7, 5.4.1.2, 9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3, 14.2.2 Waiver of Claims by the Architect
Surety,Consent of 13.4.2
9.10.2,9.10.3 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor
Surveys 4.3.10,9.10.5, 11.4.7, 13.4.2
2.23 Waiver of Claims by the Owner
Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 4.3.10,9.9.3,9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.4.3, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 12.2.2.1,
14.4 13.4.2, 14.2.4
Suspension of the Work Waiver of Consequential Damages
5.4.2, 14.3 4.3.10, 14.2.4
Suspension or Termination of the Contract Waiver of Liens
4.3.6,5.4.1.1, 11.4.9, 14 9.10.2,9.10.4
Taxes Waivers of Subrogation
3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.6.4 6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7
Termination by the Contractor Warranty
4.3.10, 14.1 3.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.5.3, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.4, 12.2.2,
Termination by the Owner for Cause 13.7.1.3
4.3.10,5.4.1.1, 14.2 Weather Delays **�
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying �w
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A20LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#8 „R
9 Contractor
Payments to Subcontractors 1.5.2, 3.2, 3.7.3, 3.12.7, 6.1.3
u 5.4?. 9.5.1.3, 9.6?, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 11.4.8, 14.2.1.2 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect
PCB 3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.11,3.12,4.2, 5.2, 6.1.3, 92, 9.8.2
10.3.1 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by
Performance Bond and Payment Bond Contractor
7.3.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5
3.12
Permits, Fees and Notices Rights and Remedies
2.2.2, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 1.1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 4.3.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.3, 5.4,
PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 122.2, 12.2.4,
10 13.4, 14
Polychlorinated Biphenyl Royalties, Patents and Copyrights
10.3.1 3.17
Product Data, Definition of Rules and Notices for Arbitration
3.12.2 4.6.2
Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings Safety of Persons and Property
3.1 1, 3.12,4.2.7 10.2, 10.6
Progress and Completion Safety Precautions and Programs
4.2.2,4.3.3, 8.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7, 5.3.1, 10.1, 10.2, 10.6
Progress Payments Samples, Definition of
4.3.3,9.3,9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 3.12.3
Project, Definition of the Samples, Shop Drawings,Product Data and
1.1.4 3.11,3.12,4.2.7
Project Management Protective Liability Insurance Samples at the Site, Documents and
11.3 3.11
Project Manual, Definition of the Schedule of Values
1.1.7 9.2, 9.3.1
Project Manuals Schedules,Construction
2.2.5 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2, 6.1.3
Project Representatives Separate Contracts and Contractors
4.2.10 1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 4.6.4, 6, 8.3.1, 11.4.7,
Property Insurance 12.1.2, 12.2.5
10.2.5, 11.4 Shop Drawings, Definition of
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 3.12.1
10 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
Regulations and Laws 3.11,3.12,4.2.7
1.6, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6, 9.6.4, Site,Use of
9.9:1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1
Rejection of Work. Site Inspections
3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.2.1 1.2.2,3.2.1,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.10.1, 13.5
Releases and Waivers of Liens Site Visits,Architect's
9.10.2 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5
Representations Special Inspections and Testing
1.5.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5
9.10.1 Specifications,Definition of the
Representatives 1.1.6
2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 13.2.1 Specifications,The
Resolution of Claims and Disputes 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.2.2, 1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17
4.4,4.5,4.6 Statute of Limitations
Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7
3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8, 5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 10 Stopping the Work
Retainage 2.3,4.3.6,9.7, 10.3, 14.1
9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 Stored Materials
Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by 6.2.1,9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 11.4.1.4
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page#7
wo
Materials, Labor, Equipment and 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6,1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, l 1.2, 1 L4,
1.1.6, 1.6.1, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.23, 3.12, 3.13, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4 ,m
3.l 5.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, Owner's Authority
9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 1.6, 2.1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.12.10, 3.14 1 4.1.2, 4.l.3,
deans, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 4.4.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1, 6.3, 7.2.1,E
Construction 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.2,
3.3.1, 3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7, 9.4.2 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.4.3, 11.4.10, 12.2.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 14.3,
Mechanic's Lien 14.4
4.4.8 Owner's Financial Capability go
Mediation 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.5
4.4.1,4.4.5,4.4.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6.1,4.6.2, 8.3.1, 10.5 Owner's Liability Insurance
Minor Changes in the Work . 11.2
L 1.1, 3.12.8, 4.2.8,4.3.6, 7.1, 7.4 Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 00
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 11.4.3
13 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors
Modifications, Definition of 1.1.2, 5.2,5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2 +�
1.1.1 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work
Modifications to the Contract 2.4, 12.2.4. 14.2.2.2
1.1.1, 1.1.2, 3.7.3, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7, Owner's Right to Clean Up
10.3.2, 11.4.1 6.3
Mutual Responsibility Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate
6.2 Contracts
Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of 6.1
9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Owner's Right to Stop the Work
Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2,3
2.3,2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4, 12.2.1, Owner's Right to Suspend the Work
13.7.1.3 14.3
Notice Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract
2.2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.7.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.9, 4.3, 4.4.8, 14.2
4.6.5, 5.2.1, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2, Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other
12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1, 14.2 Instruments of Service
Notice, Written 1.1.1, 1.6,2.2.5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,4.2.12, 5.3
2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 4.3, 4.4.8, 4.6.5, 5.2.1, Partial Occupancy or Use
8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 9.6.6, 9.9, 11.4.1.5 A
13.3, 14 Patching,Cutting and
Notice of Testing and Inspections 3.14,6.2.5
13.5.1, 13.5.2 Patents me
Notice to Proceed 3.17
8.2.2 Payment,Applications for
Notices,Permits,Fees and 4.2.5, 7.3.8, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.5, 9.10.1,
2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 9.10.3,9.10.5, 11.1.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3
Observations,Contractor's Payment,Certificates for
1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,4.3.4 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.10.1,
Occupancy 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4
2.2.2,9.6.6,9.8, 11.4.1.5 Payment,Failure of
Orders,Written 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6
1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.6, 7, 8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, Payment,Final
14.3.1 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 11.4.5,
OWNER 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3
2 Payment Bond,Performance Bond and
Owner, Definition of 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5 am
2.1 Payments,Progress
Owner, Information and Services Required of the 4.3.3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3
2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION •m
ALA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with '"""
Y P permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page#6 �„
9.9.I, 10 2, 10.3, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3 Insurance, Project Management Protective Liability
Extensions of Time 11.3
3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2,1, 7.3, 7.4.1, 9.5.1, Insurance, Property
9.7.1, 10-3-2, 10.6.I, 1 4.3.2 10.2.5, 11.4
Failure of Payment Insurance, Stored Materials
4.3.6, 9.5.1.3, 91, 9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6 9.3.2, 11.4.1.4
Faulty Work
INSURANCE AND BONDS
(See Defective or Nonconforming Work) 11
Final Completion and Final Payment Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy
00 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 11.4.5, 9.9.1, 11.4.1.5
12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Insurance Companies, Settlement with
Financial Arrangements, Owner's 1 1.4.10
2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.5 Intent of the Contract Documents
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13, 7.4
11'4 Interest
GENERAL PROVISIONS 13.6
1 Interpretation
Governing Law 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1,4.3.1, 5.1,6.1.2, 8.1.4
13.1 Interpretations, Written
Guarantees(See Warranty) 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6
Hazardous Materials Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required
10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5 4.6.4
Identification of Contract Documents Judgment on Final Award
1.5.1
4.6.6
Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers Labor and Materials, Equipment
5.2.1 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1,3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13,3.15.1,42.6,
Indemnification 4.2.7, 5.2.1,6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, 9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1,
3.17,3.18, 9.10.2,-10.3.3, 10.5, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.7 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2
Information and Services Required of the Owner Labor Disputes
2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 8.3.1
6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 1 1.4, Laws and Regulations
13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4 1.6, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6,9.6.4,
Injury or Damage to Person or Property 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14
4.3.8, 10.2, 10.6 Liens
Inspections 2.1.2,4.4.8,8.2.2,9.3.3,9.10
3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder
9.9.2,9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 4.6.4
Instructions to Bidders Limitations, Statutes of
1.1.1 4.6.3, 12.2-6, 13.7
Instructions to the Contractor Limitations of Liability
3.2.3,3.3.1,3.8.1,4.2.8, 5.2.1, 7, 12,8.2.2, 13.5.2 2.3, 3.2.1, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 3.17, 3.18,4.2.6,
Insurance 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.4, 10.3.3,
3.18.1,6.1.1, 7.3.6,8.2.1,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, 9.10.5, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.4.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2
11 Limitations of Time
Insurance,Boiler and Machinery 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7,
11.4.2 4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6, 5.2,5.3, 5.4,6.2.4,7.3,7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,
Insurance,Contractor's Liability 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5,
11.1 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14
Insurance,Effective Date of Loss of Use Insurance
8.2.2, 11.1.2 11.4.3
Insurance, Loss of Use Material Suppliers
11.4.3 1.6,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.6,9.10.5
Insurance,Owner's Liability Materials,Hazardous
11.2 10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5
ALA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A201.CON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page 45
on
no
3.12, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 3.14.2, 6.2.4, 9.2.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.1, 11.4,
I1.1.1, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1, 12.2.4
Contractor's Liability Insurance Damage to the Work go
11.1 3.14.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 1 L4, 112.4
Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Damages, Claims for
Forces 3.2.3, 3.18, 4.3.10, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 1 1.1.1,
3.12.5, 3.14.2,4.2.4, 6, 11.4.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4
Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Damages for Delay
1.2.2, 3.3.2. 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5, 9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.10.2, 11.4.1.2, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6,9.7, 10.3.2
11.4.7, 11.4.8 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of
Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 8.1.2
1.1.2, 1.6, 3.1.3, 32.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of
3.10, 3.1 I, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 42, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 8.1.3 w�
4.4.7, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, .5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, Day, Definition of
10.2.6, 10.3, 1 1.3, 11.4.7, l 2, 13.4.2, 13.5 8.1.4
Contractor's Representations Decisions of the Architect
1.5.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.6,6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3,9.8.2 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.5, 4.4.6,
Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 4.5,6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1,
3.3.2, 3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8, 5.3.1, 6.1.3,6.2,6.3, 9.5.1, 10 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4
Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Decisions to Withhold Certification
1.5.2, 3.2, 3.7.3 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3
Contractor's Right to Stop the Work Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and
9.7 Correction of .�
Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5.1, 9.5.2, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3,
4.3.10, 14.1 9.10.4, 12.2.1, 13.7.1.3
Contractor's Submittals Defective Work, Definition of
3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8.2, 3.5.1 go
9.8.3, 9.9.1,9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3, 11.5.2 Definitions
Contractor's Superintendent 1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1, 3.5.1, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1,
3.9, 10.2.6 6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.6, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1
Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures Delays and Extensions of Time
1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3:3,6.1.3,6.2.4, 7.1.3, 3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4.1,
7.3.4, 7.3.6, 8.2, 10, 12, 14 7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2
Contractual Liability Insurance Disputes
11.1.1.8, 11.2, 11.3 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.3, 7.3.8
Coordination and Correlation Documents and Samples at the Site
1.2, 1.5.2,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 3.11
Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications Drawings,Definition of
1.6,2.2.5,3.11 1.1.5
Copyrights Drawings and Specifications,Use and Ownership of
1.6, 3.17 1.1.1, 1.3,2.2.5,3.11,5.3
Correction of Work Effective Date of Insurance
2.3, 2.4, 3.7.4, 4.2.1, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 8.2.2, 11.1.2
13.7.1.3 Emergencies ..
Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 4.3.5, 10.6, 14.1.1.2
1.2 Employees,Contractor's
Cost, Definition of 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3,
7.3.6 11.1.1, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1
Costs Equipment,Labor,Materials and
2.4, 3.2.3, 3.7.4, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 4.3, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1,4.2.6,
7.3.3.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.7, 7.3.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.5, 11.3, 11.4, 4.2.7, 5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3,9.10.2, 10.2.1,
12.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5, 14 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2
Cutting and Patching Execution and Progress of the Work
6.2.5,3.14 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, 3.10,
Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.12, 3.14, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.3, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 9.5,
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C.20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000--Page#4
op
9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5 1.6.1, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6.4, 4.6.6,
Certificates for Payment 9.6.4, 10.2.2, 11.1, 1 1.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5?, 13.6,
4.2.5, 4.2.9. 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.10.1, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3
9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions
Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 4.3.4, 8.3.1, 10.3
13.5.4
Conditions of the Contract
Certificates of Insurance l.1.1, 1.1.7, 6.1.1, 6.1.4
9.10.2, 11.1.3 Consent, Written
Change Orders 1.6, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.6.4, 9.3.2, 9.8.5,
1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.8.2.3, 3.11.1, 3.12.8, 42.8, 4.3.4, 4.3.9, 9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2
52.3, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.4, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE
11.4.9, 12.1.2 CONTRACTORS
Change Orders, Definition of 1.1.4, 6
7.2.1 Construction Change Directive, Definition of
CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.3.1
11,4.2.8,7, 8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 11.4.9 Construction Change Directives
Claim, Definition of 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.9, 7.1, 7.3, 9.3.1.1
4.3.1 Construction Schedules,Contractor's
Claims and Disputes 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2, 6.1.3
? 3.2.3,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.1.1,6.3, 7.3.8,9.3.3, 9.10.4, Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts
10.3.3 5.4, 14.2.2.2
Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims Continuing Contract Performance
4.6.5 4.3.3
Claims for Additional Cost Contract, Definition of
3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1, 7.3.8, 10.3.2 1.1.2
Claims for Additional Time CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE
3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.7,6.1.1, 8.3.2, 10.3.2 5.4.1.1, 11.4.9, 14
Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions Contract Administration
4.3.4 3.1.3,4, 9.4,9.5
Claims for Damages Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating to
3.2.3, 3.18, 4.3.10, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 11.5.1
11.4.5, 11.4.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4 Contract Documents,The
Claims Subject to Arbitration 1.1, 1.2
4.4.1,4.5.1,4.6.1 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of
Cleaning Up 1.6,2.2.5,5.3
3.15,6.3 Contract Documents, Definition of
Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 1.1.1
13.7 Contract Sum
Commencement of the Work,Conditions Relating to 3.8, 4.3.4, 4.3.5, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 9.1, 9.4.2,
2.2.1, 3.2.1, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 4.3.5, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.5.1.4,9.6.7,9.7, 10.3.2, 11.4.1, 14.2.4, 14.3.2
6.2.2,8.1.2,8.2.2,8.3.1, 11.1, 11.4.1, 11.4.6, 11.5.1 Contract Stun,Definition of
Commencement of the Work,Definition of 9.1
8.1.2 Contract Time
Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1.3, 7.3, 7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2, 8.3.1,
3.9.1,4.2.4 9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2
Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time,Definition of
1.6.1, 3.4.1, 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2, 9.8,9.9.1, 8.1.1
9.10, 12.2, 13.7, 14.1.2 CONTRACTOR
COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 3
9 Contractor,Definition of
! " Completion,Substantial 3.1,6.1.2
4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4.2, Contractor's Construction Schedules
12.2, 13.7 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3
Compliance with Laws Contractor's Employees
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/29/1999. AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page#3
INDEX Architect's Administration of the Contract
Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 3.1.3,4.2,4.3.4,4.4, 9.4, 9.5
9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Architect's Approvals
Acceptance of Work 2.4, 3.1.3, 3.5.1, 3.10.2,4.2.7
9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3 Architect's Authority to Reject Work
Access to Work 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1
3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 Architect's Copyright
Accident Prevention 1.6
4.2.3, 10 Architect's Decisions
Acts and Omissions 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.5, 4.4.6,
3 2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3.8, 4.4.1, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 83.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1,
10.2.5, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4
Addenda Architect's Inspections WN
1.1.1, 3.11 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5
Additional Costs, Claims for Architect's Instructions
4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.19 10.3 3.2.3, 3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.8, 7.4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2
Additional Inspections and Testing Architect's Interpretations
9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.5 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6
Additional Time, Claims for Architect's Project Representative
4.3.4, 4.3.7, 8.3.2 4.2.10
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT Architect's Relationship with Contractor
3.1.3,4, 9.4,9.5 1.1.2, 1.6, 3.1.3, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 3.7.3,
Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, .w
1.1.1 4.4.7, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9,
Aesthetic Effect 10.2.69 10.3, 11.3, 11.4.7, 12, 13.4.2, 13.5
4.2.13,4.5.1 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors
Allowances 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.4.7
3.8 Architect's Representations
All-risk Insurance 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1
11.4.1.1 Architect's Site Visits .w.
Applications for Payment 4.2.29 4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5
4.2.5, 7.3.8, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.5, 9.10, Asbestos
11.1.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 10.3.1
Approvals Attorneys'Fees
2.4, 3.1.3,3.5, 3.10.2,3.12,4.2.7,9.3.2, 13.4.2, 13.5 3.18.1,9.10.2, 10.3.3
Arbitration Award of Separate Contracts
4.3.3,4.4,4.5.1,4.5.2,4.6,8.3.1,9.7.1, 11.4.9, 11.4.10 6.1:1,6.1.2 �*
Architect Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the
4.1 Work
Architect, Definition of 5.2
4.1.1 Basic Definitions no
Architect, Extent of Authority 1.1
2.4, 3.12.7, 4.2, 4.3.6, 4.4, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.3.6, 7.4,9.2, Bidding Requirements
9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.1, 1.1.1, 1.1.7,5.2.1, 11.5.1 �*
13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Boiler and Machinery Insurance
Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 11.4.2
2.1.1, 3.3.3, 3.12.4, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 4.1.2, 4.2.1,4.2.2, Bonds,Lien
4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.4, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.10.2
9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 Bonds,Performance,and Payment
Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5
2.4, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 Building Permit
3.7.1
Capitalization
1.3 ow
Certificate of Substantial Completion
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document:97A201.CON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page#2
11
General Conditions of the Contract for Construction
AIA Document A201 - 1997
1997 Edition - Electronic Format
This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.AUTHENTICATION
Pill OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401.
I his document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America.
Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987,,1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition.
Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States
and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.
TABLE OF ARTICLES
JIM 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS
2. OWNER
3. CONTRACTOR
4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
5. SUBCONTRACTORS
6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
7, CHANGES IN THE WORK
8. TIME
9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
11. INSURANCE AND BONDS
12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - 1997 EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1997 - THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying
violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be
reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below.
Electronic Format A201-1997
User Document: 97A20 LCON--3/29/1999.AIA License Number 107575,which expires on 3/6/2000-- Page#I
OR
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SF,CTION 00700- GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART 1 - GF.NF.RAI,
1.01 STATEMENT OF CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor, and all persons who he may employ or contract with to do the work
of this project, shall be bound by the General Conditions and the modifications of
the General Conditions specified under Supplementary Conditions.
B. The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document Electronic
Format A-201, 1997, is hereby made a part of this specification and is bound herein.
ON C. The General Contractor and the Sub-Contractors and all persons they may employ to
work on the project, shall conform to the time schedule under the Phasing Section of
O•
these Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable)
PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not applicable)
END OF SECTION 00700
General Conditions 00700-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 00500- PROJECT FORMS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 PROJECT FORMS
A. Project Forms equivalent to the following shall be used on the Project:
AIAA101 Owner-Contractor Agreement form, Stipulated Sum (1987).
AIA A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction (1997) (Electronic
Format).
TAI 00800 Supplementary General Conditions
AIAA310 Bid Bond(1970)
AIAA312 Performance and Payment Bond (1984)
AIA A401 Contractor-Subcontractor Agreement (1987).
AIAG701 Change Order(1987)*
AIA G702 Application and Certificate for Payment (1992)*
AIA G703 Continuation Sheet for G702 (1992)*
AIA G704 Certificate of Substantial Completion(1992)
AIA G705 Certificate of Insurance (11/78)
AIA G706 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and
Claims (1994)
AIA G706A Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens
(1994).
AIA G707 Consent of Surety to Final Payment(1994).
AIA G707A Consent of Surety to Reduction in or Partial
Releases of Retainage (1994).
AIA G709 Proposal Request(1993).
PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable).
PART 3—EXECUTION (Not Available)
*Enclosed Exhibits
APPENDIX
EXHIBITS:
A. Performance Bond and Payment Bond AIA Document-A 312
B. Application and Certificate of Payment AIA Document G702
C. Continuation Sheet Schedule of Values AIA Document G703
D. Change Order,AIA Document G701
E. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction AIA Document A210(1997)
(Electronic Format)
See Also Page 00500-1 for other forms for this project.
END OF SECTION 00500
Project Forms 00500-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
09680 CARPET
.A
Name License No. Amount
09900 PAINTING
Name License No. Amount
15400 PLUMBING
Name License No. Amount
15800 HEATING, VENTILATING, & AIR CONDITIONING
Name License No. Amount
16000 ELECTRICAL
Name License No. Amount
ADDENDA:
The bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda issued to the
Project Manual and Drawings: «�
Addendum No. Dated Addendum No. Dated
BID SUBMITTED BY:
GENERAL CONTRACTOR
4W
Name License No.
Signed Date
Title:
Name License No.
Signed Date
Title:
NOTE: If Corporation,this bid must have the Signatures required by its bylaws to bind the Bidder
to a contract. If Joint Venture,all parties must be identified and this bid must have the signatures
required to bind all parties to a contract
END OF SECTION 00400
Form for General Bid 00400-4
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
AWARD OF CONTRACT:
If awarded the Contract, the undersigned agrees to furnish bonds, if required, as called for in the
! ' General Conditions and to execute the Contract within ten(10) days after notice of award.
If awarded the Contract, the undersigned agrees to start construction within five (5) days upon
signing of the Contract and to fully complete the Work under the Contract within
( ) calendar days thereafter, subject to Works stoppage
as defined in the Conditions of the Contract.
Enclosed find Bid Bond, Certified Check or Cashier's Check in the amount
of dollars ($ ).
The undersigned agrees that, in case of his/their failure to execute the necessary Contract and
furnish the required bonds, the Bid Bond, Certified Check or Cashier's Check, and the money
Pe payable thereon, shall be and remain the property of Easthampton Savings Bank of
Massachusetts.
The undersigned has visited the site and examined all conditions affecting the Work.
The undersigned has carefully checked all the above figures and agrees that the Owner will not be
responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in making up this proposal.
The undersigned agrees that this proposal may not be withdrawn for a period of sixty(60))
calendar days after the set date for the opening thereof.
The undersigned hereby certifies that this proposal is genuine, and not a sham or collusive,or
made in the interest or in behalf of any person not herein named, and that the undersigned has not
directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to submit a sham proposal, or any other
person, firm,or corporation to refrain from bidding,and that the undersigned has not in any
manner sought by collusion to secure for himself an advantage over any other bidder.
so
LIST MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS:
to 06410 CUSTOM CABINETWORK
Name License No. Amount
09300 TILE
Name License No. Amount
09510 ACOUSTIC TILE
Name License No. Amount
09650 RESILIENT FLOORING
Name License No. Amount
Form for General Bid 00400-3
..
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
ADD DEDUCT
ALTERNATE NO. 2
New Rear Entry Door and
Associated work S S
low
O..
,..
Form for General Bid 00400-2
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 00400-FORM FOR GENERAL BID
DATE:
TO: Easthampton Savings Bank
36 Main Street
Easthampton, Massachusetts 01027
at• PROJECT: Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
Northampton, Massachusetts 01060
Gentlemen:
The undersigned,having carefully read and examined the Instructions to Bidders, the Project
Manual and Drawings, and all Addenda, for the Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank, 21
Locust Street,Northampton, MA as prepared by Tessier Associates, Inc., 1578 Riverdale Street,
West Springfield, Massachusetts 01089, we (or I) submit the following proposal:
BASEPROPOSAL:
We (or 1)propose to furnish all labor, material and equipment necessary to perform all of the
Work to complete the Total Project as described in the Project Manual and indicated on the
Drawings in consecutive calendar days for the sum of.
dollars($ ).
ALTERNATE BIDS:
Bidder agrees to perform all of the Work necessary to complete the
Alternate(s) as described in the Project Manual and indicated on the
Drawings for the following amount(s).
r Bidder understands that'the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject Alternate Proposals in any
order which he may choose.
ADD DEDUCT
ALTERNATE NO. 1:
Performance Bond/Labor&Material
Payment Bond $ $
Form for General Bid 00400-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) .
PART 3 —EXECUTION (Not Applicable) l••
END OF SECTION 00100
,BM
..m
IM
IM
,M
MN
Instructions to Bidders 00100-8
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
LIST OF DRAWINGS
+` TITLE SHEET
G01 GENERAL SHEET
SITE
S100 SITE PLAN
ARCHITECTUAL
EX101. EXISTING FLOOR PLAN
EX300 EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
AD 101 DEMOLITION PLAN
AD300 DEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A101 FLOOR PLAN
A200 FURNISHINGS AND FINISH SCHEDULES
A201 WALL TYPES
A202 ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAMES
A203 ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS
A300 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A400 ELEVATIONS/SECTIONS AND DETAILS
A700 CABINETWORK AND DETAILS
A701 CABINETWORK AND DETAILS
A801 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
PLUMBING
P100 FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLANS
4.
P101 FIRST FLOOR PLUMBING PLAN AND DETAILS
HVAC
w
H100 FIRST FLOOR HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN
H101 FIRST FLOOR HVAC PLAN
H102 HVAC DETAILS
H103 HVAC SCHEDULES
ELECTRICAL
E100 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
E101 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN
E201 POWER FLOOR PLAN
, , Instructions to Bidders 00100-7
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..
9911
1.10 ADDENDA ..
A. Any addenda issued during the time of bidding, forming a part of the Contract
Documents received by the bidder for the preparation of his bid, shall be covered on
the Bid Form and shall be made a part of the Contract.
1.11 ALTERNATE
A. Bidder shall include in his bid all Alternated described in the Contract Documents.
B. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject Alternates in
any order which he may choose.
ON
1.12 SUBMITTALS
A. The successful bidder shall within five (5) days after notice of Award of Contract,
submit the following information to the Architect:
1. A designation of the work to be performed by the bidder with his own
forces.
2. The proprietary names and the suppliers of principal items or systems of
materials and equipment proposed for the work.
3. A list of names of the subcontractors or other persons or entities complete
with address and telephone numbers proposed for each portion of the work.
Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to the Architect
and Owner. Unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Owner,
subcontracts must be awarded to the firms named in the list.
4. Acceptance of the bid does not imply approval of the proposed
subcontractors and each subcontractor shall be approved individually.
1.13 PAYMENT SCHEDULE
A. If awarded the Contract, Payments to Contractors shall be made within forty-five ..
(45)days after receiving invoice/application for payment from Architect.
1. No interest on payment until sixty(60)days. *
1.14 CONTRACT DRAWINGS
,.m
A. The listing of the Contract Drawings listed in the"LIST OF DRAWINGS"does not
limit the responsibility of the Contractor for determining the full extent of his work,
as required by all of the Contract Documents.
Instructions to Bidders 00100-6
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.07 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
A. Bids may be withdrawn on written or telephonic request received from bidders prior
to the time fixed for opening. Negligence on the part of the bidder in preparing the
bid confers no right for the withdrawal of the bid after it has been opened.
1.08 BONDS
A. The successful bidder may be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Labor
and Material Bond Payment Bond each in an amount equal to one hundred percent
(100%) of the Contract amount and to furnish certificates of insurance, all as set
forth in the Contract Documents.
B. Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond shall be required at the
opinion of the Owner and shall be shown as an alternate in the Form for General
Bid.
1.09 AWARD OF CONTRACT
A. Subject to the provisions set out in this Instruction to Bidders, the Contract will be
awarded as soon as possible to the lowest responsible bidder, provided their bid is
reasonable and it is in the interest of the Owner to accept it.
B. The competency and responsibility of bidders will be considered in making the
award. The Owner, however, reserves the right to reject, for any reason, any or all
bids, and to waive any informalities or irregularities in the bid received.
C. No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of sixty(60) days,after the date set for
receipt thereof.
D. Each bidder shall be prepared, if so requested by the Owner, to present evidence of
his experience, qualifications and financial ability to carry out the terms of the
Contract.
E. Owner-Contractor Agreement, AIA A101, which the successful bidder will be
required to execute as Contractor.
F, The Contract must be signed by the successful bidder and Contract Bonds given (if
, . required),within ten(10)days after Notice of Award of Contract. Failure to execute
a Contract and file Bonds acceptable to the Owner within said time shall be cause
for annulment of the award and the forfeiture of the bid guarantee as liquidated
damages. If such original bidder should so default, the next lowest responsible
original bidder may be awarded the Contract.
Instructions to Bidders 00100-5
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
specifications, including any addenda and alternates issued by the Architect.
8. Bids shall be accompanied by a Certified Check, Cashier's Check or Bid
Bond in the amount of five percent (5%) of the base bid, made payable to
Easthampton Savings Bank, as a guarantee that the bidder will, if awarded
the Work, enter into a written contract with the Owner for the performance
of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and that he will
provide the additional bonds if required of the Contractor. In the event the
bidder refuses or fails to enter into said Contract, said check or bond shall be
forfeited to the Owner, as liquidated damages. -�
9. Each bid must give the full business address of the bidder and be signed by
him with his usual signature. Bids by partnerships must furnish the full �.
name of all partners and must be signed in the partnership name by one of
the members of the partnership or by an authorized representative, followed
by the signature and designation of the person signing. Bids by corporations
must be signed with the legal name and state of incorporation and by the
signature and designation of the President, Secretary or other person
authorized to bind it in the matter. The name of each person signing shall
also be typed or printed below the signature. A bid by a person who affixes
to his signature the word "President", "Secretary," "Agent," or other
designation without disclosing his principal may be held to the bid of the
individual signing. When requested by the Owner, satisfactory evidence of
the authority of the signing in behalf of the corporation shall be furnished.
1.06 BIDS
A. Each bid shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope bearing the named of the
bidder and words "Bids for Easthampton Savings Bank — 21 Locust Street"
marked plainly on the face of the envelope and filed with the architect on or before
the date and time stated below.
B. The Architect will receive sealed bids from selected bidders until 2:00 PM
Thursday, 24 February 2000, (Bid Date), at the office of Tessier Associates, Inc.,
1578 Riverdale Street, West Springfield, Massachusetts. It is the responsibility of
the bidder to see that his bid is delivered in proper time. Any bids received after the
scheduled closing time will be returned unopened to the bidders submitting them.
C. Bids will be opened privately at a time and place not assigned. The person whose
duty is to open the bids will decide when the specified time has arrived. Bidders
will not be allowed to be present for the opening of the bids, but will be notified by
the Owner or Architect of the results,through the U.S. Postal Service. -•s
Instructions to Bidders 00100-4 „�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.05 PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF BID
A. To be eligible for consideration, bids shall be submitted in accordance with the
following instructions.
1. Bids shall be submitted on the Form for General Bid, a copy of which is
bound with and a part of this manual and additional copies of which may be
secured from the Architect's office.
2. Bids shall be properly executed, with all items on the form filled out in the
blank spaces provided therefore, numbers stated in both longhand and
figures, signatures in longhand and without interlineation, alteration or
erasure.
3. Bids shall not contain any recapitulation of Work to be done. Alternate bids
other than those specifically called for on the Form for General Bid will not
be considered.
4. No oral, telephonic, or fax bids or modifications will be considered.
5. The examination of the site is required, (Pre-bid conference), so that each
contractor fully acquaints himself with the existing conditions and that he
may understand the facilities, difficulties and restrictions attending the
execution of the work under this contract. Bidders shall also thoroughly
examine the drawings and specifications. The failure or omission of any
bidder to receive or to examine any form, instrument, or documents, or visit
the site and acquaint himself with conditions there existing shall in no way
relieve any bidder from any obligations with respect to his bid. By his bid,
the bidder agrees and warrants that he has examined the site and the
specification and drawings, and where the specifications and drawings
require in any part of the work that a given result be produced, that the
specifications and drawings are adequate and the required result can be
produced under the specifications and drawings. No claim for any extra
charge or any damage due to delay will be allowed because of alleged
impossibilities in inadequate or improper plans and specifications and
whenever a result is required, the Contractor shall furnish any and all extras
and make any change needed to produce the required results to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
6. The contractor submitting a bid has visited the site in conjunction with the
preparation of his bid. (Pre-Bid Conference at 1:00 PM on Friday, 11
February 2000.)
7. The bids shall be based on a lump sum contract for the complete project as
per the Contract documents as shown on drawings and, or called for, in the
Instructions to Bidders 00100 73
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
1.03 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The contract documents shall consist of the following:
1. Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, ALA Document
A101, 1987 Edition.
2. Specification:
a. To define the quality and type of workmanship and materials upon which the
contract is based.
b. Specification dated 3 February 2000. Section and Divisions listed in the
Table of Contents.
WA
3. Drawings:
a. To define the physical relationship of materials upon which the contract is
based.
b. Drawings dated 3 February 2000 and as per List of Drawings attached at end
of this Section.
4. Any Addenda issued by the Architect and so noted as received and included in
the Contractor's Form for General Bid.
5. Alternates to be selected(01030).
1.04 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. If any bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of, or finds discrepancies
in, or omissions from, the Contract Documents, he may submit a request for an
interpretation to the Architect.
B. All requests for written interpretation must be received by the Architect ninety-six
(96) hours prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. Any request
received after that time will not be considered. The person submitting the request
shall be responsible for its prompt delivery.
C. Any interpretation or correction of the proposed Contract Documents will be made ••�
only by duly issued written addendum. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be
responsible for any other explanation, corrections or interpretations of the Contract
Documents prior to bidding. ■-
D. The failure of any bidder to receive any such interpretation shall not relieve him/her
from any obligation under his/her bid as submitted.
Instructions to Bidders 00100-2 •�
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
DIVISION 00100—INSTRCT'TIQNS TO BIDDERS
PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Title:
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
Northampton, Massachusetts 01060
Owner:
Easthampton Savings Bank
36 Main Street
Easthampton, Massachusetts 01027
B. Architect:
Tessier Associates, Inc.
1578 Riverdale Street
West Springfield, MA 01089
Phone (413) 736-5857
Fax (413) 736-2757
1.02 ISSUANCE AND RETURN OF DOCUMENTS
A. Approved, invited, licensed Bidders will be provided up to three sets of the Project
Specification and Drawings at the Issuing Office upon receiving a refundable
deposit of$100.00 per set. The Ridding Documents obtained upon deposit are the
Architect-Engineer's property and must he returned prepaid within ten day% after
hid opening, or Bidder will forfeit dennsit There will he nn refLnd for non-usahle
complete sets or for additional sets, nr parts thereof.
B. Bid Documents shall be returned by all bidders except successful bidder.
C. Issuing Office:
Tessier Associates, Inc.
1578 Riverdale St.
West Springfield, MA 01089
Phone (413) 736-5857
Fax (413) 736-2757
Plans and specifications may be obtained between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 4:00
"! p.m. Monday through Friday.
Instructions to Bidders 00100-1
so
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street ..
9911
It is required that each General Contractor and Subcontractor bidding this project attend the Pre-
Bid Conference at the Building at 1:00 PM on Friday, 11 February 2000.
Attention is directed to the Instructions to Bidders of the specifications. The successful general
bidder may be required to furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials payment
bond as set forth in the Specifications, in the amount-of One Hundred Percent (100%) of the
contract sum.
The owner, reserves the right to reject any or all bids and waive any irregularities or informalities
in any bid if it be in its best interest to do so.
END OF SECION 00020
Invitation to Bid 00020-2 ,�.
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
SECTION 00020 - INVITATION TO BID
Easthampton Savings Bank invites you to submit sealed bids for the general contract for the
construction required for the Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank, 21 Locust Street,
Northampton, MA.
All as described in the contract documents (drawings and specifications) prepared by and on file
with: Tessier Associates, Inc., 1578 Riverdale St., West Springfield, MA 01089. Telephone:
(413)-736-5857.
The proposals shall include all labor, materials, equipment and administration in strict accordance
with plans and specifications entitled: Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank, 21 Locust
!F Street, Northampton, Massachusetts, Job No. 9911.
The estimated cost of the Project is $430,000.00.
Approved invited licensed bidders will be provided with up to three (3) sets of Contract
Documents for a refundable deposit of$100.00 (Cashier's or Certified Check,payable to Tessier
Associates, Inc.) per set. The amount of deposit will be refunded to each bidder returning
documents in good condition and within ten (10) business days after opening of bids. Bidders
returning sets after that period will forfeit their deposits.
Contract documents will be available for pick-up at issuing office @ 8:30 on 7 February 2000.
"" Contract documents will be mailed upon request, at a$50.00 per set postage &handling charge
(check payable to Tessier Associates, Inc.) Mailing will be via United Parcel Service (UPS).
The Architect will receive sealed proposals from approved bidders until 2:00pm,Thursday, 24
February 2000, at the office of Tessier Associates, Inc. 1578 Riverdale St. West Springfield, MA
01089. Proposals received after that time will not be accepted.
Proposals shall be submitted in duplicate, only on form furnished by the Architect, in a sealed
envelope marked "Bid for Easthampton Savings Bank—21 Locust Street". Each bid shall be
accompanied by a Certified Check, Cashier's Check or Bid Bond for five percent(5%) of the
amount of the bid made payable to Easthampton Savings Bank, and filed with the Architect
on or before the date and time stated above. The bid will be opened privately and thereafter, by
means of the U.S. Postal Service, all bidders shall be notified of the results by the Owner or
Architect.
The bids shall be on a lump sum basis.
,,, Invitation to Bid 00020-1
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
9911
LIST OF DRAWINGS
TITLE SHEET
G01' GENERAL INFORMATION
SITE
S100 SITE PLAN
qM
ARCHITECTUAL
EX 1 O1 EXISTING FLOOR PLAN
EX300 EXISTING EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
AD101 DEMOLITION PLAN
AD300 DEMOLITION EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A101 FLOOR PLAN
A200 ROOM FINISHES SCHEDULE AND PLAN
+P A201 WALL AND SOFFIT TYPES
A202 ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAMES
A203 ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS
A300 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A400 ELEVATIONS/ SECTIONS AND DETAILS
A700 CABINET WORK AND DETAILS
A701 CABINET WORK AND DETAILS
A800 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND ELEVATIONS
PLUMBING
P100 PLUMBING DEMOLITION PLAN
P 101 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN AND DETAILS
HVAC
H100 HVAC DEMOLITION PLAN
H101 HVAC FLOOR PLAN
H102 HVAC SCHEDULES AND DETAILS
ELECTRICAL
E100 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN
E101 LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN
E201 POWER FLOOR PLAN
List of Drawings 1
09900 PAINTING 12
09950 WALL COVERINGS 5
DIVISION 10- SPECIALTIES
10100 VISUAL DISPLAY AND TACK BOARDS 6
10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES 5
10846 KITCHENETTE EQUIPMENT 2
DIVISION 15-MECHANICAL
15400 PLUMBING 20
15600 HVAC 21
DIVISION 16- ELECTRICAL
16100 ELECTRICAL 16
,� iii
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
02201 EARTHWORK SITE 6
02202 EARTHWORK BUILDING 4
02900 SITE IMPROVEMENTS 2
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03300 CONCRETE 8
DIVISION 4 -MASONRY
04200 UNIT MASONRY 9
DIVISION 5-METALS
05400 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 5
05500 METAL FABRICATION 10
DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 6
06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 8
06410 CUSTOM CABINET WORK 9
DIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07210 BUILDING INSULATION 6
07530 ROOFING& SHEET METAL WORK 4 „
07900 JOINT SEALERS 9
DIVISION 8-DOORS AND WINDOWS ••
08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 7
08211 SOLID CORE FLUSH WOOD DOORS 5 ••
08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES & STORE FRONTS 10
08710 FINISH HARDWARE 8
08800 GLAZING 11 -•
DIVISION 9-FINISHES
09260 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 10
09300 CERAMIC TILE 8
09511 ACCOUSTICAL LAY-IN CEILING 8
09660 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 7
09680 CARPET 8
ii . ,
INDEX
SPECIFICATIONS:
SECTION NO. SECTION NAME NO OF PAGES
LIST OF DRAWINGS 1
00020 INVITATION TO BID 2
00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 8
00400 FORM FOR GENERAL BID 4
00500 PROJECT FORMS 1
00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1
A 201 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
FOR CONSTRUCTION(1987) 40
EXHIBITS AIA A312 PERFORMANCE & PAYMENT BOND (1984)
G 701 CHANGE ORDER(1987)
G 702 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT &
CONTINUTATION SHEET, G 703 (1992)
pa 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 9
DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 9
01015 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 2
* 01027 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 4
01030 ALTERNATES 2
01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 3
01060 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 3
01090 DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS 5
01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 3
"! 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 2
01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA& SAMPLES 6
01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 1
01400 QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 3
01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 8
01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 4
01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 5
01750 CUTTING AND PATCHING 4
� i
SPECIFICATIONS
for
Expansion of Easthampton Savings Bank
21 Locust Street
Northampton, Massachusetts
! Job No. 9911
3 February 2000
Architect: Mechanical/Electrical:
Tessier Associates, Inc. Lindgren& Sharples,PC
1578 Riverdale Street- Ste. #2 96 Industry Avenue
West Springfield, MA 01089 Springfield,MA 01104
Telephone: (413) 736-5857 Telephone: (413)732-4336
"" Facsimile: (413) 736-2757 Facsimile: (413) 746-9438
r
z W \
Hz
m
Cl. u
r
- -- -L
---- — , lfi Z_
n '
:33: m
�? lP rn W
70 N O I
Hea 3 m 2 I I ;
�m p. I I O ,
M r '
la
z0
U, z
rn
X_ m
------- i ---- ----- u' � �� '-� ! ' $�
� N T T T T
rn z j
o � t '
X m '
rn
N
t � �
77C
OF: mz + � m
0 rn m 1 r CN
D �- -� y x
r �
+ > a
II O r
II z J Drn
)rn
II O
\ I m
II m
Z 11 J
Orn -il
r x
tJ � ►-', II � T
II r
It
I
A
V U
FEFEFBCED DPAWI c: P101
TTESSER ASSOCIATES, INC. EXPANSION of
ARCKMmCVM rw VnEFMR oEMM 0215.00 1
1576 Fhwdde West ShL 2 f1NLJGRJV� Glia71 f lfi 1 VIA SAIII�W date SKP_1
w"AwtvwMenwhoobom #1 BAW d,,, NMW
Telephone 40 735-5W
Fu 40 736-2757 21 LOCl1Si SiAEET prof no 5911
TELLER
109
8 � 1111 I—
O 1
i
,
O
Io 1
i
i
O ❑
2 8W
V 1p 20 GFM
1 N4-
'01 FA7
SI �
- - - -
--- N
1 TEL 18"xl4" GRR — — ——— — —
� 1
,
110 550 GFM
,
----- r 12"xl0 s �� "
1 11� 11
-------
1
24"A0` TRA t5i
2 x10` TRR ��� AIR UGT
5 GFM CSR
ENTR
LOBBY I�
100
PARTIAL HVAO FLOOR PLAN
REFSUCMDPAWNG: H101
TESSER ASSOCIATE3, INC. EXPANSION OF N01ID SK
I AnaneMM wd WTEFIM DOM
W5 Flm „.sh me sbk 2 AIDDE�NUM EASMAWTON SAVM W. 0215.00
Wed al -on -- Lunadumab Mw T1 a” dr.n.i MB H-1
Td@O=w 40 796-0�
Fax�8 796-2757 21 LOCUST Ski praj mw"
r
0
crW
W oe)
N v a as g N v a m n N n ry LO
0 U-
zR N v a a� O N •t a a N N N ry N d5 m c`�i � m g v Z '�
Lu
LU
9� g
O O %J)
<tl O_ # p v Z
fL F � U)
�j Z
H ry
2 Q ` W Q � Q
I u7 o o LL v v
LU
0% fnA � W
v 8 g c~
Q
J D
} 0
W r \ \ N N N N N N N N N N N N N O Q
ui
,,, o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o z Qi Z
N N N N N N N N N N N N
— — — — — — — — — —
N
n Q N �C
N � m 8 Ul � $
W
J
Q ,- N
LU Z m
O m O ,L'�
1.J Q
LU
uj
z w x
Q3� Q < Q
CD
— to ui r c = m ut r v N N N try N m m t'r'n
T
ADDENDUM NO. 1
' 15 February 2000
EXPANSION OF EASTHAMPTON SAVINGS BANK
Page 7
Drawing E201
1. In room 107, provide a 5' long section of 12" wide cable tray (Square D Catalog
No. CLA3AD12, or equal) above the ceiling, tight to the west wall, in the
northwest corner.
2. Feeder for panel board "A" is to be from existing 150 amp, 3-pole spare breaker
in existing distribution board located in room 108.
3. Junction box and home run in southwest corner of Room 120 (Coat Alcove) feeds
an electric radiator relocated from the existing Branch Manager's Office.
4. Locate fire alarm panel in ATM Lobby Room 111 in the new construction to the
right of the ATM machine. Feed from circuit A-15.
Note panel board schedule included with this Addendum, Drawing SK-El
Included here within and part of this Addendum are Sketches: SK-El, SK-11-1 and SKP-1.
Please note that Addendum No. 1 is included in your bid proposal.
Submitted by:
A drow
(=1991 Uaddendum 1)
ADDENDUM NO. 1
• 15 February 2000
EXPANSION OF EASTHAMPTON SAVINGS BANK
Page 6
Door 118A Change"Hardware Set"No. from 2 to 6
Door 118C Change"Hardware Set"No. from Al to A4
Drawing A203
1. REVISE Door Elevations: Wood Door"A"—ADD height dimension 6'-11"
(VIF) for Door 111A
2. REVISE Hollow Metal Frames: F2 frame—ADD height dimension 6'-11" (VIF)
for Door 111A.
Drawing A203
REVISE Unisex Handicap Toilet 106— 1/101; Elevations A, B,D OMIT the wall tile
and base shown. See Room Finish Schedule for required finishes.
Drawing A700
A. Teller Counter Detail 1/100—OMIT Note: 18"one lamp strip light at each
Teller opening
B. Teller Counter(Deal Plate) Detail 3/101 —OMIT Note: 18" one lamp strip light
at each Teller opening
Drawing A800
REVISE Elevation 4/101: Note at upper right W 10 x 22, etc-Detail Bubble should read
"Detail Bubble 2/203 similar".
Drawing P-101: 3' Sanitary from P-3 sink shall be changed to reflect work indication SKP-1.
Drawing P-101: Revise hot and cold water piping to reflect work indicated on SKP-1.
Drawing H-101: Teller back area#107: Return air duct 20" x 12' shall rise up and over carrying
beam,once across beam duct shall drop down.
Drawing H-100: Demolition Note No. 3: The existing gas fired heaters have been removed. This
Contractor shall still remove all piping flues and patch all penetrations through roof.
Drawing H-101: Return from Lobby, 100 shall be relocated per attached Drawing SK-H-1. 18"
x 14' transfer grill shall fit new ceiling tile layout as shown.
Drawing E 101
1. Feed to outdoor sign shall be connected to existing sign circuit in existing panel in
Room 107.
2. Delete Type "I" fixtures and their branch circuit wiring.
3. In room 108 (Mechanical Room), add a 4-way switch leg at door 107B, connected
to the existing lighting in that room.
e
ADDENDUM NO. 1
15 February 2000
EXPANSION OF EASTHAMPTON SAVINGS BANK
Page 5
and sufficient power to operate alarm signals for 10 minutes
at the end of 60 hours.
E. Manual stations shall Notifier Model No. NBG-10. Stations must be
metal. Plastic stations will not be acceptable.
F. Provide Notifier Model 2451/B401B photoelectric detectors. The
detector source shall be a pulsed infrared LED for low power
consumption under standby conditions at 24 VDC. Internal detector
circuits shall be shielded against electrical interference. It shall be
resistant to transients, "noise" and RF interference. The detector
shall be capable of operating on a two-wire loop initiating circuit.
G. Provide duct type smoke detectors Notifier Model No. DH-400P
complete with auxiliary contacts, sampling tubes, and remote
indicator/test station. Install in discharge duct of each of the air
conditioning units.
H. Alarm horn and light shall be comprised of a flush modular 24 VDC
vibrating horn and xenon flasher, tamper resistant lamp assembly
with red "FIRE" lettering and mounted together on a molded red,
Lexan frame. Unit shall be Notifier Model No. MASS24M.
I. Heat detectors shall be Notifier Model No. HD-600 low profile type
units and shall be fixed temperature or rate of rise as suitable.
J. Digital communicator shall be provided to transmit alarm over
telephone lines,Notifier Model No. 411.
K. All new wiring shall be in conduit and of the same approved type as
used for electric light and power wiring, and shall meet the
requirements of all national, state and local electrical codes. In
concealed or confined spaces, wiring may be Type MC fire
alarm/control cable,AFC or equal.
DRAWINGS
Drawing A101 —Door Schedule
CHANGE:
Door 101A Change"Hardware Set"No. from 3 to 1
Door 102A Change"Hardware Set'No. from A4 to A5
Door 107B Change"Hardware Set'No. from 6 to 3
Door 111A Change"Hardware Set'No. from 2 to 4
Door 115A Change"Hardware Set'No. from 0 to 5
Door 116A Change"Hardware Set'No. from 0 to 5
Door 117A Change"Hardware Set'No. from 0 to 5
L
ADDENDUM NO. 1
15 February 2000
EXPANSION OF EASTHAMPTON SAVINGS BANK
Page 4
Division 16 -Electrical
Section 16100 - Electrical
A. Page 16100-13, add Subsection 2.14 "Fire Alarm System" as follows:
2.14 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
A. Furnish and install an automatic and manual closed circuit, local
energy, supervised auxiliary fire alarm system complete with battery
back-up. All equipment shall be as manufactured by Notifier,
Gamewell, Fire Lite, or equal. Notifier part numbers have been used
to establish the desired type, quality, and operating characteristics.
B. The Contractor shall furnish a system riser diagram indicating every
device in the system and how they are interconnected.
C. Operation
1. The actuation of any manual fire alarm station or the
automatic actuation of any thermal or smoke detector shall:
a. Notify the Bank's alarm monitoring facility through a
digital communicator and telephone lines.
b. Indicate the zone in alarm on the control panel
annunciator by lighting the red LED zone alarm
indicator.
C. Flash the alarm lights and sound the alarm signals in
the building.
d. Duct smoke detectors shall cause their associated air
handling unit to shut down, as well as initiate an
alarm.
D. Control Panel
1. The control panel shall be a Notifier SGL-2000 control unit
providing 2 zones. Fire alarm controls shall be housed
together in a surface mount enclosure. All switches, visual
indicators, meters, and other controls shall be mounted on
modular pluggable inserts and be visible, but protected
behind a tempered glass door panel so that only authorized
personnel shall have keyed access. Provide as many initi-
ating and signal circuits as required.
2. Battery charging unit shall be a variable rate type, having
both a high and trickle charge capability. A high charge LED
shall be illuminated whenever the battery is being charged at
a high rate. Meters shall be included to display both system
voltage and current. Batteries shall be lead calcium types,
sized to provide 60 hours of standby under AC power loss
e
ADDENDUM NO. 1
15 February 2000
EXPANSION OF EASTHAMPTON SAVINGS BANK
Page 3
B. Item Part-2 Materials add: "2.15 Packaged Terminal Air Conditioning: PTAC-1
1. Furnish and install one through the wall packaged terminal heat pump equal to
GE Model No. AZ22E 15D3B (to match two existing units.) Unit shall be
installed complete with low voltage thermostat mounted on wall next to interior
door.
2. Unit capacity shall be 15,000 Btu/hr. cooling and 11,000 Btu/hr heating.
Electrical connection shall be 208V,10, 60 cycle.
C. Item Part 2—Material Add:
2.16 ROOF VENTILATORS (CENTRIFUGAL ROOF TOP)
1. Roof ventilators shall be of the belt or direct drive centrifugal type, as shown on
the Drawings, with spun aluminum housing for roof mounting, and shall be com-
pletely weatherized. Capacity shall be AMCA certified. Direct drive ventilators
shall be furnished with manufacturer's standard solid state speed controller.
2. Fan shall be the backwardly inclined type with centrifugal wheel that has been
statically and dynamically balanced at the factory.
3. The motor shall be installed in a totally enclosed weatherproof housing outside of
the air stream. Furnish with single or 3 pole disconnect switch mounted in motor
compartment, with factory wiring from disconnect to motor. Provide wiring
raceway from motor compartment to curb cap.
4. The fan shall be installed on an acoustic lined aluminum roof curb as detailed on
the Drawings. Motor operated low leakage backdraft dampers with edge and end
seals shall be installed in the curb of the unit. Curb to be 12" high, without cant.
Furnish wiring pigtail on damper motor. Curbs shall be constructed to keep fans
level to less than 1/16" per foot.
5. The entire air outlet of the fan shall be protected by 1/2" x 1/2" aluminum mesh
securely installed in place.
6. Fan and curb shall be Greenheck Model G and GB with Type GPF curb or
approved equal by Loren-Cook or Jenn Air.
D. Item 2.03 F: Add 5 air handling unit shall be hung with spring isolated hangers, selected
for the actual weight of the unit.
E. Item 2.10 — A add: Condensate piping shall be insulated as above but with vapor barrier
j acket.
s"
ADDENDUM NO. 1
15 February 2000
EXPANSION OF EASTHAMPTON SAVINGS BANK
Page 2
3. Door closer(s): LCN-4110-H CUSH hold open,AL.
4. Push Bar 1"dia.,US 3, Lock Wood, 157-47.
5. Stop(s): Integrated with door closer.
6. Clip Angle Jamb to floor attachment.
7. Two(2) Cylinders: (furnished under Section 08710 Finish Hardware).
8. Pull: 1" round bent bar with 90 degree offset US 3,#157.
9. Lock: AR-MS 1850-A, 10B.
C. Swinging Door Set A3: IOOC
1. Single door swinging one direction, 10B.
2. Hinges: Roton#782-112 HD continuous hinge, l OB.
3. Door closer(s): LCN-4110-H 1OB.
4. Push Bar 1"dia.,US 3, Lock Wood.
5. Threshold Standard Manufacturer's
6. Pull: 1" round bent bar with 90 degree offset US 3, 157.
7. Floor Stop: 436B US 3.
D. Swinging Door Set A4: ALTERNATE 2
1. Single door swinging one direction,US 28.
2. Hinges: Roton#782-112 HD continuous hinge US 28.
3. Door closer(s): LCN-4110-CUSH-US 28.
4. Exit device 98 NL-OP US 28.
5. Pull: 1" round bent bar with 90 degree offset 157 US 28.
6. Threshold#200-5 Silicone Seal.
7. Cylinders (furnished under Section 08710 Finish Hardware)AL.
E. Swinging Door Set A5: 102A, 103A, 104A, 105A
1. Single door swinging one direction,each door.
2. Hinges: 1 1/2pr.BB butt hinge CB 1900-4 %2 x 4 US 10B.
3. Door closer(s): LCN-4011-H CUSH hold open 10B.
4. Push Bar 1"dia.,US 3, Lock Wood.
5. Clip Angle Jamb to floor attachment.
6. Pull: 1"round bent bar with 90 degree offset 157 US 3.
7. Floor stops: 436B US 3
Division 15 -Mechanical
Section 15400 -Plumbing
A. Item No. 1.02 -A-5 add: "All existing underground sanitary piping to be reused shall be"
Roto-Rootered out to 10'-0"outside of building.
Section 15600 -HVAC
A. Item No. 1.02 A add: "15. Through wall heat pump with remote low voltage thermostat."
.r!
r TESSIER ASSOCIATES, INC.
1 ARCHITECTURE and INTERIOR DESIGN
.`�w 4
�^ 1578 RIVERDALE STREET
` WEST SPRINGFIELD,MA 01089
413-736-5857 FAX:413-736-2757
ADDENDUM NO. 1
15 February 2000
EXPANSION OF EASTHAMPTOPN SAVINGS BANK
21 LOCUST STREET
NORTHAMPTON, MA 01060
Tessier Associates, Inc.
1578 Riverdale Street
West Springfield, MA 01089
The following changes are hereby made in the Plans and Specifications for the subject project
and are to be included in the proposal, including revision of the documents for these
modifications and clarifications with related ramifications of such changes for the entire Project.
SPECIFICATIONS:
Cover: Date
A. CHANGE 03 April 2000 to read 3 February 2000.
Division 8- Doors &Windows
Section 08410—Aluminum Entrances & Store Fronts
A. Page 08410-9, DELETE Paragraph 3.04, Swinging Door Hardware Schedule, in its
entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following:
3.04 SWINGING DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
A. Swinging Door Set Al: 100A
1. Single door swinging one direction,US 28.
2. Hinges: Roton#782-112HD continuous hinge,US 28.
3. Door closer(s): LCN 4110-H-LUSH AL.
4. Exit device(s): Von Duprin Series 98 Rim Device NL-OP-CD
Polished Brass US 3.
5. Stop(s): Integrated with door closer.
6. Threshold: #200-5 Silicone Seal.
7. Cylinders: (furnished under Section 08710 Finish Hardware),AL
8. Pull: 1"round bent bar with 90 degree offset 157,US 3.
B. Swinging Door Set A2: IOOB
1. Single door swinging one direction, l OB (Dark Bronze).
2. Hinges: Roton#782-112HD continuous hinge, IOB.
DOUGLAS K.ENGEBRETSON,FAIA JAMES E.MORRISSEY,AIA ROBERT J.STEVENS,JR.,AIA JOHN J.ROSSINI,JR.,AIA
ANITA M.SANDBERG JORGE L.GUILLEN Web Page Address http:\\www.TessierArchitects.com
- �btGLxf t (k � �c ^d wSkTbn, T"F
3i �.
Iv
ft
fj a�
f� '�r¢
Exx � F
7.7
R
IN
. ... ...... . ...-
3j .< _ ...
. .. :4�
....... ...
Nr
AW
AtE
MA
L Y
a
u
x
,
� >t
€ `
,,.,..,.,,._.<.re2?Y axa�„ .,..m.�i;Z. .,,..n.,,»�.,a,n�..a�..�.,.s..."",�.::.,ueEPxw�,ava. ,,. •, `:�.,,,.. ,t.w:x �' ,a..' ..°.. k.. �asax�.;vks� \�,